Kakemono : Japanese sketches

By A. Herbage Edwards

The Project Gutenberg eBook of Kakemono
    
This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online
at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States,
you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.

Title: Kakemono
        Japanese sketches

Author: A. Herbage Edwards

Illustrator: S. L. Willard

Release date: June 8, 2025 [eBook #76241]

Language: English

Original publication: Chicago: A. C. McClurg & Co, 1906

Credits: Richard Illner and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)


*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KAKEMONO ***





                            K A K E M O N O

                           JAPANESE SKETCHES

                                  BY
                          A. HERBAGE EDWARDS


                          _WITH FRONTISPIECE_




                    [Illustration: Printer’s Logo]




                                CHICAGO
                          A. C. McCLURG & CO.
                       LONDON: WILLIAM HEINEMANN
                                 1906




             [Illustration: COPYRIGHT 1906 S. L. WILLARD
                        _A Daughter of Japan_]




               American Edition Published Sept. 15, 1906


                       _Printed in Great Britain_
                   _Bound by Lakeside Press, Chicago_




                            TO MY TEACHERS
                          THE PEOPLE OF JAPAN




                               CONTENTS

                          THE FAITH OF JAPAN


                                                  PAGE

        I. DAI BUTSU                                3

        II. THE SHRINES OF ISÉ                      5

        III. THE TEMPLE OF NIKKŌ                    8

        IV. KANNON, LADY OF MERCY                  14

        V. RINZAKI’S ALTAR                         17

        VI. TWO CREEDS                             19

        VII. THE LEGEND OF THE NOSELESS JIZŌ       22

        VIII. THE TEMPLES OF SHIBA                 27

        IX. AMIDA BUTSU                            31

        X. ST. NICHIREN                            34

        XI. BETWEEN EARTH AND HEAVEN               36

        XII. INARI, THE FOX-GOD                    39

        XIII. THE ALTAR OF FIRE                    42

        XIV. FORGOTTEN GODS                        48


                               LORD FUJI

        I. PROLOGUE                                55

        II. THE ASCENT                             57

        III. EPILOGUE                              99


                         THE ART OF THE NATION

        I. GRACE BEFORE MEAT                      103

        II. IN A CLOISONNÉ FACTORY                110

        III. FLOWER ARRANGEMENT                   114

        IV. GOD’S MESSENGER                       119

        V. THE ART OF THE PEOPLE                  122


                      SCENES IN RAIN AND SUNSHINE

        I. THE MOAT                               157

        II. A RAINY DAY                           159

        III. MMÉ (PLUM BLOSSOMS)                  161

        IV. WET LEAVES                            163

        V. ASAMAYAMA                              165

        VI. CAMELLIAS                             176

        VII. RAIN                                 178

        VIII. THE BLACK CANAL                     181

        IX. THE INLAND SEA                        184


                         THE LAND OF THE GODS

        I. ACROSS THE LAGOON                      193

        II. TO KIZUKI                             199

        III. IZUMO’S GREAT TEMPLE                 204

        IV. KIZUKI’S BAY                          211

        V. IN MATSUÉ                              214

        VI. THE TWO SPIRITS                       235


                        THE HEART OF THE PEOPLE

        I. TOKYO                                  243

        II. EAST AND WEST                         255

        III. YONÉ’S BABY                          257

        IV. THE GRAVES OF THE RŌNIN               260

        V. THE DOLLS’ FESTIVAL                    263

        VI. WITH DEATH BESIDE HER                 266

        VII. KYOTO’S SOIRÉE                       269

        VIII. NŌ                                  273

        IX. A JAPANESE BANK-HOLIDAY               278

        X. THE PALACE OF THE SON OF HEAVEN        282

        XI. AND SHE WAS A WIDOW                   285

        GLOSSARY                                  293




                          THE FAITH OF JAPAN

               “In my Father’s house are many mansions.”
                                                 _John_ xiv.

            Tenshi ni kuchi nashi hito o motte iwashimu.
           “Heaven has no mouth, it makes men speak for it.”
                                              _Japanese Proverb._




                                   I

                               DAI BUTSU
                            (GREAT BUDDHA)


The great God Buddha sits peaceful and still, a line of dark bronze
against the blue sky, and the length of the garden is flooded with
light. Two tall pink cherry-trees drop blushing snowflakes on to his
broad shoulders, and the sound of running water is a liquid prayer.
Under his heavy-lidded eyes he looks as one who saw not, or saw too
well, and his slow smile is inscrutable and still. The mystery of it
draws one nearer.

What is thy secret, Great Lord Buddha?

But the heavy-lidded eyes droop lower, and the slow smile is still.
Only the cherry-trees send their pale pink petals floating downward
into the bronzed lap. And the murmuring water runs more swiftly.

Immutable he sits, and still; enduring, unchanging, though the sea
destroy his temples and the earthquakes rock about his feet. Buddha on
his lotus-leaf is still.

And the generations of men rise up, and pass away, fretted with life’s
fitful fever, and searching for his secret. Buddha is still, his slow
smile unchanging, his heavy eyelids drooped.

Is that thy secret, Great Lord Buddha? The mystery we passion-swept,
ever-changing mortals can never penetrate?

“God is the same, for ever. The _same_, and _for ever_.”

And the murmuring water runs, the cherry-trees bloom and fade, the
centuries pass away. Still the heavy-lidded eyes are drooped, the slow
smile is inscrutable and still. Lord Buddha keeps his secret.

Or is it only we who cannot read.




                                  II

                          THE SHRINES OF ISÉ


On every side the circle of the hills shuts out all sounds, and the
vast forest stretches solemn, sombre.

The long two miles of white road from the village are forgotten, the
crude sunshine of the public gardens fades away, the giant fir-trees
stand as they stood two thousand years ago when the shrine of the great
Sun-Goddess first was born.

The broad grey path of unhewn stone, unshadowed in the darkness of
the trees, bends downward to the river’s brink, where a grey still
pool lies silent on the edge of the rushing stream. It is the Pool of
Purification where all who go up to the temple stay and wash. Even the
_kurumaya_ who daily draws the pilgrim or the stranger to the shrine,
stoops to plunge his hands and feet into the still grey waters. And as
he does so a great shaft of sunshine hits the weltering circle of the
hills beyond the stream, and they quiver, blue as a distant mirage in
the blue sky; while the forest is the darker for that light.

The grey stone path is long and wide, the forest vast, unfathomable;
primæval, untamed, and yet kept with a care that leaves no trace
behind; the forest of a dream where Death is not, nor decay, nor any
sign of man. From time to time the dark stern stems of the cryptomerias
are broken with the glossy deep-green leaves of a camphor-tree; and
each time my _kurumaya_ stays to pray, for camphor-trees are sacred,
and their bark thrown into the sea has power to calm the waves.

And the forest stretches on and on.

In the distance the grey stone path broadens into a flight of shallow
steps, and passes beneath an open gateway out of sight. A wooden wall,
like the sloughed bark of forest trees, stretches right and left; and
against it, rigid in his discipline, the white uniform of a modern
soldier, bayonet fixed.

I stand on the threshold of the most sacred spot in all Japan.

Beyond the gateway is another gate, where a pure white curtain falls,
fold on fold. It is the veil of the great Sun-Goddess. All through the
ages since first the nation was, the shrine of the Sun-Goddess has
stood behind that veil. Every twenty years night comes, her temple
dies, and again is born, unchanged, unaltered to the last least detail.
And her priests are the carpenters. So through all the ages, the body
of the great Sun-Goddess glows, in youth eternal, and none save her
far-off offspring, _Tenshisama_, the Son of Heaven, may pass behind the
veil.

The Japanese soldier stays to guard, for did the stranger, sacrilegious
in his foolish pride, so much as touch those long white folds, evil
might befall him. Viscount Mori died beneath the sword of a _samurai_
for lifting but the edge of the curtain with his stick.

My _kurumaya_ is on his knees before these fluttering, mysterious
folds, two claps, a bow, a little murmured prayer; another bow, two
claps, and he rises.

Then he leads us along inside the wooden wall, and another grey-green
wooden wall, built as it were of flattened tree-trunks, rises on the
other side, leads us a few yards, and then he stops. The outer wooden
wall runs round a huge imperfect square, then comes a broad band of
space where we are standing, and then the inner wall rails out the
world. Inside and opposite the curtained gateway, but with the whole
distance of the sacred square between, stands the shrine itself, a
grey-brown wooden building, unpainted, unadorned; a grey-brown roof of
thatch, with the cross-beams of its roof-tree rising up through the
thatch in two rough wooden anchors bound with gold. A building that is
simple, with a simplicity more strange to modern man than the strangest
complexity, archaic, primæval, a ghost from man’s dim past.

The silent sombre trees stand thickly round. Beyond the circle of
blue hills shuts out all sounds. The folds of the white curtain fall
straight and close.

My _kurumaya_ prays again.

And there behind her veil the great Sun-Goddess dwells, untouched
by time, of an age with the hills, more primitive than the forest
trees--and sacred still.




                                  III

                          THE TEMPLE OF NIKKŌ


In all the pomp of splendour and of power they buried Iyeyasu at Nikkō,
and the greatest artists of Old Japan came and built in his memory a
temple more beautiful than any in all the length and breadth of the
land. For more than forty years they worked, and brains and money and
labour were poured out like mountain water, until the temple stood
complete, the mausoleum of Iyeyasu and the eternal monument of this
artistic race.

With Buddhist rites was the great _Shōgun_ buried, and for many hundred
years daily remembered in a ritual as solemn as it is effective, but
Buddha himself has not anywhere a temple so splendid.

They buried Iyeyasu at Nikkō, not in the town of his birth or of his
death, not in the city over which he ruled, but four days’ journey
from Yedo in the midst of the mountains; and they did it that Japan’s
greatest ruler might lie amid the nation’s best in nature as in art,
that to the splendour of the temple the Land herself might add the
glories of her mountains and her trees.

At Nikkō is the great _Shōgun_ buried, and for twenty miles before his
shrine a stately avenue of trees leads up to the temple, and up this
avenue prince and pilgrim yearly come; prince and pilgrim, priest
and peasant they still come, up the great avenue of dark thick-set
cryptomerias, the giant pine-trees of Japan.

At the temple’s foot a mountain stream rushes in a deep green gorge,
and two bridges cross the stream: one bright red, the bridge of the Son
of Heaven, one painted green, for the rest of this world’s humankind.

And the reason is that when the Buddhist saint Shōdō Shōnin pursued the
vision that had been sent to him, he journeyed into the mountains many
days until the grey torrent of Nikkō rushing tumultuously across his
path barred the way; but the vision abode with him, and Shōdō Shōnin
knew that he must cross the stream, yet was there neither bridge,
nor boat, nor crossing-place. So the saint kneeled down and prayed.
Then there appeared to him an angel, clothed in black robes and blue,
wearing a string of skulls around his neck, and holding in his hand two
serpents, these he threw across the stream, and they became a bridge
firm and strong. So Shōdō Shōnin passed over the torrent in safety,
but when he looked back, snakes, bridge, and angel had vanished and
only the rushing river remained. Then for a memory the two bridges were
built in the very place of the crossing.

Of all the marriages of Art and Nature the Sacred Red Bridge of Nikkō
is the most beautiful. Scattered among hills and trees and river,
beauty lay; but this people coming through the mountains saw the one
bond that had power to bind the pale blue hills, the dark green gorge,
the stone-grey stream together in an ordered whole of deep-thought
artistic loveliness, planned, perfect, yet supremely natural.

Then the avenue goes on, up the foot of the hill, till it widens and
broadens into a great gravel circle before the entrance-gate of
the temple. Here the great trees of the mountains spread out and up
on either hand, with the temple in their midst surrounded but not
overwhelmed by the grace of the wood. Under the granite _torī_, the
first gateway is guarded by two figures, the mythical lions gilded and
lacquered; while above, the mysterious _baku_, with his four ears and
his nine tails, who has power to eat all bad dreams that pass before
sleeping eyes, crouches alert.

A flight of granite steps leads to the first courtyard, set at right
angles to the gateway, and paved with rounded grey pebbles from the
stream. Here are all the minor buildings of the temple, the stable
for the sacred white horse, the library for the two thousand _sutra_
of the Buddhist scriptures, the tank-house for the purification,
the store-houses for the temple furniture; and stable and library,
tank-house and store-houses are jewelled gems of carving and design, so
rich, so splendid in the ordered magnificence of their colouring that
western senses stand amazed. A blood-red lacquered fence aglow with
coloured carvings divides the temple from the sombre majesty of the
giant cryptomerias.

Then the pebbled space contracts into a flight of granite stairs, and
mounts between stone walls that end in painted friezes of carved wood
to a second courtyard. This is almost square, and standing on the wide
grey sweep of rounded pebbles are three bronze lanterns from the three
tributary kingdoms of Old Japan--from Korea, Luchu, and _Holland_; and
there in serried rows and ranged against the blood-red lacquered fence
aglow with gilded carvings, stand multitudes of bronze lanterns, which
the dead _daimyō_ of Old Japan sent as offerings to the temple. Beyond
the lacquered fence the dark still stems of the pine-trees range out of
sight.

Then the pebbled space contracts again, and a flight of granite steps
leads between granite walls set with coloured friezes of carved wood to
the third courtyard; and the colourless pause of the second court, with
its bronze lanterns on grey stones, gains a new meaning as one mounts,
for in the third courtyard, between the blood-red friezes with their
riotous coloured carvings, is the pure perfection of the Yōmei-mon, a
double gateway, of white lacquer, cream-white and supported by four
pillars of carved wood. And when they put the fourth pillar in its
place they planted it upside down fearing if the beauty of the temple
were all-perfect, evil might befall the house of Tokugawa through the
jealousy of high heaven.

And the stranger as he draws near pauses in sheer amazement; the wild
untamable beauty of the mighty temple set in its giant framework of
dark green trees is strange beyond believing.

On either hand stretches the tropical splendour of the blood-red
lacquered fence, set with coloured carvings as with shining jewels.
Behind is the pale glory of the Yōmei-mon. All around the darkness
of the forest lies like a still quiet tomb. And in front, rising in
lines of sheer perfection, is the white beauty of the Chinese gate,
cream-white, adorned with glittering yellow brass, brass in rounded
sunken medallions on the lintel and the gate-posts, brass in quaint
designs and shining points of yellow light, which break about the
whiteness as sunshine through a mist.

The carvings and the pattern, the picture-panels, the decorated eaves,
the chiselled heads and sculptured birds and beasts, the growing,
glowing flowers, the hanging lotus-bells that tinkle at the corners
of the tent-curved roof, and all perfect, are more than a man’s mind
can perceive though he look for many years. Brains and money and labour
were poured out here like mountain water, and like the rushing stream
of Nikkō the drops go unperceived in the beauty of the whole.

In the short space of forty years were the temple and its fences, the
gateways and the carvings, completed and set up; but forty short years
from first to last, and the carving of one gateway is more than a
lifetime’s work.

Then the splendour culminates. Beyond the Chinese gateway is the actual
shrine itself, its cream-white gateway studded too with brass, while
superb in the utter beauty of their carving, two writhing dragons
stretch on either hand between the door-post and the pillar. Inside is
the temple of the memorial tablets, where with daily rites the Buddhist
priests prayed for the soul of Iyeyasu. To-day the Buddhist emblems are
all gone, the shrine is bare. A _shintō_ rope of rice-straw stretches
from post to post, the mirror of the Sun-Goddess shines above the altar
for her son, the “Son of Heaven” _Tenshi_, the Mikado, has come back to
his own.

All the magnificence of the temple now is in its walls, walls of panel
carvings where the springing phœnix and the crouching lion rise like
pale shadows from the pale unstained wood, so little are they raised
above the surface. And yet the artist’s hand that carved them was
without a rival in the world. They are real and living, delicate and
true, and so entirely beautiful that the heart cries out with joy as at
a long-lost good. Here is no colour, the sweep of pale yellow matting,
the panelled walls of pale dust-coloured wood, are more light than
colour. Here the rich joy of sense is laid aside: the temple stands a
beauty immaterial.

Through three hundred years they prayed for Iyeyasu daily with long
rites, but his tomb is not here.

It lies beyond the temple and above it. One climbs to it by a long,
steep stair of grey-green granite, set in the sombre hill. A stairway
built of granite in long slabs, so broad and thick that the balustrade
with its coping, base, and sculptured columns is all cut from one
solid block, with each block fourteen feet long. And the stairway took
thirteen years to quarry and set up.

The hillside is steep, the stairs are many, and the tall dark pines,
the flame-red maples gather, gather till the temple’s roof, the sound
of praying bell or chanted hymn is lost. The little space which Art
stole from Nature is completely hidden, even the forest has forgotten.

And the grey stair climbs, climbs among the dark-green trees, then
stops.

On the top of the hill is a rounded curve of stately pines. Alone,
solitary between sky and trees, stands the tomb of Iyeyasu, a domed
pillar-box of bronze glinting golden through the trees. A low stone
wall surrounds the tomb, a bronze door solid but uncarved is its
gateway, and that is all. Here among the quiet trees, in the stillness
of the forest, above the splendour of the temple, lie the ashes of the
great Iyeyasu.

All the days of his rule he dwelt among men, but his soul climbed
the steep stair of Life, casting off its splendours and its glories,
climbed above them, climbed back into the eternal simplicity of Nature,
and there he laid him down to rest.




                                  IV

                         KANNON, LADY OF MERCY


It was the _fête_ of Kannon of Asak’sa, whose votaries are many. They
thronged the narrow paved pathway set between the two long rows of red
brick stalls, and overflowed into the temple grounds behind, where the
juggler and the wax-works, the two-headed porpoise, and the headless
man, and all the long scale of attractions in between shouted and
drummed. All the fun of the fair was here, with the advantage of a
_petit bout de messe_, to save the soul, over the way.

Kannon of Asak’sa is a popular lady, and her doors stand wide open.
You may go in with your boots on. It is true that the goddess herself,
on her gilded altar, is railed off from public touch by a wire
netting--like the animals in the menagerie outside. But that is all
the privacy she enjoys, and the rest of her temple is as public as a
railway station, and just about as sacred. The people pour in up the
steps on all sides, the scraping of their _gheta_ on the dirty wooden
floor adding its quota of noise to the chink of money and the buzz of
voices, the ringing of bells, and the hurry and bustle of a surging
railway crowd. There is the same wide-open, doorless feel, the same
discomforting, amphibious sensation of neither open air nor closed
house. A large bookstall in the corner, selling the latest illustrated
numbers of the goddess, and the whole stock of Kannon literature adds
to the illusion. Between two pillars a temple clerk issues tickets at
a substantial booking-office. A shaven official appears and rings a
bell at intervals, reciting a prayer in the voice of a railway porter
proclaiming stations. There is the same reasonless flux and reflux of
the crowd, the same rush and bustle, with its inseparable accompaniment
of underlying roar that rises and falls, sometimes absorbing all the
other sounds into itself, sometimes leaving them distinct and clear,
but never for a moment ceasing.

A huge lacquered case like a square coffin, its lid replaced by thick
metal bars, stands between the bookstall and the booking-office, right
against the wire netting. Into this each comer throws his coin before
reciting his prayer, and the chinking of the money as it falls is as
unceasing as the roar of the crowd.

Away in a corner behind the booking-office a worn-out black statue
sits huddled in rags. Around it, bands of invalids await their turn
to rub the featureless figure with their hands, and transfer the
charm by rubbing themselves in the corresponding spot. As a method of
propagating disease, this treatment for curing it can have few equals.
But the coffers of the temple profit greatly.

Business, indeed, is brisk to-day. The shaven-headed booking-clerk is
issuing tickets at a bank-holiday rate, and the bookstall is besieged.
Up from all sides comes the tumult of the fair. Kannon must be a paying
investment.

As I stand on the steps with the din of the temple behind me, a man in
the crowd below buys a cage of little birds at a stall, and, opening
the door, throws them up into the air. The startled flutter of their
wings as they soar up over the heads of the crowd into the blue carries
me back to Ober-Ammergau, to the memory of the overturned tables of the
money-changers, and the overthrown cages of those who sold doves.

“My house shall be called the house of prayer, but ye have made it a
den of thieves.”

Is human nature the same all the world over? Are priests? Or is the
fate of all religions alike?

O Kannon of Asak’sa! Kannon, Lady of Mercy! how long must thou wait for
thy deliverer? O Lord Buddha, how long?




                                   V

                            RINZAKI’S ALTAR


On the edge of the dark hills is the temple of Rinzaki, and the green
sea of the rice-fields washes up to its open doors. Overhead the grey
sky of a sunless summer’s evening dims all the colours in the land, and
leaves them shadows. It is fresh and still, and the wide, green bay
sweeps in smooth curves to the foot of the dark hills. On the pathway
the hosts of little green frogs hop like hailstones, and the startled
splash as they fall back into the rice-fields is sharp and clear.

Rinzaki stands alone, its _shōji_ walls pushed back, and the slender,
square pillars at each corner are dark against the greyness. The open
matted spaces of the temple are deserted, and the stillness is pure and
clear as freshly running water. In the sunless evening light the sombre
colours of the temple are but light and shadow, a sweep of pale matting
under a dark roof framed in grey. And the stillness grows purer,
clearer, and more still.

Beyond the open spaces of the matting, between altar wall and altar
wall, the garden of the temple hangs, a living picture on the wall. Two
kneeling-cushions on the matting mark the purpose of the garden, and I
stay to look.

A faintly running stream, stone-grey, a shaven slope of green, and on
it three clipped azalea-bushes pink with blossom. So still, so clear, I
stretch my hand to feel.

It is a garden--a garden painted by an artist who worked in earth and
flowers. And the dim greyness of the temple, the pale spaces of the
matting, frame the garden as a shell its pearl. I could but look.
The pale pink of the azalea-bushes, the soft curve of the slope, the
stone-grey of the running stream, were painted with the loving care,
the certain touch of a master’s hand. There was no fault. Between altar
wall and altar wall the living picture hung--perfect.

Like David’s harping to Saul distraught, the stillness of the garden,
the dim greyness of the temple, washed pure the heart. The sin-freed
soul floated out unfettered, and thought was not.

Alone the garden lay, an earthly Nirvana in the stillness.

Rinzaki’s true altar stood here.




                                  VI

                              TWO CREEDS


Above the white cloud of the plum-blossoms, through the dark wood of
the cryptomerias, on the top of the hill lies the temple of Ikkégami.
The broad spaces of its courtyards and its gardens are sunny and still,
and the blue sky above is a bed of celestial forget-me-nots. Down each
side the big, dark trunks of the giant fir-trees stand straight and
tall--two rows of sombre pillars, shutting in a sunny aisle.

In front, at the end of the wandering white path of rounded stones sunk
into the bare earth, is the _Hondō_ or main building with the tent
curves of its roof, and the polished floor of its veranda shining like
a sword in the sun. Behind is the big wooden gateway, and the hundred
stone steps which lead from the hilltop to the village beneath. And
scattered down the wide earth courtyard, and half hidden under the
dark arches of the trees, are the innumerable little buildings which
form the complete whole of a Buddhist temple; the belfry, with its
bronze bell hung from the big wooden beam of the ceiling to within
three feet of the ground, and the polished wooden spar with which it
is beaten; the quaint revolving library--like a dwarf windmill without
sails--where the hundred volumes of the Buddhist Scripture can be dimly
seen through the thick wooden lattice; the wide granite tank under its
tiled roof, all hung with lengths of brown temple towels, where the
faithful pour water over their hands from bamboo dippers as a symbol of
purification; the side chapels with their drums and offerings. All are
quiet to-day and deserted, only by the side of the tank, in front of a
worn-out stone statue, a peasant mother is standing, her baby tucked in
the back of her _kimono_--fast asleep. She claps her hands three times
to call the attention of the gods, and then she prays, and the baby’s
shaven head nods heavily over her shoulder. Then she takes the bamboo
dipper and pours water over the head of the stone statue, carefully,
that not a dry spot may remain, and prays again.

Between the dark pillars of the tree-trunks and the stamped earth of
the courtyard, a line of narrow, pointed laths runs like a wooden
fencing round the temple precincts. I wonder what they are and leave
the stepping-stones of the pathway to see.

Tombstones? Yes. Set close together, and sometimes three or four deep,
the long line of thin pointed laths closes in the temple and its
courtyard with a fence of graves. Not a rich man’s graveyard this, but
the last home of the peasants from the rice-fields and the fishermen
from the sea. I look at the rows of Chinese characters running
lengthwise down the narrow tombstones, and stop in wonder, for on one
the Roman letters with their familiar outlines stand out plainly.

                 “To the Men of the Warship _Onega_.”

That is all.

To the men of the Warship _Onega_! It was true then the story. The
story of the loss of the _Onega_ in the bay below, and the sale of
the sunken wreck with all its contents to fishermen along the coast.
The story of the finding of the corpses of the drowned sailors, all
entangled among the wreckage, and of how the Japanese fishermen
collected them reverently, saying, with the faith of the ancient
Greeks, that their souls would wander restless and distressed unless
they were laid in their graves and the funeral prayers sung over them.
So they sent a petition to the great _Ijin San_ in Tokyo praying him to
come to the temple of Ikkégami, that his dead brothers might have some
one of their own race, if not of their own family, to perform the last
solemn rites. And the Ambassador came to Ikkégami, and the long line
of weather-beaten Japanese fishermen bore the western sailors up the
hill to the temple, and buried them in the courtyard, under the silent
trees, with all the rites of the Buddhist church. And they set up the
wooden lath as over the grave of a brother, among the long lines of the
tombstones of their fathers; but they wrote on it in the tongue of the
stranger so that God and their countrymen might know their own again.

And all this they did out of their own hearts, and with the money of
their own earning.

So the men of _Onega_ lie buried with Buddhist rites in a Buddhist
churchyard, and the wooden lath above their graves is but another rail
in the holy fence of the Japanese dead which encloses the temple.

       *       *       *       *       *

The long arches of the sombre trees are dark and still. The blue sky
above is without fleck or stain, and the peace of God which passeth all
understanding is spread as a hand above the tree-tops.

The men of the _Onega_ sleep well.




                                  VII

                    THE LEGEND OF THE NOSELESS JIZŌ


It was a great many years ago, but the stone Jizō stands there yet,
just on the edge of the woods beyond the rice-fields. The blue cotton
bib around his neck is new, the odd little piles of stones that balance
on his shoulders, cuddle in his arms, or lie around his feet are
larger, for kindly hearts have passed by since then, to pick up a stone
and carry it to Jizō, who helps the souls of the little dead children
crying naked on the banks of the Sai-no-Kawara, because the old hag
Shozuka-no-Baba has taken their clothes away, and will not let them
pass over into the happy land beyond, but keeps them piling stones on
the banks of the Buddhist Styx, and crying bitterly.

And Jizō sits there by the roadside still, the same benevolent smile on
his shaven face, still holding the pilgrim’s staff with its metal rings
in one hand, and the jewel which brings all wisdom in the other. Only
he has no nose. He lost it thirty years ago, the day little Dicky James
came running up the road, his new hatchet clutched in his hand.

Now Dicky was the son of a missionary, and he had been brought up on
good books and Sunday schools, and the night before he had been taken
to hear the wonderful experiences of a “brother” from China, who had
filled his little head full of “glorious martyrdom,” “sinful heathen,”
“the overthrowing of idols,” and “the abomination of desolation,” which
Dicky didn’t understand but thought meant the long stretch of muddy
rice-fields down beyond Negishi. And that put Jizō into his head. And
besides, there was the new hatchet.

All the morning he had played Red Indians, until, in an access of
realism, he had almost brained the baby. The threatened loss of his
hatchet and the great idea that was working in his head made him quiet
and subdued all through dinner.

He was sorry about baby, “poor little martyr,” as his mother called
her; and the idea grew and grew. Why shouldn’t he be a martyr too,
and return to his family covered with glory? Then the thought of Jizō
jumped into his head. He would go out, like the “brother” from China,
into the “abomination of desolation,” and “overturn the idol” of the
“sinful heathen.” Or, at least, if he couldn’t overturn it, the new
hatchet would cut off its head, and Dicky’s fingers itched to try. He
had no idea martyrdom was so interesting.

So, dinner over, Dicky seized his hatchet, and started off, away from
the settlement, across the canal, up by the racecourse, and down the
hill towards Negishi. Here he took to the shore, to avoid complications
in the village; for Dicky was used to showing his Christian superiority
by cuffing the heads of the heathen, and the boys of Negishi were his
particular enemies. So the tide being out he kept to the shore until he
was past the village, and the long stretch of rice-fields, nothing but
solid ponds of black mud, each surrounded by a little, low, mud bank,
came into sight.

“The abomination of desolation,” said Dicky.

And it did look like it. He went on along the narrow path towards the
hills, with the wide stretch of muddy ponds on each side of him. They
dwindled away gradually as Dicky went up the valley, dwindled away
until they only looked like a kind of mud river running between the
green hills. And there beyond the last one, on the edge of the hill,
was Jizō. Jizō, with his broad smile and his funny little bib.

Dicky looked about him nervously; the great moment had come. No, there
was no one in the rice-fields, and no one coming after him from the
village; and Jizō’s smile was tempting. Up went the little hatchet
and smash down with all Dicky’s strength. But Jizō’s head did not
roll in the dust, as it ought to have done, so Dicky tried again. He
was getting excited now. It was so beautiful to feel his dear hatchet
coming down smash, smash, smash, and to know he was doing the “good
work” at the same time.

Smash, smash! This time something had smashed, and Jizō’s stone nose
lay at his feet. Dicky stooped to pick it up, exultant, and in the
momentary pause heard angry voices among the fields, and feet coming
swiftly up the road behind him. Then Dicky forgot all about “martyrdom”
and ran as fast as he could go, across the bank of the rice-field in
front of him, up the hill beyond, his hatchet clutched in one hand, and
Jizō’s stone nose in the other.

It was the rice-field that saved him, because the men had to go round,
but their shouts brought out the village, and the sight of Jizō,
noseless, sent all the angry “heathen” up the hill in chase. I do
not think they would have hurt him if they had caught him, for the
Japanese are not fanatical, and they are very kind to children.

It was just this feeling that made them so angry now. To think that
any one could injure Jizō; Jizō the friend of those in trouble, the
comforter of women in travail, and the keeper of the baby souls crying
naked on the dark banks of the Sai-no-Kawara. I do not think they would
have hurt Dicky, but the whole village came out to see, and the men and
boys ran up the hills around shouting:

“_Nan des ka? Nan des ka?_ What is it? What is it?”

And Dicky in his terror ran until his little legs gave way under him,
and panting he threw himself on the ground under the trees.

The shouts had died away a long while, and it was growing dark in the
wood before Dicky stirred. It was darker still when at last he crept
cautiously down the hill and over the rice-fields towards the stone
statue of Jizō. He was very tired now, and very hungry, but the memory
of the angry voices calling after him in the hills made him afraid to
go back through the village, and by this time the tide was up. So Dicky
sat down by the side of Jizō in the growing darkness and waited. And
all his nurse’s stories of Jizō and the little children came into his
mind. He looked up at Jizō, smiling still his large benevolent smile,
and crept nearer.

       *       *       *       *       *

It was quite dark that evening when they found Dicky, his head
peacefully laid to sleep on Jizō’s feet, utterly worn out with the
pangs and the excitement of his martyrdom, his little hatchet fallen on
the ground, but one grubby fist fast clutching something that even in
his sleep he held tight.

But Dicky’s taste for martyrdom had gone, and once, to his father’s
horror, he was heard to declare that he “wished he was a heathen
because he would like to say his prayers to Jizō.”

In the deepest depths of his pocket, next to his clasp-knife and his
favourite ally taw, there lived for many years a small stone object
that he sometimes took out and looked at when he was quite alone. And
Dicky had serious doubts at times about the goodness of the martyrs,
and the sinfulness of the heathen, while his ideas on idols underwent a
radical change.

It is thirty years ago now. But the legend of the noseless Jizō and his
fight with the _Onigo_ (the devil in the shape of a child) is still
told in the villages around Negishi.

The other day Richard heard it himself.




                                 VIII

                         THE TEMPLES OF SHIBA


A matchless blue sky overarches the world, pale, clear, intense, and
the twisted green boughs of the Japanese pine throw their gaunt, black
arms up into the blue, in the vain endeavour of a hundred years to
reach it. The hush of cloistered calm in which the trees grew up is
still here, although the Tokyo citizen walks and rides where once none
but Buddhist priests might linger. The Red Gateway, with the tent
curves of its roof petrified into grey tiles, still claims for all
within Buddha as its master.

And the hush of cloistered calm grows stiller.

Through a wide space open to the sky, a space paved with rounded
pebbles, water-washed for many years ere they floored the courtyard of
the House of God, believing and unbelieving feet have beaten smooth a
wide, brown pathway. All around, and arranged in serried rows, stand a
myriad grey-stone lanterns, the pious gifts of dead _daimyō_. Between
these tall stone emblems of the five elements the pathway runs; cupola,
crescent, pyramid, sphere, cube--ether, air, fire, water, earth--and
the crude shapes of the primitive elements, touched and altered by
generations of artists, are turned to curves of quaintest beauty.
Diagonally across the space goes the black pathway, the standing rows
of tall lanterns thickly set on either side, until beneath another gate
it makes a pause. A gate of red lacquer this, with carvings of gilded
wood on ceiling and wall. Carvings full of that oriental luxuriance of
colour and line which half shocks our sober northern senses; so shocks
them sometimes that we call it scornfully “barbaric,” until we grow
wiser with much looking and learn to see the truth and beauty of this
exuberant splendour.

Beyond the gateway, the black path leads out under the blue sky, a
pebbled square on either hand, set round with stately rows of bronze
lanterns, the pious gifts of yet greater _daimyō_. Another gate stands
waiting at the end of the pebbled square, a gateway with rounded wooden
columns of red lacquer, like its fellow, and carvings of gold. But
the beams of its ceiling have been smoothed away, and in the centre
a much twisted and curled dragon, which, like Joseph’s coat, is of
many colours, writhes across the ceiling. A carved and gilded gallery
stretches away on either side past the gateway. Another yet more
beautiful, with its slender square pillars of red lacquer bound at base
and crown with beaten brass, leads a rainbow shadow through the sunny
court to the cool dark door of the temple itself. In the shade of the
gilded galleries, suspended from the red-lacquered cross-beams, hangs a
row of still bronze lanterns. Dimly in their exquisite shapes can one
trace the symbolised elements.

Behind a wooden barrier five steps lead straight to the temple’s
front, closed now with dark blinds of split bamboo bound together with
a silken thread. The tiled eaves of the curving roof overhang the
steps, and between door and lacquered pillar writhes in many wriggles
of green and golden carving two royal dragons, the Ascending and the
Descending--the going-up and the coming-down.

Leaning on the barrier, the glory of those golden dragons, of those red
columns, of the carved beams and inlaid porch rushed riotously into
the soul. And now one understood the preparation of those successive
gateways, set each between a sunny space of pebbled court; for the
first had shown but red and gold, up in the ceiling of the second
lingered lines of azure blue, the third added green to the other three,
the gallery gave glances of mauve and violet, while here, under the
eaves of the temple roof, the rainbow itself is glorious in carved wood.

A culminating point of colour and splendour, what can the temple hold
within?

Cool spaces of matted floor set round with black boxes on black stools,
each box holding its portion of Buddhist Scripture; sombre pennants of
dark blue and green brocade upon the walls; a sober light clear but
colourless; and which is more beautiful, the rainbow porch of many
colours riotous in carving and scrolls, or the sober quiet of the
temple, a beauty of spaces and restraint?

The colourless matted room is wide and low. In front between the sombre
pennants is the inner sanctuary. Gods on either side on lacquered
tables set against the walls; at the end, beyond more lacquered tables,
two brocaded masses rise like square coffins on a raised daïs; between
stand figures of the gods, white-faced Benten and Kannon, Lady of
Mercy. The red tables bear many-coloured sweets and biscuits heaped
high on metal plates, in metal cups; offerings to the spirits of the
dead _Shōgun_ whose tablets lie enshrined behind those masses of
brocade. A bronze bowl on the floor filled with grey ash sends forth
filmy clouds of incense. There is no sound.

Behind the temple, through two open spaces of pebbled squares, each
reached by a score of granite steps, is the tomb; a smooth, round mass
of stone encircled with a breast-high parapet of bronze; all around a
sweep of grey pebbles.

That is all.

And yet standing here I wonder whether the dead _Shōgun_ have not
rightly chosen? Whether their resting-place is not more truly beautiful
than the beauty of sombre ornament in the temple, than the riotous
carving of the gateways.

The porch was Beauty’s body, arrayed, adorned; here lies Beauty’s soul,
naked and eternal.




                                  IX

                              AMIDA BUTSU


Buddhism is not one but many; the same faith and the same nation
which produces the squalor, dirt and commercial profanity of Asak’sa
can create the peace and purity of Rinzaki, while Shiba’s riot of
impossible colouring is born of the same religion and the same people
as the stern beauty of the _Hongwanji_; for the temples of the _Shin_
sect are severe as a Protestant cathedral, as a Presbyterian church,
only they are built by a race of artists.

Kannon of Asak’sa is popular, but the beautiful _Hongwanji_ at Kyoto,
finished a few years ago, at a cost of eight million yen, was built
mainly by the peasants, who contributed not only in money but in kind,
sending their most beautiful trees to be cut into beams, offering
themselves to hew and to build, giving always of their best. And each
beam was raised to its place by long hawsers made of women’s hair,
the soft black hair of youth or womanhood, with here and there the
shrivelled grey hairs of age. And the hawsers are suspended in the
temple for men and missionaries to ponder on.

Buddhism is not dead but living. The old, the weary, and the poorest
poor creep into the _Hongwanji_ in Japan, and the pale matting of these
temples is covered with the square-holed copper coins worth a quarter
of a farthing, which they roll over the matting towards the altar from
the corners where they kneel and pray.

       *       *       *       *       *

Nagoya’s _Hongwanji_ is the glory of the town. It stands in the thick
of the city, in a great wide courtyard of stamped earth set round with
trees. Its sculptured gates of bronze are always open, and once inside
them the busy town with its factories and its workshops, its quarter of
a million of inhabitants, is gone, for the wide courtyard sets a lavish
space of stillness between the city and the shrine. A space so wide and
ample that the temple’s curves stand out clear and sharp as a solitary
tower on an empty plain.

Built all of wood, unpainted, unstained; and so faded by the sunshine,
so worn with age, and weather beaten with the wind and rain, that in
the glow of the summer’s sun the temple stands against the brilliant
light faded and grey, a beauty of pathos, not of joy.

Under the eaves the saints and sacred animals are carved in tender
lines of love. Age has touched and left them colourless, and the
infinite pity of the Buddha which enwraps creation, enfolding man and
his brother the beast, looks from their eyes.

Inside there is peace and sober quiet. A wide low space suggestively
divided into three with slender square pillars of wood, and behind,
along the whole width of the temple a blaze of gold, sombre and rich.
No riot of impossible colouring here, no profusion of design and
decoration; sober, almost stern in its beauty, the centre and the two
side altars shine in the dim light.

A bronze figure of Buddha, dead black against the gold, stands on his
lotus-leaf with uplifted hands. It is Buddha as the God of Mercy, the
living, loving god, Amida Butsu--Eternal Buddha.

Dull gold and black, alive in the altar, shadowly repeated in the pale
yellow matting and in the grey age-stained wood, are all the decoration
of the temple, save perfect purity and peace, and an atmosphere of
quiet, enduring charity. For the Shin sect teaches that the law cannot
be altered, that the eternal chain of cause and effect goes always and
for ever on, that the wages and more than the wages of sin is death,
that an act and its consequences roll ever onward through the world,
and neither man nor time can stay them; it teaches that a man’s sorrows
are made by his sins, but that Buddha is merciful and just, that he who
is love gives love; love knows no sin, nor sin’s child, sorrow; without
sin and sorrow is the world at rest.

       *       *       *       *       *

Outside, the city labours, toils. Within, the workers kneel on the pure
pale matting, and praying, roll their square-holed coins towards the
image of Eternal Buddha, whose hand is raised to bless.




                                   X

                            SAINT NICHIREN


Up a hundred steep stone steps lies the temple of the Lord Buddha, for
Nichiren, his servant, whose head the executioner’s sword refused to
cut off, died here.

Now Nichiren was a man of faith. And his faith was the faith of the
average man--he knew he was right. But Nichiren did more, for he had
the courage of his opinions; and he said, “I alone am right; the rest
are all wrong, unfaithful servants of the Lord--kill them.”

And the people believed Nichiren, for is not such faith in one’s own
opinion a sign of divine inspiration? And did not the Lord Buddha send
lightning from Heaven to turn the edge of the executioner’s sword and
save his pious servant?

So they followed after Nichiren and despised the rest of the church,
and built temples of the true faith throughout the length and breadth
of the land. And the priests of Nichiren walked in the steps of
their master, and are--for the tolerant Japanese--almost bigoted and
fanatical.

Now the Nichiren priests delight in noise. Perhaps they think--like
many a politician--that it takes the place of argument. And so their
temples for ever re-echo with the banging of big drums, the clapping of
wooden clappers, the booming of big bells, and the eternal chanting of
the _Namu-myōho-rengekyō_, the formula of the faith of Nichiren.

In the little side temple to the left, wreathed with paper flowers and
cheap ornaments--for Nichiren has even strength to blur the national
sense of art--they are busy now.

A priest in the middle crouches on the ground; on either side, before a
big drum like a yellow barrel lying horizontally on the ground, sit two
believers. Behind are grouped three more, all provided with clappers or
bells. The drumming is incessant, the clapping nearly so, while all,
priests and people, keep up one never-ending drone of

“_Namu-myōho-rengekyō, Namu-myōho-rengekyō, Namu-myōho-rengekyō._”

I can only see the backs of the group, and the arms of the two drummers
as they raise them up above their heads to beat the big barrels in
front of them. Suddenly, from round the corner of the drum, an old face
peers--priest by its costume and its cunning. An unshaven, unkempt
face that blinks--dirty, ignorant, bigoted. It crouches there on the
matting, the old cunning eyes opening and shutting with each repetition
of the never-ending formula,

“_Namu-myōho-rengekyō, Namu-myōho-rengekyō, Namu-myōho-rengekyō_,”
until sense and meaning are lost in a wave of wild, brute fanaticism.

The drums bang louder, the clappers clap shriller, the bells boom
quicker and quicker, and I stand there convinced.

_Namu-myōho-rengekyō, Namu-myōho-rengekyō, Namu-myōho-rengekyō._

I too am of the faith of Nichiren, for I know that I am right. All
these are wrong, unfaithful servants of the Lord--kill them.




                                  XI

                       BETWEEN EARTH AND HEAVEN


Five hundred feet of wall, and the temple’s courtyard hangs a balcony
above the world.

The thousand steps by which I climbed are hidden, and the _chaya_, in
the width of the brown road that touches cliff and sea, is so beneath my
feet that its roof seems resting on the ground. My _kurumaya_, in his
white hat, is a growing mushroom on a dark blue stalk. The man is but a
human atom crushed between two immensities.

From cliff to distant sky the wide sea spreads out, a vast still plain
of shimmering blue. This ball of earth is rolled out flat before my
eyes, and its mysterious ends are a far-off rim, dark blue and clear.
Overhead the burnished sky shuts down a domed cover on the flattened
earth. The very sea seems hot. My _kurumaya_, sitting on the slender
shafts of his _jinriksha_, fans himself with his hat, and I am startled
to see how perfectly the three-inch figure works.

The world lies all spread out below me, here is nothing but the temple
and the sun.

Across the burning courtyard where the sun smites the rounded pebbles
with hard shafts of light, and through the open doorway in the temple’s
wall, I go, and then the silent shadows of the trees fall all around.
The sky above their tops is bluer, the very sunlight brighter for the
shade.

The temple’s shrine is built upon a polished raft of wood, moored three
feet above the ground. Its walls are dark with matted blind. Only the
square door-posts stand clear against the light, and through them I see
the bareness of the shrine--a sweep of pale matting on the floor, and
then dim space. Alone, the burnished mirror of the great Sun-Goddess
hangs above the altar.

On the threshold of his temple stands the high priest, attended by two
acolytes. He wears a head-dress of black lacquer like a perforated
meat-cover, but the face beneath is old and very calm. He bows as I
mount the shallow polished steps which lead up from the ground, takes
from the black-robed acolyte a slender silver vase, and a shallow
terra-cotta bowl. Standing shoeless on the threshold of the naked
shrine he slowly pours the sacred _saké_ from the silver vase into
the terra-cotta bowl, and gives me to drink. The bowl is black with
age, the _saké_ thick, like distilled honey; and I notice, as I drink,
the carved figures running round the rim, and the faint scent of
plum-blossom.

Without a word the white-robed priest takes back the cup, and offers
me a thin rice-wafer which I break and eat. I wonder what the rite may
mean that I, a stranger, may partake, and look up to see the calm old
eyes looking down at me, at my outlandish clothes and foreign face; but
he does not speak. Then with a gesture which is almost a blessing, the
white-robed priest is gone, and the acolytes follow after.

The temple’s shrine stands bare and bare, only the burnished mirror of
the great Sun-Goddess glitters.

Was it a Passover that we have eaten together? Or a Eucharist? Or
merely the symbol of our human brotherhood?

We are all children of the Sun; and Faith is One.

Yet it needed a Shintō priest in far Japan to show me a religion above
nation, beyond race, above sect. But his shrine is bare. The Mirror of
Truth hangs solitary above his altar, and his temple’s doors are open
to the Sun.




                                  XII

                          INARI, THE FOX-GOD


The green tongue of the rice-fields thrusts itself deep into the blue
sea, and its tip is lacquered red.

Haneda-no-Inari is a temple whose gateways have swallowed up its
shrine, and on the low, flat, headland its many thousand _torī_ in rows
of scarlet dolmens walk inland from the sea. The green point lies a
henna-stained finger in the lap of the ocean.

Beyond the red tip, a ridge of pearl-grey sky rests on the water, while
overhead the clouds, like piled-up snowflakes, melt into the blue.

It is the end of September, and wide through the land the rustle of
ripening rice-ears comes and goes. Haneda-no-Inari, the Rice-God, is
calling the peasants to his shrine. And they come; broad-shouldered,
bullet-headed men, in short, blue tunics and dark blue hose, with brown
weather-beaten faces, seamed and lined; and always their hard hands,
half shut, half open, as though still holding hoe or plough. Old most
of them, and with that half-deaf look which years of fieldwork brings.
Intelligences half shut too, shutting fast on the primary ideas of
life, on the traditions of their fathers; for a thought, like the
hoe or plough, is too precious a thing to be lightly laid aside; it
is bequeathed from generation to generation as are the rice-fields
beneath their feet.

Inari calls, and the peasants come. Not only for the sake of the
Rice-God, though the rustle of the ripening rice-ears is a music in
the land, but because the image of the fox has dwelt so long in the
Rice-God’s temple that to the peasant Inari is both Fox-and Rice-God.
And the fear of the _Kitsuné_ is a power in Japan. The _Kitsuné_,
who can take a woman’s shape and bewitch you; the _Kitsuné_, who can
beguile a man that he follow to the fox’s very hole and stay there
living on snails and worms. The _Kitsuné_, who, entering a man’s body
under his finger-nails, will possess it, so that he howls like a fox,
slowly changes into one, and dies. And so they come to the temple, up
from the rice-fields, up under the scarlet tunnels of the _torī_, for
the passing through each tunnel means a wish fulfilled.

The gateways indeed have swallowed up this shrine. There is no temple,
only a low matted booth; at the back two white china images of the
Fox-God, his tail curled high above his head, and a priest on the
matting, as a shopman at his stall, selling charms, multitudes of
miniature china foxes, words on rice-paper, and mounds of earth, a
whole shopful of charms and amulets.

Opposite is a row of rabbit burrows, each roofed with a shelving
stone; just a hole in the ground, but full of meaning to the peasant,
for it is the home of the _Kitsuné_, and he crouches on the ground in
front of it, his head between his knees, or thrust far into the big
burrow in the eagerness of his prayer. And his face works; the priest
behind him watches. _Kitsuné_ is a reality to him, a force strong as
Nature’s laws, but capricious; so he prays. Then half in fear, half in
reverence, he thrusts one arm as far as it will go into the hole, and
scraping softly brings back a handful of brown earth. His face lights
up, and the priest behind leans forward.

Still on his knees the peasant wraps the magic earth in layers of clean
rice-paper and puts it carefully away in the breast of his patched
tunic. Then he gets up. He has his charm, a remedy against sickness and
disaster, a charm for his rice-fields and himself. The priest behind
reaches out his hand. He makes a keen shopkeeper, and his celestial
wares are never stolen. The temple terms are “cash down, and prayers
not taken in exchange.”

Through the long scarlet tunnels of the _torī_, back to the ripening
rice-fields the peasants go. The green point lies a henna-stained
finger in the lap of the ocean. Haneda-no-Inari, the temple of the
superstitious, glows a living tip of red.

For its sins are as scarlet.




                                 XIII

                           THE ALTAR OF FIRE


It all happened in a suburban temple in the town of Tokyo, at the time
of the blossoming cherry-trees; and the prosaic din of a modern city
full of trains and tramcars hemmed us round. We had been conscious of
it dimly throughout the long ceremonial within the temple, where Shintō
priests in brocaded robes chanted in twos and threes, in solo and in
chorus; where the old High Priest had blessed with long strange rites
the four elements, earth, which is the mother of all things, fire,
water, air; had blessed the rice by which the people live, salt, and
_saké_; but now that we were all assembled in the outer courtyard the
noise of a busy city came distinctly to the ear. Tokyo was working hard
this April afternoon, and the cries of the newspaper boys pierced up
shrilly from the street below.

In the courtyard the ancient vestments of the priests showed strangely
beside the modern frocks of American visitors, the tweed suits of a
party of Cook’s tourists, even beside the _kimono_ of the Japanese
crowd, so markedly Tokyo and _Meiji_ (age of enlightenment), in their
felt hats, cloth caps, and “bowlers.”

The courtyard was big, the native crowd railed in at one end left a
large space bare, and here in the centre of the stamped brown earth
a great pile of burning charcoal was heaped. Twenty feet long, and
nearly as many broad, it glowed a solid mass of quivering heat, while
priests at each corner stood fanning the sullen red to an ever fiercer
flame. It was not hot enough yet, and in the sunshine of that April
afternoon we waited.

At the further end of the courtyard a broad band of salt lay on the
brown earth like a white step to the altar. The great fans of the
fanning priests sent puffs of heat across the court that made the
distinguished guests shrink back. And yet the glowing charcoal pyre was
not hot enough.

Behind us, in a corner of the courtyard, stood a bamboo ladder, whose
every rung was made of the razor-blade of a Japanese sword, set edge
upwards. As we all stood waiting, watching the solid altar of red flame
grow redder, a young man came out of the temple and crossed the court.
He was dressed in the short white tunic of religious festivals, and his
legs and feet were bare. He bowed to the party of distinguished guests,
to the priests, to the old High Priest, and from his manner I judged
him not a priest, but a temple attendant.

Among the crowd there was a murmur, a sway of intense excitement, and
then a dead stillness. In the stillness the young man put his bare
foot upon the lowest rung of the ladder, and an involuntary shudder
went through us all. A large-checked tourist, pushing every one aside,
rushed up to the ladder, and felt a sword-rung with his hand. Then he
came back, and across his open palm a ruled red line of blood rose up
swiftly.

There was a whispering among the priests, a commotion in the crowd, but
the polite expressions of regret from the old High Priest were courtly
with honorifics. The large-checked tourist tied his hand up clumsily in
his own pocket-handkerchief, and looked annoyed. The fanning priests,
with rhythmic movements of their hands and bodies, chased the living
heat across the court, and did not pause.

Again there was a murmur in the crowd, a stretching of necks to see,
and a dead silence.

The white-tuniced attendant, who had stood quite still beside the
ladder, placed his bare foot upon the lowest rung, and I saw the
large-checked tourist wince as though his injured hand were there
instead. Lightly as a sailor climbs, the young man ran up the ladder
rung by rung, and neither hands nor feet grew red. On the top he
stayed, looking down, and a shudder like a cry of pain went through the
courtyard. Then he turned, hanging for one brief moment by his knees on
the topmost rung--turned, and came down again.

In the April sunshine the sword-blades, from top to bottom of the
ladder, glittered spotless.

Firmly on his bare, brown feet the young man walked across the court,
bowed to the party of distinguished visitors, to the priests, to the
old High Priest, and disappeared within the temple.

The crowd behind the railings exclaimed in admiration, but the
distinguished visitors were above surprise. The party of Cook’s
tourists who had just “done” India were full of explanations. It was
“mere jugglery,” they said, though each man differed in his theory. One
was eloquent on hypnotic suggestion, and though the damaged tourist,
his hand still bound up, “couldn’t go so far as that, sir,” was not to
be persuaded. The injured tourist had apparently only been hypnotised
a little more effectually than the rest of us. The American guests
favoured “acrobatic training from infancy,” which “made the bones just
like jelly.” Somebody said he had heard it was “done with oil,” but was
quite vague as to the how, and all the more insistent in consequence.
And so we explained and argued while the level rays of sunshine fell
on the spotless sword-rungs of the ladder, and on the vestments of the
Shintō priests. They had watched and were impassive. The climbing of
the ladder was not a sacred ceremony, not a rite, rather an amusement
allowed the multitude, as the Catholic Church offered _jongleries_ in
the Middle Ages.

But as the sun fell lower and lower in the April sky, a hush came among
the little group of priests, and growing, travelled slowly over the
courtyard. Even the damaged tourist stopped his explanations. The great
red altar of heat that lay a fallen pillar of fire across the courtyard
was glowing now white-hot with life. The fanning priests at each corner
had moved further back to escape the scorch of the flames, but still
they fanned. In waves and gusts the heat was borne across the court,
to flicker, as it were, upon the air, steady itself and then drive
solidly forward. The Cook’s tourists who had seized upon the front row
of seats, twisted uneasily on their chairs, unwilling to give up their
“best places,” unable to endure the burning. But the fierce scorch
of the heat came steadily onwards, and before it the tourists ran,
dragging their chairs after them.

Still the fanning priests fanned on, chasing the quivering flames on
the red altar of heat, till it pulsed with a white-hot breath like a
thing alive.

In the pale April sky the swift sun was dropping golden through the
last arcs of heaven to a grey band of clouds upon the horizon. In half
an hour it would be night.

There was a stir in the crowd beyond the barriers; the fanning priests
beat out their rhythm slowly, and with the shadows the gathering sense
of awe deepened. Only the altar of heat burned brighter, gathering to
itself all the colour from the world.

Apart from the crowd the High Priest stood, the gold on his vestment
gleaming, and he watched the sun. The peace upon his face was like
an unsaid prayer. Did his soul go out to _Amaterasu_, the great
Sun-Goddess?

Swiftly the sun dropped through the bank of clouds leaving them golden,
showed a red circle on the horizon, and passed beneath. The faintest
flicker of emotion stirred for a moment the grave reverence of the
old man’s face. Then he turned. The rhythmic beating of the fanning
priests died into silence. The red altar stood a burning fiery furnace
in the courtyard, where already twilight was. He spoke no word, but
the religious calm of a perfect trust was in all his being. It touched
the straining multitude behind the barriers, even the tourists in
their chairs. Breathless we stayed gripped by the powers of an awed
suspense, of a great belief, as he came on. There was no hurry, no
tremor in his movements, on through the hot scorched air he came, on,
over the threshold of strewn salt, and on, over the altar of heat.
With naked feet he trod from end to end the white-hot pathway, and the
burning charcoal snapped beneath his tread. With naked feet he walked,
unscathed, over that fiery furnace; and the breath of a passionate
prayer passed like a sob through the courtyard.

Then one by one the priests in their embroidered vestments stepped
from the threshold of salt on to the fire. From end to end of the altar
they too trod that white-hot pathway slowly, unhurt, and the living
charcoal glowed like a thousand suns in the twilight.

Slowly behind their distant barriers the crowd stirred irresolute. An
old man whose face showed rapt in the circle of firelight approached
the priests. Hesitating he was led up to the altar, over the white salt
step, and faltering, he too trod the white-hot pathway. Then a coolie
came through the shadows, he too stepped up to the altar, passed over
the threshold of salt on to the living charcoal.

In twos and threes the crowd was coming now. Some of them hesitated on
the white salt step, some hurried along the fiery pathway. A few, a
very few, walked away as though their feet were singed. But all came,
even the children. The big children who went resolutely alone, the
little children whom the priests led.

And the twilight in the courtyard deepened into night. The broad altar
of heat glowed ruddy, a deep sun-red as its life pulsed slower. The
tourists were all quiet on their chairs, not one of them would venture,
though the little children went before. The Faith was not in them, nor
the power of that great Belief. But those behind the barriers, this
Tokyo crowd in _kimono_ and “bowler,” they believed. With the sounds of
a modern city humming in their ears, fresh from the western education
of their Board Schools, they, as their forefathers for two thousand
years, passed over the fire. This burning symbol of a spiritual
purification had meaning for them. They _had faith and were not afraid_.

Unto such is the Dominion of the Earth; unto such is the Kingdom of
Heaven.




                                  XIV

                            FORGOTTEN GODS


Neglected by the river side the Buddhas sit, in one long silent row.
The rain is beating on their unprotected heads, and down their granite
faces little rills of water trickle. The river at their feet runs swift
and strong, grey among the boulders, as it rushes down to Nikkō. And
they sit forsaken.

The moss is thick upon their shoulders, the granite faces are all
scarred and battered, blotched with pallid growths, spotted with dusty
accumulations. But the Buddhas smile. Beneath their heavy-lidded eyes
they smile, a slow, still, changeless smile.

On the green bank above the tumultuous river there is no shrine, no
priest; the forgotten gods sit still, in one long silent row, and the
rain beats down relentless. Over their battered heads it runs, and
down their moss-grown shoulders; the soiled stone laps are full of it,
and it stands in ever widening pools about the lotus-leaves of each
pedestal. For in Nikkō the rain, tropical in vehemence, is persistent,
as in the Outer Hebrides. It lies to-day in slanting lines, thick as
willow-switches, across the dull grey sky.

I could not well be wetter, so I stop to look, and the whole long
silent row of Gods Forgotten smiles gently back at me.

Remindful of the legend which calls them numberless, I try to count.
Once, twice, several times; but the legend is right. Each time my total
varies. Perhaps the rain confuses me; the willow-switches lie so thick
across the sky. So I give it up and look at the long desolate row of
the numberless Buddhas. I wonder if they envy the Buddha who fell from
his pedestal into the stream and was carried down to Imaichi, where the
villagers, finding him uninjured, reverently set him up with his face
towards Nikkō. Now the country-side adores him, and he wears a large
pink bib.

Across the madly rushing river, churned grey between the boulders,
the Buddhas smile.... It is a smile of understanding. Yes, the slow,
still smile of One Who Understands, who understands All Things, and
understanding, is content.

And who should understand, and understanding rest content, if not the
Eternal Buddha? Is not the Godhead wise? Does it not see the meaning
and the path of All Things? And seeing, were it not then content the
Devil triumphs?

                    “God’s in His Heaven,
                     All’s right with the world.”

If God be in His Heaven, and God be God, then must the Godhead
understanding smile.

       *       *       *       *       *

Through the thick-falling rain the long still row of granite Buddhas
smile back at me. I have thought so long upon that smile, which strikes
on western senses oddly, almost irreverently. Do we ever conceive of a
smiling God? In all the long picture galleries of Europe I have never
seen a Christ who smiled. With sword-pierced side and thorn-crowned
head He hangs before us--suffering, always sad. The Man of Sorrows;
yet He redeemed the world; He saved mankind. For pure joy a soul could
smile at such a thought. Yet with us the Redeemer suffers; He never
smiles.

The peasant Sōgorō, from his cross where he had watched the killing
of his children, laughed gaily as he bade his dying wife farewell;
for he had saved three hundred villages from unjust taxation. In his
intensest suffering a Japanese is taught to smile. He comes to tell you
that his child is dying, and he smiles. Perhaps his eyes are red, but
he smiles, that the sight of his suffering may not pain another. It is
the sublimest unselfishness and self-control. Sōgorō dying on the cross
bade his crucified wife farewell, laughing gaily, and no Japanese would
praise or wonder at the fact. Sōgorō died as a martyr. Yes, I have seen
a smile on the faces of our martyrs, rarely, it is true. Sodoma’s _St.
Sebastian_ smiles; it is a smile of the eyes. He sees a vision--the
Lamb of God and all the choirs of the angels. But Christ never smiles.
I cannot think of one picture, one conception of a smiling God. Sad,
weighed down with the sins of mankind; pitiful, pleading; or stern,
implacable, the Just Judge, the Ruler of the Universe, immovable
Omnipotence, scales in hand. Can either Godhead smile?

Buddha suffered much and endured much, but still he smiles. He too is
merciful and full of pity. He too suffers with each sin man sins. Here
too the Just Judge judgeth the World. And the patient Buddha suffers
till the wicked are redeemed. There is no end to his suffering till all
are saved. Only when the wicked cease from troubling, cease because
they are the good, is mortal life completed, till then the complex
worlds spin on and on. Yet Buddha smiles. For man’s birthright is not
sin, not sorrow, but Joy. The Godhead smiles.

This long silent row of granite gods, fashioned by the hands and the
hearts of this nation, smile. And all the bronze and granite statues,
all the gilded images, all the Buddhas of this island smile too, for
the people who made them and conceived them believe in Joy, in the
innate as in the ultimate goodness of man; in the innate as in the
ultimate Joy of the Godhead. Verily these are forgotten Gods in western
lands.

Across the raging mountain river, through the fast-falling rain, on
the desolate green bank the numberless Buddhas battered and forsaken
smile, that slow still smile of One Who Understands, who understands
All Things, and understanding is content.

Great Buddha, _Dai Nippon_, teach us.




                               LORD FUJI

         “Where on the one hand is the province of Kai,
         And on the other the province of Suruga,
         Right in the midst between them
         Stands out the high peak of Fuji.
         The very clouds of Heaven dread to approach it;
         Even the soaring birds reach not its summit in their flight.
         Its burning fire is quenched by the snow;
         The snow that falls is melted by the fire.
         No words may tell of it, no name know I that fits it,
         But a wondrous Deity it surely is.

           *       *       *       *       *

         Of Yamato, the Land of Sunrise,
         It is the Peace-Giver, it is the God, it is the Treasure.
         On the peak of Fuji, in the land of Suruga,
         Never weary I of gazing.”

                               Japanese poet, eighth century.
                             (“Japanese Literature,” by W. G. Aston.)




                                   I

                               PROLOGUE


From Pole to Pole the waters of the wide Pacific surge, unending and
alone. Over the shifting plain the silence of the ocean broods. Here is
man nothing; for the endless spaces of the ocean, the self-sufficiency
of the unresting sea remain for ever outside of man, coldly non-human.
A river or a hill can be loved into companionship, but the sea stays
always strange.

Without ends or boundaries, the shifting waters sweep from Pole to
Pole, solitary, changeless. Only the curve of the earth itself, or the
weakness of man’s eyesight draws imaginary boundaries on the horizon.
And the waste of the waters lies empty and still.

Coldly blue is the sea below, and the sky shutting down is blue too and
bare. Two empty infinities which meeting set bounds to each other.

And within there is nothing. Only space; blue, bare space.

“In the beginning,” says the Scripture, “the waters below were
separated from the waters above,” and out of the void came this world
of two dimensions, so cold, blue and beautiful. It is immensity--empty.

Then did the spirit of God move on the face of the waters, move slowly
and pass.

Into the empty blue came a white, still splendour. Softly it grew
in the dome of the sky, unreal in its beauty. But two pale curves
that stayed in the heavens, as the wandering snowflake seems to rest
on its fall. Midway between blue and blue it stayed, this soft white
splendour, stayed dreaming a pause.

For the spirit of God had passed; and the empty, blue vastness was
filled with a sense of joy and elation. Earth’s fairest presence had
risen high to the heavens. And it lay, two curving lines of exquisite
splendour, breathed light on the sky; and white as the wing of a gull
in the gleam of the sunshine, all shining with whiteness.

And the infinite plane of the waters stretches on to the Poles. And the
endless space of the sky wraps the water around.

But the empty, blue vastness is gone.

It is blue sea. It is sky. They are framing a world, for Lord Fuji has
come.




                                  II

                              THE ASCENT


Geologists state that Fuji San is a volcano, a young volcano, 12,365
feet high. Philologists add that _San_ is derived from a Chinese term
meaning mountain, and is not the familiar Japanese title which we
render by Mr., Lord, or Master; while _Fuji_ is, they declare, a word
of Aino origin. And then they all fall silent.

These are the facts: the material, provable facts, such as western
text-books publish. But to Japan, Fuji San is much more, and most of
this is not text-book fact.

National tradition says that Fuji arose in a single night, and at the
same time Lake Biwa, one hundred and forty miles away, was suddenly
formed. There is a legend that, in those far-away days of _mukashi,
mukashi_--once upon a time--the Elixir of Life was taken to the top
of the mountain, where it still remains. And popular belief declares
that all the cinders and ashes brought down by the pilgrims’ feet are
carried each night back to the summit of Fuji.

To the people, Fuji is sacred; holy to some as the abiding-place of
the Goddess _Ko-no-hana-saku-ya-hime_, She who makes the Blossoms of
the Trees to Bloom, but sacred to all for its majesty, its unutterable
beauty. The peasants of the country-side call Fuji _Oyama_, Honourable
Mountain; and to the people Fuji San is Lord and Master. Deep in their
hearts, and unassailable by western facts, the worship of his beauty
and his power lies throbbing. During that brief six weeks of summer
when Fuji’s wind-swept sides alone are climbable, the pilgrims come in
thousands, in ten thousands. They dress themselves in white from head
to foot. They carry long staves of pure white wood in their hands, each
stamped with the temple crest, and in bands and companies they climb
the mountain. And always the leader at their head, his staff crowned
with a tinkling mass of bells, like tiny cymbals, chants the hymn
of Fuji. From base to summit, as the white-clad pilgrims climb, the
tinkling cymbals clash, and the voice of the leader rises loud at each
refrain:

“We are going, we are going to the top.”

Above the clash of the bells the chorus echoes:

“To the top, to the top, to the top.”

“We are going,” chants the leader, and the tiny cymbals clash--“We are
going, we are going to the top.”

The western facts of modern text-books cannot touch the meaning of
this mountain; the love of its long curving line which permeates the
nation’s art, the adoration of its beauty, and the reverence of its
power.

Already in a time which to us upstart western nations is almost
_mukashi, mukashi_, in the days before King Alfred burnt the cakes, a
Japanese poet had caught and expressed the feeling of the nation for
its mountain: for he wrote of Fujiyama as

                “A treasure given to mortal man
                The God Protector watching o’er Japan.”

And to-day the God Protector watches still, and yearly the people come,
in the white garb of pilgrims, chanting to his shrine.

For six short summer weeks they come. Then the winds rush down,
the snow falls, the tempests rage, and Lord Fuji lives alone. No
human being has yet stayed a winter on his summit, and even in the
summer weeks the winds will blow the lava blocks from the walls of
the rest-houses, and sometimes the pilgrim from the path. For Fuji
stands alone, not one peak among a range, but utterly alone. Rising
straight out of the sea on one side, and from the great Tokyo plain
on the other, his twelve thousand three hundred and sixty-five feet,
in two long curving lines of exquisite grace, rise up and up into
the blue, and not one inch of one foot is hidden or lost; it is all
there, visible as a tower built on a treeless plain. It dominates the
landscape. It can be seen from thirteen provinces; and from a hundred
miles at sea the pale white peak of Fuji floats above the blue.

       *       *       *       *       *

It was a day in the beginning of August, in the very middle of those
hot three weeks which are the great festival of Fuji San, in the
simmering dawn of a summer’s day that we left Tokyo for Subashiri. As
the train approached Gotemba the whole crowded carriageful of Japanese
looked eagerly for Fuji. The train was climbing slowly by a mountain
stream, and we were all looking, looking, beyond the dark green
pine-trees of the river’s bank. Suddenly, for one dazzling moment, the
deep blue cone of Fuji lay pillowed on a bank of clouds in the middle
of the clear blue sky. Then, swiftly, the clouds rolled up and up. Fuji
San was gone. The whole carriageful gave vent to those long strangled
_h’s_ of admiration and delight, and with a murmured “Fuji San seeing
have” sank back on their heels on the cushions.

Gotemba is the nearest railway station to Fujiyama, and the highest.
It lies a thousand feet up. Being the most accessible, it is the most
usual starting-point for the climb, but it is not the most picturesque.
A wonderful line of trams now connects Gotemba with Subashiri, and
even with Yoshida, a place half round the base of the mountain. We
were to start from Subashiri and come down to Yoshida, and return by
the lakes. So from the station we walked up the straggling, badly kept
street of Gotemba, where every house is a hotel and every hotel hangs
out many advertisements in the shape of cotton streamers twelve feet
long and six inches wide, which are attached by rings to bamboo poles.
So through groves of white and blue and brown banners all adorned with
beautiful Chinese symbols we walked to the tramway.

A dive through a wooden archway between two tea-houses, where a
ticket-hole and a wooden barrier composed the station, and we were
there. The trams stood under the archway; the lines were lost in the
black cindery mud--and they were both Japanese--the tram-lines, just
rows of knitting-needles and laid very close together, the trams
diminished by the national taste for the national needs to a little
oblong box like a stunted bathing-machine. Our tram stood from ground
to roof perhaps some five feet high. By taking off our hats we could
just manage to sit down, and by judiciously fitting our knees into
one another like elaborate dovetailing we got in width-ways, and we
only got in at all by entering the door sideways. Fat people do not
travel in Japanese trams--not unless they have a ladder and sit on
the roof. The only way to insinuate luggage is to coax it through the
window-frames, which, as there were only two to a side, were almost
once and a half times the width of the door, not more. In the Fuji
tramways pilgrims’ hats are not admitted. This is no prohibition. It
is an impossibility, for the diameter of the pilgrim hat, which is
twice as large as the largest halo, is equal in size to the width of
the entire tram. So the pilgrims hang their huge circles of straw hats,
like scooped-out orange halves, outside; and our tram before it started
became a new kind of armoured train.

In this dumpy bathing-box we had room for four a side. We took five and
thought it empty; smiled at six; submitted to seven; where an eighth
would have disposed himself I do not know, he would certainly have got
in, but the puzzle would have been to have found a vacant cubic foot
of space for his occupation. Trams are never full in Japan. There is
always room for more, if the more arrive. In this case the more got in
at a small junction outside the back lanes of Gotemba. They got in,
three of them, and with huge bundles too. Then the conductor looked
round inquiringly and smiled, whereupon two polite pilgrims of lighter
build than the newcomers gave up their seats and wedged themselves into
the window-frames, while the bundles were deposited on the continuous
strata of passenger. What happened to the third I do not know. He got
in.

Then we started, really started, for there was no other halting-place,
no village or station between here and Subashiri. Nothing but a broad,
bare sweep of upward-tending common, where multitudes of wild flowers
grew out of the cindery soil.

As we went on, the faintly curving common, which always sloped round
and up, grew wilder and wilder. There were fewer flowers on the black
soil. Sometimes the cinders lay all bare in large dull patches against
the coarse grass. We were on the broad swelling slope of Fuji, on the
edge of the first ripple before it dies away into the smooth water
of the plain below. And we were crawling slowly from the first to
the second ripple as a fly crawls round the curve of an orange. Fuji
himself was invisible. For all we could see he did not exist. Spread
out before our eyes was only the endless swelling line of the green
common, always curving round and up. From time to time our driver blew
a melancholy thin note from a tiny copper horn shaped like a thickened
comma and ornamented with a worked band of brass, a pathetic far-off
note unknown to western scales.

Our tram-line was laid among the ample cinders of Fuji’s burnt-out
fires, and sometimes the curves were very sharp. Then the conductor,
balanced on the step and grasping the window-frame with both hands,
jerked the tram towards him to keep it on the lines; and we rounded the
curves in triumph. The compact mass of passenger which filled the tram
interior looked on unperturbed, while those in the window-frames kindly
adjusted their weight to assist the conductor. And the melancholy
thin note of the copper horn travelled over the long slope of the
upward-tending common as we crawled slowly on.

In the midst of a perfect stocking-heel of knitting-needles, which all
looked as though they were about to begin violently knitting at once,
the tram stopped, and the compact mass of passenger disintegrated
itself slowly. Having been the first to enter we were the last to
detach ourselves from the general lump, and when we did recover a
separate entity the knitting-needles lay gleaming in the cindery
mud--and there was nothing else. We stumbled on over them for some
time, until a ticket-hole in a sentry-box restored our belief that it
was a stopping-place and not an accident. So we stood still and shouted
for our tea-house boy by name. He came running, in long, tight-fitting,
blue trousers like thick cotton hose and a blue tunic; and he was a
girl, a pretty bright-coloured girl with daintily coiffured hair; and
we all set off for the tea-house.

Subashiri is another straggling ill-kept street, all tea-houses and
long cotton banners tied to bamboo poles, and our tea-house was the
last of them all. It lay on the very edge of Fuji, and when we left
it, after all our preparations had been completed, our lunch eaten,
our guide engaged, we stepped straight on to the endless curve of
upward-tending common.

I should have said our horses stepped, for the first stage of Fuji
San is climbable on horses, pack-horses of a unique Japanese breed,
which bite. They are harnessed with elaborate trappings in scarlet and
gold, saddled with huge wooden saddles, rising like the prow of a ship
behind, and sloping so steeply that the middle is one long knife-blade
ridge, and only a tight hold of the stirrups prevents the rider
from falling. All ride straddle-legged. I do not recommend Japanese
pack-horses for pleasure, comfort, or security.

We plodded along over the bare common with its eternal long sweep
upwards, like the swell of a great Atlantic roller, and the freshness
and the coldness seemed to lift us out of Japan and carry us miles and
miles north, to the chill summer of a northern land. The path which cut
winding across the long up-sweep of the green common was black as ink,
and shining with the wet of mountain clouds. Fuji was invisible, but as
the deep rumble of the thunder, deadened behind the thick white clouds
which bounded path and common, rolled slowly out of hearing it was as
if Great Fuji spoke. Behind the mist the presence of the “honourable
mountain” could be surely felt. Already the world seemed sunk away and
the pilgrimage begun.

Over the green common the pack-horses plodded. Our guide and the
little girl groom, in her thick blue hose and dark blue tunic, were
far behind talking in peace. The big drops of rain which the thunder
brought had ceased to fall, and the freshness and the chill coming
after the tropical heat of the plain stung strength to life again.
Even the pack-horses grew less sulky, and urging made them shuffle
into something near a trot. But this outbreak of energy, which lasted
perhaps eighty yards, was more than enough for comfort, though it added
to experience, for like the knights of old who “clove” their enemies
in two, we too “clove,” but in another direction. It was painful. So
the horses sank back into their bad-tempered pace, and the wide common
swept onwards and upwards.

After awhile the monotony of the black path crossing the green common
was varied by stunted bushes which, gradually growing bigger and
bigger, actually enclosed the cinder-track as English hedges an English
lane. But the change was brief and the sloping green world with the
long black line of path winding across it came back again.

The pack-horses plodded bad-temperedly on, and the structure of
that saddle seemed to be petrifying in my frame. A blot in the path
which had lain for so long on the edge of the common came gradually
nearer until it widened into a deep oblong pit filled with the
rakings of a thousand fires. Through this we ploughed our way, and
the loose cinders came over the feet of the horses. With a good deal
of exertion we climbed out again, then a few yards, a sharp turn,
and we passed an empty row of sheds, for we had reached the _Mma
gaeshi_--“Horse-turn-back” station. My horse evidently understood the
Chinese characters of the tea-house sign, for no sooner did he see
them than he promptly walked into one of the sheds, with me clinging
affectionately to his neck to avoid the shock of the roof on my chest.
But promptly as he walked in, the little girl groom and the boy guide
were prompter; with a rush they were at his head, hauling him out
again. He objected strongly, snarling like an ill-used dog, and so did
I, but we were backed out of the shed at last.

We did not “horse-turn-back,” we were going to take our steeds on one
more station. The stations on Fuji, which are nothing but the native
tea-house, rougher, ruder, and less scrupulously clean, are mostly
built right across the actual path itself. You go in at one side and
out at the other.

Up to the very threshold of the tea-house the sweep of the wet green
common rolled, like a gigantic, motionless wave that never breaks. It
was a bare wild world bounded only by the pale walls of the distant
clouds. But on the other side the path plunged steeply into a thick
interminable wood, where the great trees dripped slowly, with the heavy
persistency of Fate, and the dark trunks glistened uncertainly with
wet. The little girl groom and the boy guide came and led the horses
carefully, for the path was very steep, and the thick roots of the
trees stretched like cords above the cinders.

This stage was short. At the next tea-house, which lay confined as
a lake between the walls of the mountain, we said “good-bye” to the
ill-tempered horses and to the little girl groom. The boy was to take
us to the top and down to Yoshida. Then the wood, which the tea-house
had interrupted no more than a buoy the ocean, stretched on. The great
trees dripped coldly, with that chill feel of damp green things that
makes the springtime of the north: coldly fresh as though the running
sappy life were chill as mountain water, as though the growing trees
were enwrapped in invisible ice and the very air made of impalpable
snow.

In the midst of the wood stood a little desolate shrine, its floor was
nothing but the black stamped earth, its roof of roughest thatch kept
down with lava-stones, and only the tiny altar had walls at all. Behind
a sort of wooden bar the gods sat dim, and a mournful old priest was
their only attendant.

Straight towards the altar led the mountain path. This was the gateway
of Lord Fuji. Each path that climbs the “honourable mountain” leads
through a temple to the temple on the top. At the first shrine the
pilgrim buys his long white staff, stamped with the temple crest, which
he carries with him upwards to the summit.

We bought our staves. And the old man, thrusting a thin bar of iron
like a stick of sealing-wax into the charcoal fire, burnt the crest of
Subashiri’s shrine into the clean white wood, and with a courteous
gesture he said the prayer which we, unknowing, had left unsaid.
Lord Fuji is neither fierce nor exclusive, all the world may come as
pilgrims through his gateways. From the great Sun-Goddess the Mikado
sprang, and the people of Japan are all kin to the Shintō gods, but
the Shintō gods themselves welcomed the Lord Buddha when he came.
Side by side with the older gods Buddha’s temples stand to-day, and
Lord Buddha, too, once said, “All men are one”; and again, “All
living things are brothers to mankind”; for Buddha, like the modern
scientists, declared the world, all worlds, and all that in them is,
one, in substance one.

Three steps from the temple and the trees of the wood shut over it
as waters over a stone. It was lost. Lord Fuji is greater than his
temples. With the help of our staves we climbed on up the steep
cinder-path, till the great green trees, dripping slowly, dwindled,
drew back, were ended.

On the very edge of the wood was a tea-house, the _Ichi-gō_, No. 1
station, a roughly built wooden-walled tea-house, on the edge of whose
matting, with our feet on the path, we sat and drank tea, innumerable
egg-bowls of hot green tea. While we were sitting here a whole party of
pilgrims, in their white hose trousers, their white tunics tucked into
their white _obi_, and their wash-basin-big straw hats, came down the
path. They turned into the tea-house, and one old man, dropping on to
the matting, rolled himself into a corner and was covered with _futon_.
He had caught cold on the top, and was perfectly exhausted with pain
and fatigue. But as he lay in the corner, clutching the _futon_ to
him as though to press a concrete warmth into his numbed bones, there
was in his eyes a look of dwelling content that not all the pain nor
all the fatigue could overcome. He had climbed from the threshold to
the sanctuary of Fuji; had knelt by the cloud-swept altar; felt the
might of the God in the winds of his summit, in the still depths of
his crater; caught up with Lord Fuji on high, he had looked down upon
earth. What now was pain or fatigue?

       *       *       *       *       *

The path from the tea-house struck out abruptly across the mountain,
and we soon stood above the trees, stood on the bare cinder-slope
that is Fuji. It was very much like walking up an ash-heap or a
ballast-mound, and about as beautiful. Below us everything was hidden
in a shifting mist; above, twenty feet of cinder-slope ended in a white
wall. It was like climbing a black rope hung between two clouds.

After the ballast-heap came a lava-bed, where a molten river of lava
had dried itself into high rocks and deep cracks, as the ice of a
glacier. We crossed it obliquely, and in the twilight saw neither
beginning nor end, neither from where it came nor to where it went; but
its pinnacles and crevasses, its tumbled waves and jagged, piled-up
ridges, lay lustreless and dark, as though of coal-black ice.

Once across this lava-glacier, and out of the dip formed by its bed, we
stood on a sort of self-contained ash-heap, and looked down that long
slope of Fuji which already lay below us.

Dimly through the faint floating veil of mist we could see all
the green earth bare and smooth, with a darker line of hills as a
child’s bank of mud curving round the black surface of the lakes. We
were so high up, the lakes so far away, and the whole air so heavy
with moisture that they looked in the misty light like polished
slabs of black rock dropped into the green earth as one might sink
stepping-stones into a lawn. As we watched the light seemed to thicken,
the white mists spread through it as motes in a sunbeam, gathered
themselves together. Swiftly they hid the black lakes; and boiling
within the dark curve of the hills in billows of smoke, boiled over the
mud-bank of hills, and blotting them out; submerged the green earth,
and flowing rapidly upwards hid all the long slope of Fuji beneath a
shoreless sea of fog.

Again we stood on a steep cinder-heap on the black rope which hung from
void to void--alone.

       *       *       *       *       *

And impenetrable Fuji remained. We simply climbed a cinder-path which
ran from end to end of a never-ending, ever-retreating circle of cloud.
And still within this grey-white circle we reached the _Ni-gō_, or No.
2 station. Here we were to stop the night, because No. 2 is larger and
more comfortable than No. 4, and No. 8 was too far away.

No. 2 lay on the side of the path, its face looking over the precipice
and its three sides well within a scooped-out hole in the cinder-heap.
It was nothing but an ordinary Japanese room, only its walls were of
solid wood, protected outside by cut blocks of lava, and inside with a
lining of folded _futon_ on shelves. Far away in the back of the room
the charcoal fire was sunk in a sort of earth well, so that you could
sit on the matting with your legs in the hole, absorb warmth, or do
your cooking. Otherwise the tea-house was bare matted space on which
each comer staked out a claim for himself with his luggage.

Having chosen a good site in a corner less draughty than the rest of
the enclosure, we proceeded to unpack and wash. Just outside the middle
of the open wall of the house, and full on the pathway of Fuji, stood
a large waterbutt. Having been directed by the family--an amiable man,
an indifferent wife, and an inquisitive boy--to wash outside, I stepped
on to the pathway. The tub was half full of water and looked very like
the ordinary bath-tub of Japan. It was the first time I had seen a bath
out of doors, though they figure so largely in travellers’ tales; still
there was nothing else, so boldly I plunged the top half of myself into
the water.

A simultaneous scream from the man, the wife and the boy, brought me up
dripping and bewildered.

What had I done?

Not sinned against their moral code, surely. No--worse. Washed in the
drinking-water!

Luckily there was more, enough for endless tea that night, and
to-morrow fresh water could be fetched. But my wash came to an abrupt
end. Of course what I ought to have done was to unearth a brass
pan tucked away behind the tub, take down a bamboo dipper from a
lava-block, dip out water from the tub into the pan and wash in that.
Quite simple, naturally, when it was all explained and the pan and
the dipper produced, but all problems always are simple after the
explanation.

The amiable man remained amiable even after this catastrophe, and the
indifferent wife had not been shaken from her indifference save for the
space of one brief scream, while the small boy, at such an exhibition
of curious manners on the part of the _Ijin San_, grew more inquisitive
than ever, and we fried ham, ate tinned tongue, cut slices of bread,
and drank foreign wine under a close and exhaustive series of comments
which were questions.

It grew dark rapidly as we ate. And as relays of pilgrims came in out
of the night to fling themselves down on the matting, swallow cupfuls
of hot tea and exchange long compliments with the man, the wife,
and the guide, and disappear again into the night, we congratulated
ourselves. No. 4 must have been very full. At eight o’clock, when the
_amado_ were drawn and the tea-house became a compact box, No. 2 had no
guests but the _Ijin San_.

It was time to go to bed. The man put out the one smoking lamp by the
fire-pit which had cast such lurid yellow lights on the white clothes
of the pilgrims as they sat and drank, and such murky, gigantic shadows
on the rest of the room; the boy went to bed in a corner, and we rolled
ourselves up in our carefully Keatinged _futon_ and tried to sleep.

It was cold. There were fleas. And Fuji sent us down a draught which
simply whistled through the wooden walls, the folded _futon_ and the
lava-blocks. And the sense of the unusual, of the rest-house, the
cinder-path and of Fuji, crept into our slumbers, holding back sleep.

       *       *       *       *       *

When we awoke it was already five o’clock and the _amado_ were open.
The boy, careering over the matting, was detailing how the _Ijin San_
slept.

We shook ourselves out of our _futon_ and went outside to wash--not in
the waterbutt.

Already, when we stepped upon the cinder-path, the unseen sun had
touched the white clouds lying like islands in the blue beneath.
And as we watched they coloured blushing, till in blood-red pools
they studded thick the air below. They lay away out over the land,
moving slowly through the vapoury mist. It was as if the air was half
precipitated, the atmosphere made visible. We looked down on to the
world below and saw it as one sees white stones at the bottom of deep
water.

The hidden sun was rising swiftly, and as he rose the blood-red pools
faded out; the vapoury white air grew thinner, seemed slowly drying,
until clear and invisible, we looked through it and saw the green earth
stretching away and away to the level line of the horizon; while midway
the little lakes lay sepia-black upon the green, curving so comfortably
into the tiny crescent of the hills all dark with purple shadows. A
fresh-washed world lying green and flat at the bottom of 7,000 feet of
atmosphere.

       *       *       *       *       *

It was cold, the water in the brass pan colder, and tingling with
sudden chill we ran rapidly up the path past the scooped-out hollow
where the rest-house hid--and stood transfixed.

Above us, touching us, and black against a sky all blue and liquid as
the living sea, was Fuji San.

His clear-cut lines rose up quickly, and the mountain, whose slope our
hands were holding, seemed to draw back its summit that our eyes might
see it, so close it lay, so steep above. Round as a tower it rose in
curves of grace, a black lighthouse springing towards the sky, delicate
as Giotto’s lily tower: slender in its grace and fragile. This was no
rude Colossus, mighty with brute strength, but a god, great in grace,
and strong, because divine.

Upwards the soaring lines rose up, coal-black, and the growing light
caught faintly at a wine-red patch where the sullen fires were
sleeping, caught and turned it redder; redly it glowed, smouldering
into life, the living life of Fujiyama.

Beneath the rounded dip of the summit were two tiny cracks, and the sky
which lay so blue within the crescent curve seemed straining through.
Here was neither tree nor rock, neither snow nor glacier, nothing to
hide the form and substance of the mountain. Quite smoothly it rose,
deep black, one great dead cinder.

       *       *       *       *       *

It was perfectly fine when at last towards six o’clock we started to
climb; and the pale blue sky lay flat behind Fuji, as the background in
a picture.

Our path was narrow, just a foot-wide track beaten firm in the steep
cinder-slope. And we climbed, till at No. 4 we stopped to rest.

The stations on Fuji are all much alike. A matted room lined with
_futon_, and always a square well at the back with a charcoal fire
and an ever-boiling kettle. As you go up the wooden walls are hidden
outside beneath huge blocks of cut lava, hidden deeper and deeper,
while the roofs are fastened down with lava-stones. Yet every winter
Fuji blows down the built-up walls, tears off the roofs, and sends the
big blocks hurtling down the slope. Even in summer the roof and walls
lose portions of themselves, which, rolling, rolling, rolling, roll
for ever downwards. Some of the stations are smaller, some larger,
some cleaner, this is the only difference. In each you sit down on the
matting to rest, and the crouching man over the fire brings you hot
tea, and rice-paste cakes, while a far-away figure dimly seen through
the smoke of the charcoal fire asks your guide where you come from,
where you are going to, when you started, and what time you will be
back. And your guide replies, with endless details as to your behaviour
if you are an _Ijin San_, and the amount you have already expended on
tea and tips.

It was a glorious morning and one with the added charm of uncertainty.

Floating in the blue above and below us were clouds, large white clouds
which would swoop down on the land, suddenly, and hide it as under a
napkin. Then the black cone of Fuji, a cone with its top bitten out in
two little bites, would pull down a thick flap out of the blue, and
disappear. Mountain, sky and land shifted and shone, passed in an eddy
of broken glimpses, stayed in a still-set picture, or were lost under
covering clouds.

But always the steep little path led up through the loose cinder-slope,
and always we climbed.

       *       *       *       *       *

The steepest and most tiring part of the climb, except the natural
staircase below the summit, is between the sixth and eighth station,
where the path, leaving the cinder-slope, runs along a ridge of solid
lava, rising like the long root of a tree high up out of the cinders,
and loses itself among great black blocks. To cross this was something
like jumping over sea rocks when the tide is out, only instead of lying
flat these went steeply upward.

As we went toiling painfully along, feeling very like ants crawling up
a tree-trunk, the clash of tiny cymbals, the faint echoes of talk and
laughter came floating up. It was a whole party of pilgrims who came
swinging up hand over hand, as it were, and as easily as if they were
skating on good ice. We first saw them as we stood propped against
the lava-blocks, panting, and they were far below us, tiny as dwarfs,
little spots of white on the dead-black slope, away down in the second
storey as we were in the sixth. But as we laboriously climbed our
inches they came on swiftly--on, up, on, past us; the little bells
clashing and chiming gaily to the talk and laughter. Our guide told us
they were _kurumaya_ who had started from Gotemba that morning at two,
and who would get back there again before dark, to work the next day
as usual. Anything like the pace at which those men came up the steep
slope of Fuji--for the most part straight over the long beds of loose
cinders--I have never seen. It was like sailors running up a rope. They
came up more swiftly than most people would care to go down, without
an effort, with plenty of breath left to talk and laugh, and with that
supreme ease which only comes when doing something well within the
margin of one’s power.

We were very glad to rest at No. 8, though our friends the _kurumaya_
had gone on cheerfully. It was such a nice large tea-house, beautifully
clean, and the hot egg-bowls full of tea were peculiarly refreshing.
Without the continuous tea I do not know how one would climb Fuji at
all. The air at 13,000 feet freezes, but the sun of Japan pours down
relentlessly, fierce as the tropics, while the hot dust drifts down
one’s throat, into one’s very skin; and when the wind blows you need to
cling to the shifting cinders with the very soles of your feet. Shelter
on the bare slopes of Fuji there is none. Frequently the wind is so
fierce even in the six brief weeks of summer that to stand upright is
impossible, for Fuji’s summit is in the heart of the storm.

Between the eighth and the ninth station the path was easy, but we
climbed it wrapped in a sudden cloud. All the long sweep of earth below
was gone. The green Tokyo plain, where the dark thunder-clouds lay
brooding in the still blue air, and the great fingers of light which
struck so fiercely on the little lakes beneath the mud bank of the
hills, the dark cone, so near above us, all were gone, sponged out by
a big cloud. And we were only climbing up a steep black rope that hung
between two infinities, climbing out of space, into space.

From the ninth and last station you climb into Fuji’s stronghold by a
giant staircase of rough lava. It is necessary here to hoist yourself
painfully up by the aid of guides or your own two hands. We climbed on
slowly. The lava was quite hot, for the staircase lies cut within the
slope, and gets and keeps the heat.

On the steepest step of the staircase we passed an old, old man, and
an old, old woman, both in the white garb of pilgrims, and each with
a guide on either side to help them on. The last pitiful effort of
the old woman to drag herself up on to a lava-block had exhausted her
completely; she lay huddled against the stones gasping, her eyes shut.
The old man kneeling by her side was holding the wrinkled hand in both
of his trying to encourage her. The cracked old voice, broken with
quavering pants for breath, sounded strangely on the desolate black
staircase as we came by.

“We are going,” he chanted--“we are going to the top.”

And the four guides in their fresh young voices sang: “To the top, to
the top, to the top.”

“We are going,” repeated the old man, softly stroking the hand he
held--“we are going to the top.”

And again the four young voices rang out vigourously: “To the top, to
the top, to the top.”

It was the pilgrims’ hymn, and the old woman heard it. Slowly she
stirred, her mouth opened with a sigh of utter weariness, but still she
too sang in the thinnest trickle of a voice, broken with quavering sobs:

“To the top, to the top, to the top.”

It was the most pathetic music I have ever heard. Indeed the wave of
faith was great which could carry such as these to the top of Fuji San.

       *       *       *       *       *

Up the steep steps, cut so deep within the lava, we hurried panting,
eager we, too, to reach the top. But the summit of Fujiyama is a
sanctuary, and on its threshold stood two priests.

As we stumbled up over the last step, and on to the path which runs
around the crater, they barred our way, standing motionless behind a
white-wood wicket. In the breeze their black robes fluttered, their
tonsured heads were bare.

Surprised we paused. All the climber’s hurry fell away. This was not
another peak to be raced up and raced down by the indifferent tourist,
not another ascent to be added to the list of the mountaineer. Fuji
San is sacred. Enter into his courts as into the temple of the Lord,
humbly, reverently, or at least with a sincere respect.

The two priests leaned over the wicket as we came up and bowed; but
they did not open it. One stretched out his hand for our staves to
stamp them with the temple’s crest. On the summit of Fuji San the crest
is stamped in vermilion ink. In the temples at the foot it is burnt
with a red-hot iron: vermilion is a royal colour.

The other priest, holding a bamboo dipper, came slowly towards us.
Something he was saying as he moved, in the nasal sing-song of the
priest. Then he motioned to us to put out our hands and slowly,
carefully, he poured the ice-cold water over them. And they bade us
enter. It was the rite of purification, the symbol of the contrite
heart which all who cross great Fuji’s threshold must surely bring.

       *       *       *       *       *

Once inside the wicket the path, beaten wide here, ran between a
breast-high wall of lava which, built like a rampart on the edge of
Fuji, hid the sheer sides of the mountain and a row of low wooden huts,
the rest-houses--ran between these and on, up to where the black edge
of the crater, like the rim of a broken cup, cut the sky in sharp clear
lines.

For the moment it was fine, and leaving our luggage in one of the huts
we hurried on, past the rest-houses, on past the rampart wall, on along
the little beaten track which still led steeply upwards. Then sharply
it turned, and we stood wedged within a crack in the crater wall, with
the sharp black rim rising high on either hand.

We were alone on Fuji’s side, before his altar. And there was no sound.

In a stillness as of death the vast crater stretched 800 feet below,
and the grey ash-dust gathering through two centuries lay thick and
smooth as sand upon the shore. Steeply the cinder-walls rose up, rose
round, and held the ash. Only in front of us, across half a mile of
silent dust, a wide crack in the cup-like rim showed two tall poles
and many floating banners, there where the temple’s wicket crossed the
pathway from Gotemba.

Grey ash and cinder, that was Fuji San. Once a mighty fire, a fire
two and a half miles round, with 13,000 feet of cinders, and a bed
of ash 2000 feet across. And now, dying or asleep, rigid as death,
grown grey and cold, but yet mighty as the sea, powerful as the storm;
Nature’s eternal force made visible. And that still life which rolls
around our human incompleteness, mysterious and unknown, drew near.
Almost it seemed as though we touched the force without, the unresting
naked flame of being which threads through the spheres. Almost we
touched--but saw only the corpse of Life, for Nature keeps her
secrets....

       *       *       *       *       *

In a silence as of death, the vast still crater stretched for a circle
of two miles, and the grey ash-dust gathering through two centuries lay
thick and smooth--the pall of a mighty God.

Steeply the cindery walls rose up, rose round in jagged points like
the rim of a broken cup, and into the crack there came two white-clad
pilgrims. They knelt bareheaded on the edge of the crater, looking
down, and the murmured sing-song of their prayers broke the silence.
Old and grizzled, their bullet-heads were bent before the altar in a
Faith reverent and sincere.

Truly the might of God had dwelt on Fuji; the breath of Eternal Life
had rested here--rested and passed, or was passing; and the pilgrim in
his faith holds sacred the print of that footstep. He prays to that
part of the Godhead incarnate in Fuji--Fuji so perfect in his grace, so
stirring in his strength.

In western lands the Roman Catholic peasant prays before his altar, but
the symbol of his Godhead is often reduced to a composite Christ in
pink and white plaster. If Truth must have a form--and mankind believes
with difficulty in abstract nouns--it surely is a purer, grander faith
to feel God visible in Fuji’s curves, dwelling in his sleeping fires,
than to hem Him in a building made by man and seat Him on an ugly altar
between groups of tawdry flowers.

       *       *       *       *       *

The little narrow path which led down into the crack led also round
the summit below the jagged edges of the crater’s rim, and we followed
it. Outside the crack it went steeply downwards before it turned, for
above, the cindery slopes of Fuji were steaming white in the sunshine,
and the ground was very hot. It is but a patch, still evidence that
Fuji sleeps. He is not dead.

Then the wandering pathway, a black thread on the loose cinder-slope,
led up again, round and down into a tiny fold among the cinders, and
suddenly, quickly as a camera snaps, the white clouds, loosely piled
upon the mountain, were riven asunder, and the whole world shimmering
in a golden haze that touched but did not hide it, lay at our feet.

Straight down below, 13,000 feet away, it lay. All the long line of
the river Fujikawa, gleaming blue-black as rough-cast iron, among the
orange sand-flats of its mouth. And the soft curves of the Yokohama
peninsula, a smaller but more graceful Italy, floating, floating, on
the water, purple-blue on azure blue.

And all beyond was the blue intensity of the infinite sea.

So near it looked, so clear that the steely line of the Fujikawa seemed
a sword-blade one could stoop and reach. And leaning we looked from
Fuji’s top as from a tower; but Fuji’s self we could not see. His
cinder-slopes had vanished.

Straight down below there was the world, and we above it hung suspended
13,000 feet above the earth. Beyond, above, outside of it. Dear Earth,
how still it lay, how beautiful!

And into my mind there floated the old, old words: “And He divided the
land from the waters, and the dry land He called Earth.... And God
looked and saw that it was good.”

Above the world, beyond it, we too could look and see, and we too “saw
that it was good.”

       *       *       *       *       *

Then the little wandering track, beaten firm by the feet of the
pilgrims, led on, up and down, among the cinders of Fuji’s sides, and
round to that great crack in the cup’s rim where the pathway from
Gotemba reached the summit.

Here were crowds of people, all the pilgrims on Fuji San, pouring
through the white-wood wicket, or buying draughts of the sacred “Golden
Water” which is born in the depths of the crater.

As we stood drinking our little bowlful of the ice-cold water, the low
boom of a Japanese temple bell came swaying through the air, and each
jagged peak round the crater’s rim added its muffled echo to the bell’s
deep boom.

The level space which formed the floor to this big crack was full of
pilgrims old and young, men, women and little children, and they were
all pressing forward between the tall poles, where the long banners
tied top and bottom were stirring in the wind, to the little temple
lying under the very edge of Fuji, as a nest beneath the eaves. The
temple seemed full already, but the crowd, courteous for all their
zeal, pressed forward gently, content, if they could not enter, to stay
outside.

Again the low liquid boom came swaying through the air, prolonged by
the muffled echoes of the jagged peaks. And we too walked towards the
temple. But the patient crowd without reached already to the pathway,
and must press back against the cinder sides as the long procession
of black-robed priests, with copes and stoles and vestments of rich
brocade, swept into the temple.

Then the liquid booming bell swayed out again--and was still; and the
muffled echoes of the peaks, subdued and faint, lingered in the intense
silence.

The priests had passed within.

       *       *       *       *       *

The ash on the floor of the crater was soft and very thick. It lay in
thin round flakes that broke between the fingers, and the feet sank
into it, drawn under as on sand that is half-quick. It was like walking
on piles of those sunlit flecks that carpet a beech-wood; but the
light had gone out of these and left them pale and grey.

All around the black walls of the crater rose up into the sky, five
hundred feet of sheer height. Shut into the crater pit with the dead
ash sucking our feet we seemed to have come to the region where death
lies behind--and birth is yet to come. We stood in the Place of Pause,
in that Between which is Nothingness.

Smooth as the sand of the shore the ash stretched along. Loose and
thick the flakes were piled, and the feet, drawn under, grew heavy.

What was beneath? Nothingness?

And a strange fear of falling through the loose ash into that
Nothingness grew with each empty moment.

Faintly, far away, the stir of Life’s Birth reached into the void. It
came from below, deep through the ash where a little clear trickle of
water sang in the silence. Distinct, but so soft that the senses must
needs strain to hear. Through the ash, beneath the ash, the water
trickled, faint as a new-born breath. And its name it was Golden.

       *       *       *       *       *

The hut when we reached it was empty, and it lay facing the lava-wall,
the last of the row, and all of them were open in front, like cages at
the Zoo.

The square pit with its charcoal fire was in front here, and we had to
pass behind it to reach the unoccupied space at the back. As we crawled
over the matting darkened by our own shadows, for the only light came
through the open front, we almost stumbled over some one rolled up in
a bundle of _futon_. It was the old, old woman of the morning. She was
asleep, in the deep, dull sleep of utter exhaustion, and her wrinkled
chin, dropped down, trembled, as she slept.

It was very cold in the hut, and we too were glad of _futon_ and
egg-bowls of hot tea, glad to eat our tinned tongue and slices of
dry bread, and gladder still just to stay wrapt in the _futon_, and
sleepily rest.

The landlord, like an image, sat on his heels in the well and never
stirred. From time to time he put fresh pieces of charcoal on the fire
with a pair of brass chopsticks; then the smoke, sweeping in dense
waves through the room, would make us all cough abruptly, till it
melted slowly away and the room was still.

Beyond the lava-wall the grey-white clouds lay herded as a fold of
sheep, and we watched them mounting up and up, rolling against the
wall, rising above it, sending thin wreaths and wisps of mists across
the pathway, which stayed like ribbons in the air, and then sinking,
dropped down again. Often they came up, and always rolled back beaten.
Fuji’s summit is above the clouds, they could not scale it.

In twos and threes and little groups, the white-robed pilgrims stopped
to sit on the edge of the matting and drink tea, and eat innumerable
balls of rice rolled in a soft grated substance that looked to be, but
was not, cheese--a thing unknown in this milkless land. So the pilgrims
sat on the matting and ate their rice-balls, which the landlord,
without moving his body a hair’s-breadth, produced and rolled, and
sprinkled, and handed. And the acrid smoke from the charcoal fire
drifted across the room, filling it.

       *       *       *       *       *

Quite suddenly I awoke out of my sleep, to find some one on the floor
beside me waking the old, old woman. It took her a long time to
struggle out of that dense, deep sleep into a state of even drowsy
consciousness. She sat up, bewildered, and when they told her she must
go, get up, climb all that weary way down again, the old face seemed
to shrink together in hopeless despair. There was a long dreary pause.
Then the old, old woman bowed, the smile of courtesy upon her worn old
face.

“_Yoroshū gozaimas_” (“As it honourably pleases you”), she said. And
rising, she tottered out.

This flesh was more than weak, but the spirit was the spirit of her
race--it sacrificed all things.

       *       *       *       *       *

We were to sleep in Yoshida that night, and for us too it was time to
go. So leaving our money on the edge of the fire-pit we crawled out
of the hut. The image sitting on its heels never stirred; with one
swift glance beneath the eyelids, he had reckoned the money to the
last _sen_, but whether more or less than he expected, he remained
immovable, magnificently unconscious, occupied solely in bowing us
out. Had it been less than the proper charge we certainly should have
heard of it through the guide, but as tea is never charged for, each
visitor pays for it according to his rank, exigencies, generosity, and
the status of the tea-house. In reality, of course, it is payment for
attendance as well as tea.

The Japanese hold that no service performed can ever have a money
equivalent. In their economy, money was never a real asset, as courage,
knowledge or art, and they ignored it, when they did not despise it. So
in the old days, those trades which had most to do with money, whose
aim seemed to be the getting of money, were looked down on. Shopkeepers
and merchants ranked below swordsmiths, peasants and artisans. Only the
ignoble would choose such as a life’s work, and if to-day this idea has
hindered commerce, if it has produced the low standard of some business
men, and consequently the foreigner’s bad opinion of them, it has, on
the other hand, lifted the nation out of the rut of sordid greed, made
it seek after, and lay fast hold of, that which seems to it true--made
of its people a race of men, of gentlemen, honourable, high-principled,
and capable of indomitable devotion to their ideal.

       *       *       *       *       *

We stepped off the summit of Fuji San into a wet white cloud, which
was the sky of the earth below. For the first two stages the way down
was the same as the way up, but at No. 8 the paths divided, the one to
Yoshida leading away to the left.

After we had made a sort of semi-tour of the mountain we climbed over a
lava-ridge and found ourselves in the centre of a black scoop in Fuji’s
side that, coming from above, stretched interminably downwards. And
the whole of the huge groove was a mass of the loosest, most shifting
cinder. There was no path. One went down. At each step all the cinders
on that part of Fuji slid bodily, tumbling over each other in their
haste. You slid too, until the cinders, piling themselves up and up,
reached the knee, and abruptly you stopped, only to pull out that leg
and begin to slide again with the other. The rate at which one shot
down was prodigious, and the method alarming. Each step seemed to start
half the mountain rolling, rolling, for ever downwards, and there
seemed no particular reason why the other half with you on it should
not roll away too. Positively, as the torrent of cinders rolled and
rolled and rolled, the conviction that Fujiyama must look smaller next
morning grew upon me. Until with a flash of understanding I remembered
the legend of the dust brought down by the pilgrims’ feet flying each
night back to the mountain. And it seemed a very necessary explanation,
and quite convincing too, when I looked at the tons and tons of cinders
which my feet alone were sending down Fuji’s side.

After awhile the slope grew even steeper, and the cinders from black
became a deep dull red. And still one shot downwards. Small patches of
powdery, grey snow sprinkled with tiny round spots were tucked away
here between the red cinders, and the whole slope was covered with the
straw sandals of former pilgrims. They were scattered over the red
cinders like a new kind of vegetation hardier than the rest, and there
were thousands on thousands of them.

And still we shot downwards. At too steep an angle now to be brought up
merely by the weight of the cinders, so that we were obliged to invent
brakes with our more or less free foot, our extended arms, or the
angle of our bodies; and we were very glad indeed of our staves to put
any sort of term to the long uncomfortable slide.

It was a long while before we passed out of the zone of the _waraji_,
and saw real little green things growing between the cinders. They
looked utterly miserable and degenerate, but they did make the ballast
solider, and the sliding easier.

It was a gigantic slide, but we brought up at last on a ridge of grey
rock, over which we had to climb carefully, for it was full of holes.
On the other side of this ridge the degenerate green weeds had grown
into degenerate green plants; and after a few more slides and climbs
the plants became bushes, stunted and miserable, but bushes, and we
came out on to a sort of natural grass platform, before the rest-house
of No. 4, Yoshida side. It was dirty, the first dirty house I had ever
seen in Japan. Below us, as though stopped short by a word of command,
“Thus far and no further,” were the trees; the tops of the nearest were
on a level with the platform, but not one grew upon it.

With the cinder-slope behind us we stepped off the grass platform
straight into the forest. It was a beautiful forest. First firs, and
then, as we went downwards, green trees, small oaks and cryptomerias of
all kinds.

To feet weary of ballast-heaps, the forest footpath was a rest
refreshing, and the delight of growing trees and green fresh leaves
after _waraji_ and cinders, an enchantment. But Fuji had not finished
his surprises or his trials. Soon the pathway disappeared from under
our feet, and only the roots of the trees remained. On these we had
to walk, and they were slippery, knotted, and far apart, and full of
tangled holes that caught and tripped the feet.

A polite Japanese student came and walked with us a little way “to
improve his English,” but his feet in their _waraji_ stepped over the
tree-roots faster than ours in our boots, and we were soon left alone
again.

Gradually, as we went downwards, the forest altered from the austere
wood of the mountain to the rich luxuriant wood of the plains, green
with moss, covered with creepers, dripping with big juicy drops of
water as though rich sap were oozing from every vein.

All through the wood there were tiny tea-houses, set under a tree and
lost among the branches. We passed No. 1 at least seven times, each
time certain that it really must be the real original No. 1, and that
the “horse-turn-back” station, where we could get a _basha_ to carry us
to Yoshida, was necessarily “the next.” After the weary sliding down
that abrupt slope, the muscles of one’s legs were all trembling with
the strain, and the tree-roots, slippery and uncertain, became doubly
difficult. We were still going down so steeply that the hollow of the
pathway lay like a green chimney below us. Slowly up through this
living funnel came the pilgrim’s chant.

“We are going,” and the little bells clashed out triumphant--“we are
going to the top.”

Then the deep sing-song of the chorus, coming nearer with each
syllable, grew louder:

“Top ... the top ... to the top.”

We waited while the chant coming up from the green depths below came
nearer, came past us, went on.

From the green heights above it sounded down.

“We are going,” and the tiny cymbals clashed--“we are going to the
top.”

And faintly echoing from above came the answer: “To the top ... the top
... top.”

       *       *       *       *       *

And still the first stations succeeded one another, and the tired feet
and the aching muscles grew more weary. The wood was dense as ever, but
less steep, and at last there came earth as well as tree-roots for a
pathway.

We passed through another station, half tea-house, half temple, where
a man sat behind a tray of thin irons stamped with the temple’s crest,
and where gods and tea-bowls filled the shelves. The path went through
it and out again, under the trees, a path of good stamped earth. Then
twisting suddenly it ended in four smooth green steps that led down
into a natural amphitheatre, with tea-houses on each side. This was the
_Mma gaeshi_--“horse-turn-back” station--Yoshida side. Away to the left
were several square boxes on wheels, otherwise the stage was empty. It
was, indeed, exactly like a “set” in an opera.

We hobbled, it was so difficult to walk on _flat_ earth, to a tea-house
and sat down demanding _basha_. Slowly a man entered right front, and
crossing left centre tipped up a square box and waited. Then another
man, entering left front, harnessed a horse to it. This took them half
an hour, because they wanted four times too much for the drive to
Yoshida, and at each refusal, at each expostulation, at each rebate,
the one man dropped the square box down on the ground and the other
gave up harnessing the horse. Meanwhile we drank tea and monotonously
repeated our price. After half an hour the _basha_ was finally
harnessed, and crossing left front we got in.

This _basha_ was simply a square box without a lid, mounted on wheels.
You sat on a piece of matting spread at the bottom, leant against
the wooden back and clutched hard at the sides to keep yourself in.
The driver sat on the shaft and used his feet as a brake. The reins
consisted of one length of straw rope attached to the left side of the
horse’s head.

For the first half-hour the relief of stretching out one’s miserable,
trembling legs was pure bliss, after that, _basha_-driving was
pleasant but jolty, and after that it became renewed torture to endure
the jolting, and the aches in one’s back and arms were vigorous and
persistent. Road there was none, only two large ruts, in, over and
among which we wandered.

The trees stopped as abruptly above the natural amphitheatre of _Mma
gaeshi_ as they had begun below the platform of No. 4. And for the
whole two hours of our journey to Yoshida we travelled over an immense
far-reaching common, one of the soft ripples at Fuji’s base. There was
not a house or a village to be seen, nothing but the wide stretch of
green common.

It was half-past five when the _basha_ started out among the ruts,
and the clear, colourless light of a northern evening--we were 3000
feet up--which is not cold, yet is so colourless, enclosed the earth.
The sky was as bare of clouds as the common of landmarks; the one lay
palely blue above, the other stretched subduedly green below. Here and
there the green was crossed by long flushes of colour, with the red of
tiny tiger-lilies, and the pale yellow of the evening primrose. Behind,
Lord Fuji rose majestic. At first a line of fleecy cloud had lain above
the deep green of the forest, and Fuji’s head was lost in mist, but at
the sunset the clouds fell away lower and lower, until the whole long
sweep of Fuji rose up triumphant into the blue.

It was but slowly that the _basha_ jolted among the deep-cut ruts of
the common, and but slowly that we travelled on, downwards.

Looking out across the wide flat land we saw that the whole world was
slightly rounded, slightly tilted. It was like journeying over a large
green apple. The globe in fact palpable, visibly rounded. Away on
the left the sun was setting in straight streamers of pale red edged
with shining gold. And the green common, with its pools of little red
lilies, and its bands of pale yellow primroses, grew greyer and greyer.

Fuji San, perfect in long smooth curves, stood purple-blue behind.
Clear-cut as a jewel in a setting he rose up, rose up, until the
rounded strength of his summit lay bright sapphire on the azure sky.

       *       *       *       *       *

Over the ruts the _basha_ stumbled, endlessly jolting.

The sun set slowly, and slowly the colours died. Grey lay the common in
front of us, on each side. Lord Fuji was but a dark, still shadow. And
over the ruts the _basha_ stumbled in long, slow jolts.

We were very tired, our backs ached with the jolting, and our arms were
numb with pain. All around us the grey spaces of the common stretched
uninterruptedly, without house or village. Where was Yoshida?

Still the _basha_ lumbered and stumbled, and we looked for lights and
houses.

Nothing. Only in front of us the grey level of the common grew tall
and black.... In a few more jolts the deep black had engulfed us, grey
common and all, and we were wandering among dark shadows that were
trees.

In the very pitch of the blackness the cart suddenly stopped. We were
asked to get out. The _basha_ went no further.

“But Yoshida?”

“_Yoshida yoroshī!_--all right,” replied the man, unconcerned, as
though every traveller to every town arrived in a dark wood without
sight or sound of houses; and he drove off.

Our guide picked up the luggage, and we followed stumbling, straining
our eyes to tell the deeper shadows that were trees from the paler dark
that meant pathway.

Slowly the deeper shadows receded, and in their place came the dim
forms of houses. Then a sharp turn and we were walking along a real
road with the familiar knitting-needles of the Japanese tramway shining
in the twilight. After a while the houses grew denser, and some of
them had lights; but the contrast only made the pale dark of the open
roadway seem still blacker.

Large trucks, like kitchen-tables with their legs cut short, came
sliding past us as we stumbled on, gliding slowly down the road alone
and unattached.

Parties of pilgrims in white, with white staves in their hands, came
unexpectedly out of the darkness, and the lighted paper lanterns in
their hands warmed their white clothes into a rich cream-yellow,
precipitating them into solid bodies from the waist downward, while
their heads and shoulders drifted slowly on through the pale night like
impalpable ghosts.

We had reached the top of the hill, and the road, in a sudden turn,
ran sharply away from us. The houses were on both sides now in one
continuous line, and the shock of meeting trucks jarred through the
street. There was a flare of orange light where the knitting-needles
became a shunting-yard.

This was Yoshida.

Our landlady was aristocratic to her finger-tips. She had the long
slim neck, the long thin face, with its pure outlines, the long
narrow eyes, the long graceful body, and the delicate poise which is
the ideal type of the aristocrat--and rare even among them. When she
knelt on the matting to receive us, she did it with the distinction
of a queen, and all her movements showed that clean-cut grace, that
courtesy without effort, that refinement of pose and gesture which
only the continued culture of long generations can produce, and which
is to mere politeness or mere beauty as the subtle music of the poet
to Monsieur Jourdain’s prose. Her husband was a bullet-headed man
of the people, stubby and plebeian. His manners, like his Japanese,
were polite of course, but undistinguished, while our hostess spoke a
language as courtly as her ways. When she glided over the matting, her
long sleeves swaying, or stretched out her thin slim-fingered hand to
take our tea-cups, we felt like beings of a lower evolution, and this
higher product, evolved by centuries of self-control and a living love
of beauty, was the human form made perfect, to which we might, perhaps,
one day attain.

Even the inn possessed something of her grace: the matting was whiter,
the woodwork smoother, the steep stairway--set like a ladder between
the walls--more polished than elsewhere. The tiny medallions set deep
in the _shōji_, which are as the handles to our doors, were works
of art. The miniature garden of the courtyard, with its hills and
trees and swift grey stream, was a living landscape, perfect in form
and colouring. Even the shallow brass pans in which we washed, the
commonest of hotel furniture, had an elegance of their own. And in
the refined and beautiful inn our graceful, courtly landlady knelt
and offered us platefuls of “mixed biscuits.” They were certainly
cheap ones, but never did the utter vulgarity of their shapes, or the
crudeness of their colouring, strike so sharply on my senses. If they
had tasted like manna from the wilderness I could not have eaten one.
They were too ugly.

It is vivid still, the bliss of that hot bath in fresh mountain water
pumped from a stream which comes from Fuji’s sacred slopes, and the
joy of that long dreamless sleep under the green mosquito curtain in
our white matted room. Vivid still, the breakfast cooked over the
_hibachi_, with our aristocratic landlady, every line of her graceful
form looking purer and more refined as she stooped to hold the handle
of the frying-pan, while her stolid husband on his knees before his
office desk in the corner looked on good-naturedly, and the stout
little maid watched the foreign cooking of our ham as though it had
been a sacred rite.

       *       *       *       *       *

We were to return by the lakes which encircle Fuji, and we set out that
morning along a dull dusty road between dull dusty banks.

It was but a little way to the first lake, but hot beyond believing,
and when we reached it, and pushed out in our boat beyond the narrow
inlet which ran deep into the road, the heat settled down like a roof
above our heads.

The sky was one superb arch of azure blue; the earth in front of us a
wide, bare flat, glittering with heat. And from out of that gleaming,
quivering mist which hid the level land Great Fuji rose dark blue on
blue. Naked and superb he stood against the background of the sky
secure in his strength, perfect in his beauty, beyond words, beyond
praise, in sober truth--divine.

It took an hour and a half to cross the lake, and all the time Fuji
San, set in the framework of the turquoise sky, with the gleaming,
glittering mist of light sweeping like an iridescent cloud to the edge
of his dark blue slope, stayed with us. For an hour and a half we
looked, and the form and the soul of the mountain sank deep within our
hearts.

       *       *       *       *       *

The second lake is divided from the first by a natural wall of hill
over which we climbed, the sun striking fiercely on the pathway where
one small patch of shade lay black on the thick white dust.

The second lake was set deep within the circle of the hills, and we
crossed it in company with three men who had drunk much _saké_, and
another who stuck fuses into a row of dynamite cartridges and then,
leaving them under a corner of the matting in the bottom of the boat,
apparently forgot their existence. These four passengers and the two
boatmen were continually stumbling up and down the boat to row in
turns, and always within a few inches of the dynamite.

It was a somewhat agitating row, although we were assured the
cartridges were “only for fishing.”

It ended at last, after a long two hours of suspense, among the quiet
grey boulders which stretched for a hundred yards between the water and
the wood.

Down the little valley beyond the stones, a winding river of
rice-fields ran like a grass-green stream, and we followed it, as one
follows up a mountain brook, till it dwindled and disappeared. Then the
wood closed in above it, and we were in the middle of a weird uncanny
forest, all grey and wrinkled, where multitudes of thick-set pole-like
trees, covered with a powdery dust, ranged ghost-like out of sight.

And here we walked, the only living things in a spell-bound world,
walked until the earth grew thin beneath our feet and the rough grey
boulders came up through the soil.

Then for a long, long while we went beside a grey lava-river flowing
between the grey tree-stems, a wide and furious river arrested as it
swept in angry tumult through the wood, stopped dead, and each breaking
wave turned into stone. We looked at this still, dead river and saw
how the years had covered the waves with a thick white crust of dust.
Buried deep lay that tempest of passion which once had swept burning
from Fuji’s sides, buried deep beneath blocks of grey lava and the
drifting ash-grey dust.

Yet the very stones that buried it were carved in its image. And the
face of that passion, petrified and deadly, looked up from the river.
And all around the grey wood stood dead too, and very still, coated
deep with a powdery dust, ash-grey. For the spell of the river was over
the wood, and it was the death of Destruction.

For miles we walked beside that Medusa river, sometimes we left it,
sometimes we crossed it, then losing it between the trees we wandered
where the ghostly pole-like trunks grew thickest. But always the river
came back with the dead passion that made it staring rigid beneath the
stones.

Miles and miles of lava, wide, and long, and deep. The ghostly trees
were rooted in it, the very lakes lay cradled in it, the world for far
around was made of it. Verily the fires of Fuji San were mighty in
those days.

       *       *       *       *       *

The third lake was black, ink-black, black as strong-cast shadows in
the moonlight. Tarnished and still it lay, without a glitter or a
gleam; yet the washing wavelets, as they poured over the stone at our
feet, were pure and clear, and the high steep hills that half encircled
it were dense with the greenest trees.

The ghostly wood was ended, the petrified river gone; on the banks of
this sombre lake living trees were growing. Tangled and thick and high,
they walled in three sides of the lake, and, sweeping round in a long
thin promontory, divided the ink-black waters with a sword of green.

Along the hill there ran no pathway, the trees stood too thick, the
hill too steep. There was no boat upon the lake nor any road around
it. The black waters washed to the foot of the trees, the trees
stretched green to the top of the hills, and lake and wood were still
as undiscovered country.

And behind us lay all the long silence of the ghostly wood.

On the very edge of the promontory a white house rested, poised like a
gull on the water, but the dead-black lake gave back no reflection, and
the dark-green hills caught no colour from the sun, nor stirred a leaf.
Silent as the waters the house poised white beneath the evening sky.

On three sides the high hills shut in the lake, but on the fourth the
lava-stones met the marsh, the marsh the common, and wide and flat the
common stretched away to the beyond.

A little while and the setting sun was down behind the hills, and all
the sky was darkening into night. Far over the common, and purple as a
king’s raiment, rose Fuji San. Grand and lonely he stood between dark
earth and darkening sky; far off on the edge of the world, and all the
solemn stillness of the evening wrapt him round.

Gently fell the twilight on lake and hill. The grey spaces of the
common stretched more vast and wide. The night was coming fast.

Beneath my feet the blackness of the waters opened as the deep abyss.
Behind, the horror of the spell-bound wood waited wide-eyed. Sweeping
onwards in the twilight the indistinctness of the common passed out of
sight, the pathless hills closed round me.

Then the spell of the ghostly wood reached out to clutch. I looked
towards the light.... Dim as Life’s hope it lay, far off beyond the
horizon, while all the blackness of the lake and hill surrounded me.

I strained my eyes across the indistinctness, and from that far-off
heaven a lofty Presence leaned.

It was the Great God Fuji.




                                  III

                               EPILOGUE


The blue sea lies sleeping warm and still; the sky, another sea, sleeps
too; only the green headlands standing between blue and blue watch,
their feet in the water. And the heat is the heat of a summer’s noon.

So still the sea, so quiet the sky, so calm the earth that the soft
breath of the sleeping ocean comes as a rippling sigh towards the land,
while the blue sea above floats lazy.

From their low hill Tesshuji’s forsaken Gods look out. The temple walls
are bare, its altars dumb, and the grass-grown court has shod even
silence with a velvet shoe. Dreaming, the Gods sit undisturbed, and the
hush of the noonday’s heat is deepened.

It is long since the clang of the praying-bell overhead called them to
listen. Still they sit, and look.

In the shadow of the doorway at the still Gods’ feet, I, too, sit and
look.

Over the sleeping sea, blue and still, beyond the watching headlands,
out into the liquid sky above, where in utter majesty great Fuji
rises one sheer line of beauty in the blue. The rounded curve of his
snow-crest shimmers white as a sun-caught sail, and the long slope of
his perfect form is a deep blue line on blue. Fuji rises as a tower, he
floats in that limpid sea above a mist-clad iceberg. And the glimmer
of his snow-crest is a shining crown of glory in the sky. So real, so
simple, so beautiful. Just a crescent of white snow floating thirteen
thousand feet above the world, and two long lines of blue sloping
gently downwards, outwards to the earth. So simple, so beautiful, is it
real?

A faint stir in the sleeping sea and I drop my eyes to the blue below.

Beauty, said the Greeks, was born of the waves and the foam. Once in
that clear sea above, a great blue wave came leaping with a crest of
foam. It was Beauty’s self, all-perfect, and they called it Fujiyama.
Beauty content to be but beauty.

       *       *       *       *       *

Tesshuji’s Gods look out over the sea, beyond the green headlands into
the blue. They dream undisturbed. They have looked so long.

The noonday heat has spread the land with a quivering haze of blue. It
sleeps. The softly breathing sea sleeps too. No prayer has roused the
Gods, they too are sleeping.

The whole world, says the Scriptures, is but a dream of the great Lord
Buddha. Tesshuji’s Gods are dreaming, and Fuji is.

Dream Gods for ever.




                         THE ART OF THE NATION

         “All that is superfluous is displeasing to God and Nature;
        all that is displeasing to God and Nature is bad.”
                       DANTE, “De Monarchia,” bk. i. chap. xiv.




                                   I

                           GRACE BEFORE MEAT


The _kuruma_ running quickly through the narrow opening in the high
bamboo fence curved into a tiny garden set with dark green shrubs, and
stopped abruptly.

In front of us, where a square recess broke the long line of wooden
wall, a pile of _gheta_ lay heaped on a grey stone block. At the sound
of our coming the wooden wall opened, and a Japanese in _kimono_ and
_hakama_ stood bowing before us. He came with pairs of soft woolly
night-socks to cover English feet, and, sitting down on the narrow
knee-high platform of polished black wood, we took off our boots. Two
giant curb-stones at right angles made a solitary step to reach the
platform, and leaving our leather boots, looking caricatures of feet
among the wooden sandals, we followed the waiting _kimono_ along the
three-foot-wide platform.

Round the corner of the square recess, and shut off from the tiny
courtyard by a thick screen of fence and shrubs, was a white garden,
sunny and still, where, under a pale blue sky, the tall shadows of
the trees fell black across the pure white snow. Sliding back the
paper-paned wall the waiting _kimono_ bowed us to enter.

“Come in, come in,” said our friend the professor, his familiar face
looking strangely unfamiliar from out the wide-sleeved silken _kimono_
and pleated silken skirts of his _hakama_, as he laughingly bowed us a
Japanese welcome.

The first sensation on coming into that low matted room, bare of all
furniture, was one of intense awkwardness, all one’s limbs seemed to
have swollen to ungainly proportions, and to have grown correspondingly
wooden and jerky. In a flash I had slipped back to a child’s years, and
was lying in my little iron bedstead in the dark, the haunting terror
of the unknown upon me, as I stealthily pinched a mountainous leg with
a hand twelve feet thick, and trembled to feel the bedstead giving way
beneath me. That old sensation of unaccountable largeness, of bursting
one’s surroundings, stayed as the unreal background to my mind until
the paper-paned walls closed behind me again.

“If you would like a chair, there are just two--” began the professor.

But we had come to be really Japanese, and Japanese we intended to
remain at all costs. So, getting gingerly down on our knees on the
square cushions that lay on the matted floor, we tried unsuccessfully
to sit on our heels with the same grace as little Miss Hayashi
opposite. There she sat, demure, serene, and, above all, supremely
graceful all through lunch, while we, like chestnuts on hot bricks,
hopped from knee to knee, bobbed up and down, tucked our legs under us
like Turks, or bunchwise like children, leaned on one arm, then on the
other, enduring untold horrors of pins and needles as we became more
intimately acquainted with our own anatomy than we had ever done in all
the previous years of our existence. And my admiration of Miss Hayashi
grew as she sat there, one line of pure grace from the curves of her
slender neck, rising from the folds of mauve and white, to the thick
wadded hem of her _kimono_.

As I looked I grew more and more conscious that the dress and the room
were one, each the necessary complement of the other, the right frame
for the right picture, and the right picture in the right frame.

“The soul of Japan,” they say, “is the sword of the _samurai_.” “Then
the soul of the _uchi_,” I thought, “is the _kimono_ of the housewife.”

The simplicity of the straight-falling lines, the perfection of the
embroidery on the innermost of the folds around the neck, the richness
of the _obi_ at the waist, there was the same severity of design
with richness of decoration which characterised the room, where two
paper-paned walls, one of sliding wood and the fourth stained a subdued
brown, enclosed the bare matted space. Against the one solid wall was
built a slightly raised platform of polished black wood, forming with
the two low pillars of wood a wide recess, the _tokonoma_. Within the
_tokonoma_ hung a long silken scroll where pale storks flew across the
moon, a _kakemono_ of price. On the black wood of the platform, which
was raised but a few inches from the ground, were set the two swords
of the _samurai_, a bronze horse of exquisite workmanship, and in the
corner some long branches of white plum-blossom in a vase. In these
four objects (as in the _obi_ and the embroidery of the neck-folds)
lay the entire decoration of the room. And looking, one realised that
great truth, almost unknown to us, but a truism in Japan--the artistic
value of space. In a European drawing-room you often cannot see one
ornament for its fellows: here the bronze horse and the _kakemono_
held the eyes; one looked, and one _saw_; their beauty filled the soul;
next week, next month, they will go back to the store-house, and others
will take their place. I could never forget the curved lines of those
two swords against the polished black floor under the white fragrance
of the plum-blossoms, any more than I could forget the soft half-moon
curves of Miss Hayashi’s _kimono_, white below mauve, as she glided
over the matted floor.

Our lunch, we had come to lunch, opened with tea, pale amber tea
in little round bowls on bronze stands, and sugar chrysanthemums,
rice-paste storks and dolphins, cakes and sweets as perfect in design
and colouring as though they were intended to last for ever. A
rosy-cheeked maid, who bumped her head so vigorously on the floor that
I thought she must get a headache, presented the tea, a bump for each
guest and three as a salutation, while Miss Hayashi, folding squares of
white paper in double triangles with one sweep of her hand, delicately
heaped them full of sugar flowers and fishes, and passed them round,
one to each of us.

Then came a long pause, while we asked all the questions that occurred
to us about _kimono_ and _hakama_, and swords and etiquette; and then
our lunch, a whole lacquered trayful of bowls for each one of us, with
all the courses served together, and all irretrievably and, to us,
inexplicably mixed. I pass the hot soup in a lacquered bowl, and the
hot rice in a china one, but the rest--a golden bream on a pale blue
plate set round with oranges in jelly; slices of pink raw fish, and a
design in brown seaweed and green roots; a deep bowl of pale yellow
custard, its surface ruffled with silver fishes, oriental whitebait,
and its depths filled with bamboo shoots and lily bulbs and other
surprises; and one dish, a triumph of design and colour, where an oval
slab of pounded fish, white as snow, rested against a green mound of
preserved chestnuts, while in front, arranged in a curving crescent
like the tail of a comet, were purple roots, brown ginger, and slices
of a red radish. And all this you eat as you please, a bit here, and a
bit there, now a drink of salt soup, then a mouthful of sweet chestnut;
custard, vegetables, fish, sweets, with relays of rice for bread, and
_saké_ for wine, paper napkins, and withal two penholders to eat with,
and your Japanese dinner is complete.

Having tried everything with the greatest perseverance, and wriggled
our chopsticks until our hands were as tired as our toes, we gave in
and rested from our labours. The little maid, rosier than ever, removed
the trays of food, and brought in bowls of oranges and dried persimmon.

At this moment there was a rustling of screens, and a dear, little old
lady with shaven eyebrows and blackened teeth slid into the room, and
instantly went down on her knees, and putting out her hands bowed her
head right down on to them.

“This is my aunt,” said the professor, “a real old-fashioned
woman--there are not many left nowadays--who blackens her teeth and
shaves her eyebrows.”

The little old lady laughed, and made many polite speeches, asking
after our “honourable healths” and our “august appetites.” At every
word she made another bow, until I felt as if I really must get down on
my knees and hit my forehead against the ground as well. Luckily the
professor, after a moment’s consultation, suggested we should see the
house, and we all got up. The little old lady was on her feet in a
twinkling, but our half-dead limbs sent pins and needles up our legs,
as we stumbled on to them and awkwardly walked away.

The sliding paper wall of our room hid another absolutely bare, no
_tokonoma_ here, only a poem painted on a long narrow board fastened
against the door-post, and in the further wall, shut off by sliding
screens, a large cupboard, full of the household linen, which means the
silk-wadded quilts or _futon_, on and under which one sleeps. Sliding
aside the door-panel we found ourselves on another three-foot-wide
platform, looking out through more paper-paned walls into another
garden. This house was just a long series of rooms with a platform and
a garden on each side, and a little square bunch of rooms at one end.
In one of these we cuddled down under a silk quilt thrown over a square
hole in the middle of the room, and felt the heat coming up from the
glowing charcoal sunk in a sort of pit beneath the floor.

Then we peeped into the bathroom, containing a high wooden wash-tub
with a stove-pipe running down one end. The wash-tub is filled with
cold water, and lighted charcoal put down the stove-pipe, and in a few
minutes the water is hot, and you get in, and the longer you stay the
hotter grows the water, until having boiled yourself in the approved
Japanese way you step out and wipe yourself dry with a yard of white
cotton adorned with blue storks.

Then we invaded the kitchen, bare of everything like the other
rooms, and with only a two-fold brazier to cook over; one brazier
has permanently fixed above it a coppered wooden tub, dedicated to
rice-boiling, the other brazier cooked everything else. That was
all. Wooden pots, pans and dippers were hung up inside the sliding
cupboards, or were washing in the yard outside. A tiny shrine, like a
mantelshelf over the sliding door, held minute gods in a dim light; a
paper-framed bamboo lantern, like an afternoon-tea cake-table, with
shelves between the legs for plates, stood in a corner. This is the
_andon_, and inside the paper panes a floating wick in a saucer of oil
burns all night.

Our advent into these regions was attended with much excitement
punctuated with peals of laughter, it striking the dear old lady as
irresistibly funny, that it was all funny to us.

In the midst of our hilarity came the summons of the _kurumaya_, and
out we had to go, take our boots from the friendly company of the
wooden _gheta_, and laden with mysterious boxes neatly tied with red
and white strings, and bunches of plum-blossom, say stiff English
“Good-byes,” while the little old lady, the rosy-cheeked maid, and the
rest of the household bowed us graceful Japanese _sayonara_ and _mata
irasshai_ (Come again).

The _kuruma_ curved out through the tiny snow-covered garden set with
dark shrubs, the paper-paned walls shut with a soft thud; the picture
was gone, but the memory of it will remain with me always.




                                  II

                        IN A CLOISONNÉ FACTORY


Nagoya is a manufacturing town with a quarter of a million of
inhabitants. It is full of porcelain and fan factories, cloisonné works
and cotton mills. It is the centre of the celebrated potteries of Seto,
and is famous for its embroideries and its silks. It is bigger than
Nottingham or Hull, and is almost as large as Dublin. Nagoya is both
Staffordshire and Bradford--and yet a city clean and still. A town of
sunny streets and pure fresh air, whose sky is blue and clear, whose
trees are green. Its 250,000 inhabitants are mostly factory hands--and
there is neither dirt nor din. The golden dolphins on its castle’s roof
are three hundred years old, and they glitter in the sunshine like
new-fired gold.

       *       *       *       *       *

On the edge of the growing rice-fields the porcelain factory lies.
Its doors are open to the sun; and in the corner of the low, white
room, where the workmen sit cross-legged like Buddhas, each beside his
potter’s wheel, a yellow vase of purple iris stands.

The room is still and fresh and clean. The whirr of the turning wheel
is soft as the drowsing of a bee. There is no hurry as there is no
idleness. And each worker, as he moulds his clay, looks towards the
purple iris in the yellow vase.

The cloisonné works are built in the heart of the city, in the middle
of a busy street, where blue-clad coolies continually load and unload
the wide coster-barrows which are the waggons of Japan. The hum of
working life is in the air, and the wide road which stretches without
division of pavement across from side to side, is thronged. Business
men in grey _kimono_ and foreign hats go out and in; the loaded
barrows drawn by the blue-clad coolies pass up and down; fast-running
_kurumaya_ steer in and out among the foot-passengers and the traffic.
And the occasional collision is followed by mutual bows and polite
_Gomen nasai_ (“I beg your honourable pardon”), on the part of either
coolie or _kurumaya_.

Nagoya factories and cotton mills are hard at work.

The gateway of the cloisonné works leads down a wooden passage into
a tiny court, a garden set round with the workshops of the factory.
And such a garden. It is not larger than the front lawn of a suburban
villa, but the skill of a Japanese gardener has planted a whole
mountain side with forests of pine and bamboo, has spanned with an
arching bridge the stone-grey stream at the mountain’s foot. From
inside the tiny matted rooms, no bigger than bathing-boxes, which shut
in three sides of the garden, the illusion is complete. And the shade
and coolness of the real trees and water, of the imaginary forest
and stream, brings a sense of calmness and repose, of quiet peace
and beauty, to all the many workers of the factory. It is a living
landscape growing unspoiled in the heart of a workshop in the centre of
a manufacturing city.

Each on his mat in the clean, bare, matted rooms the workmen sit, the
rice-paper _shōji_ pushed open to the mountain stream, and the forest
of pine and bamboo. In the first room sit workers outlining the design
on the bare metal vase with metal wires, silver wires on silver vases,
copper wires on copper vases. And each design is different, and many of
the men are old. In the second room the bare metal vases are getting
a coat of coloured paste, and now the design stands out rough as a
cave-man’s drawing. Here the workers are younger, while boys fill in
the body of the vase. In the third and fourth rooms the matted floor at
the back is replaced by a large hearthstone, and a round earthen oven;
in this the vases are baked, passed back to the men and boys to recoat
with the coloured paste, and then rebaked, recoated and rebaked many
times, until at last the vase is handed over to the workers in the last
rooms. It has lost all trace of design by now; the metal wires are no
longer visible; the colours have bubbled over in all directions, the
vase is an unmeaning mosaic of a thousand shades. Then the workmen,
sitting on their heels on the kneeling-cushions in their clean, bare,
matted rooms, tiny as bathing-boxes, polish, polish, polish, sometimes
for a whole year, until the worker’s hand wears down the hard smooth
surface and the design shows through clean and true once more. The
workmen here are grey and old.

But the oldest of all sat by himself in a little room just opposite the
arching bridge which crossed the mountain stream. He wore a pair of
quaint horn spectacles, and his face was the face of an Eastern sage.
He sat with his tools before him fixing silver wires on to a silver
vase, with a certainty and a rapidity beyond his fellows; and all that
is most beautiful and most difficult in the cloisonné works of Nagoya
comes from his hands. The old man pushed back his horn spectacles as
I stopped before the open _shōji_, and his eyes rested on the still
picture of the garden with a smile.

I, too, turned to look at the row of tiny paper rooms stretching out
like arms on either hand, at the living landscape lying in their midst,
at the blue sky above, and at the old face beneath the horn spectacles.
I did not wonder at the peace which lay upon it, nor at the exquisite
beauty of the finished vase standing on the matting beside him. For the
garden was still as a cloister, though the cloister was a workshop for
cloisonné ware in the manufacturing town of Nagoya.




                                  III

                          FLOWER ARRANGEMENT


We sat opposite each other on the matting, and she laughed. The polite,
audible smile of the Japanese. All around us lay cut branches of fir;
and on the long wooden footstool they call a table stood a shallow
bronze dish and a wonderful cleft stick of bamboo.

She was a little bent old lady, with the courtly politeness of a
thousand Grandisons refined to a subtle essence, and she gave lessons
in flower arrangement. The close-cropped grey hair gathered into a
slide behind told its own tale of widowhood, and the withered careworn
face its story of work and want.

The _shōji_ were shut, and the light through the rice-paper panes
sent a warmed white light into the room that knew no colour, a light
as though one sat inside a luminous mist, or in the heart of the
plum-blossoms. A passionless, lifeless light which was simply light.

And the little old lady laughed again.

“There is much to learn,” I said, stopping to watch her bending the
warmed fir branches over the _hibachi_ always to the exact curve, never
too near or too far, and mine snapped at the first touch.

She handed me another branch in place of the one I had broken, and
watched while I wedged it into the cleft bamboo stick with little chips
of wood.

“Very much,” she said. “It takes three years of learning for the pupil
and seven for the teacher. And the _Ijin San_ has had four lessons.”

The fifth and last branch being successfully wedged into line, I got on
to my knees to admire the effect, while Arabella, from her camp-stool
in the corner--she considered it lowering to sit on the floor--bridled.

“Oh, the _Japanese_,” she said; “but any European could learn in half a
dozen lessons.”

The little old lady bowed, letting her forehead almost touch the
ground, as she sat on her heels on the kneeling-cushion.

“The august stranger----” she began, when I interrupted.

The contemplation of my five branches of fir, two curving to the left
and three to the right, had not filled me with any satisfaction. They
wobbled. All their curves were wrong, and the five stems, instead of
being hidden one behind the other, so that the illusion of a single
branch growing out of the bronze dish was created and kept, were all
distinctly and decidedly visible.

“It doesn’t look a bit right,” I said; “but what is the matter?”

The task of sticking five branches of fir, already bent to the
prescribed curves for me, into a cleft stick had not seemed difficult,
especially with three lessons behind me, and I had worked hard and been
very confident that morning.

With a thousand apologies the little old lady pulled the bronze dish
towards her, while Arabella cleared her throat.

“In Europe,” she said, in the tone of voice adapted to a kindergarten
class--her Japanese voice, “we do not learn such a simple thing, we do
it naturally. Every European woman can arrange flowers, and they are
flowers” (with a glance at the fir branches in the little old lady’s
hand--she was busy correcting) “not trees.”

The little old lady was putting back the five fir branches into the
cleft stick with the deftest of deft fingers. Arabella unclasped the
brooch at her neck and pulled out what she called a “nosegay.” A bamboo
vase, just a piece of the stem hollowed out, in which the fir had come
from the florist that morning, lay on the floor. She picked it up.

“It should be of glass,” she said forgivingly, “but I will make it do.”

And then with her own hand she proceeded to arrange the Yokohama
nosegay in the slender bamboo stem. There was a bit of spiræa, one fat
red rose, and some miscellaneous leaves, which Arabella referred to
grandiloquently as “green.” These she crammed tightly into the bamboo
stem, and then placed it, with a “who-shall-deny-me” air, upon the
table.

I looked at it. No, it was not a good specimen even of Western flower
arrangement, but in how many buttonholes, on how many tables, had I
seen something like it.

Flower arrangement is taught in the schools in Japan, and every
Japanese girl learns. If she did not, she would not “arrange” anymore
than we should paint or play.

The little old lady had finished, and she pushed the bronze dish along
the table beside the bamboo vase. Then, with many compliments and much
bowing, she thanked the _Ijin San_ for her “august kindness” and her
“honourable condescension.” And the smooth phrases ran on and on, while
I sat back on my heels and looked.

East and West, they stood there before me. At the best, what we aimed
at was a scheme of colour, and at our worst no scheme at all. And what
they strove after was line, whether in fir branches or lily leaves, in
plum-blossom or iris flowers, line, and a coherent whole. Each branch,
each twig, each flower, nay, each curve of the branch, each petal of
the flower, each leaf of the twig, were parts, essential parts of the
whole; for in Japan they draw with flowers and fir branches as we only
draw for “design.” And line is beyond colour as sculpture is beyond
painting.

The sun through the walls of rice-paned _shōji_ spread a warmed white
light through the room, a limpid, liquid light in which there was no
shadow.

The little old lady had been busy tidying up. The room was one clear
sheet of pale yellow matting. On the low empty _tokonoma_ stood the
bronze dish and its pure line drawing in fir. Arabella was offering the
bamboo vase and its mixed contents “as a model,” and the little old
lady bowed to the ground.

Once more I looked at the bronze vase and the pure outlines of the fir
branches, at the bare room perfectly proportioned, at the rice-paned
_shōji_, and the snowflake whiteness of that light which knew no colour
and no shadow struck on my consciousness.

I think I understood. Colour, as colour, in that luminous, shadowless
room, whose beauty was its line and its proportion, would have been not
colour but a blot. Outside the rice-paned _shōji_ lay life and colour
enough. Here was but light and line.

Arabella was removing the white night-socks from her boots, she always
refused to take them off, on the veranda. The little old lady, down on
her knees with her forehead to the ground, was saying sweet Japanese
_sayonara_.

I looked back one last time--and Arabella’s nosegay vanished.




                                  IV

                            GOD’S MESSENGER


The first fresh heat of summer is here, and outside the city the
rice-fields spread in quivering pools of green. It is the month of the
Iris, _Hana-shōbu_, and along the raised causeway, between the fields,
the miniature hansoms, drawn each by the bent dark figure of the
_kurumaya_, silhouette against the blue sky.

You pay as much as three sen (three farthings) to enter an Iris garden,
and they are an hour’s _’ricksha_ ride from the city, so that the
_fête_ is select. In the covered court of the entrance the _kuruma_
are stabled in long lines under a pale yellow roof of mats, while
the _kurumaya_, their black mushroom hats on their knees, sit on the
slender shafts and smoke their pipes--three whiffs from the metal
thimble in the bamboo stem, and then the sharp _tink_, _tink_, as
the ash is knocked out against the shaft. Inside the garden the blue
tunic of the coolie is absent, three farthings and the long _kuruma_
ride proving prohibitive; but the grey _kimono_ of the classes, Tokyo
shopkeepers for the most part, is everywhere. The gardens are large and
full, but in no sense crowded, for the Japanese, by the very polish of
their politeness, contrive to create a sense of space and repose around
them even in a crowd. But the gardens are full, and the deadened clack
of the wooden _gheta_ on the earthen pathway, as the little _musmé_
carry the “honourable tea” and the “honourable cakes” to the mat-roofed
summer-houses, is incessant.

We do not sit on our heels on the flat cushions on the low matted
table, under the bamboo roofs; we sit _on_ the cushions, with our feet
on the ground, and the little waitress laughs, her polished black
hair shining like a metal mirror in the sunshine. It is so ridiculous
to see the _Ijin San_ sitting on the tables with their legs hanging
uncomfortably down in front of them, when all the world agrees it is
much more natural to sit on your heels with the cleft toes of each
little white _tabi_ sticking up behind like rabbit’s ears. The idea
of getting cramp in such a comfortable position makes little O Haru’s
brown eyes open very wide indeed. I believe she revolves the idea,
inside that metal-polished head of hers, that the _Ijin San’s_ legs are
not made aright, or why do they hide them so? And surely the civilized
boot could only have been invented by people without toes?

The open summer-houses, behind the bamboo bushes, or on the tops of
the miniature hills, are full of family parties, with children in
all stages of age and coiffure, from the shaven baby heads and the
stiff horsehair ribbon bunches of the children, up through the flat
fronts and the first freehand designs of the schoolgirls, to the black
cockscomb fronts and the elaborate polished rolls of the grown-up
daughters. And they are all content to sit in the sunshine, drink tea,
and look at the flowers. They do not want to be for ever restlessly
doing something, not even the children.

In the summer-house over the way a party of bachelors, students from
the University perhaps, are also drinking tea and smoking cigarettes;
one of them is writing a poem. And a _bourgeois_ Sabbath peace is over
the land.

The tap of the tiny tea bowl on the lacquered tray, the deadened clack
of the _musmé’s gheta_ on the pathway, is hushed, for I have left the
summer-house, and am standing close down by the river of flowers.

Iris, the messenger between Gods and men, said the old Greek legend,
Iris, _Hana-shōbu_. And surely this swaying river of lavender-blue
flowers, floating out from the fleckless blue of the summer’s sky, on
into the young green of the rice-fields, is a living message from the
Gods. A message of beauty and peace, and of the holiness that springs
from these. A message which this cultured, courtly, beauty-loving
people alone know how to create--and how to read. For many generations
have lived and died, tenderly caring for God’s Messengers, before these
flowers learned to unfold their petals in a hundred ways, and wear a
thousand hues from pink to purple, from blue to grey, from grey to
black or to the purest white.

The river of exquisite blossom flows on, straight out from the
fleckless blue, on into the delicate green, bearing God’s message of
beauty to man. And these who see it know how to read.




                                   V

                         THE ART OF THE PEOPLE


It is usual in judging the art of a nation to consider solely the art
of the artists and never the art of the people. The first is naturally
of greater importance; it affords moreover an easy method of comparison
and enables art critics to register the high-water mark of a country’s
art, and this being found, the question is considered settled and
the nation judged accordingly. We say the French are artistic and
think promptly of Corot, Meissonier, or Puvis de Chavannes, not of
the people of France. But the art of a nation, always something less,
is often something very different from the art of its artists, and
though the artists’ art will give you the high-water mark, it does not
and it cannot give the general art level of the people. The English
nation produced the greatest dramatist who ever lived, and several
fine comedians, yet the level of the nation’s dramatic instinct is
acknowledged to be far below that of the French. If we wish to get
a true opinion of French and English dramatic feeling we must study
something more and something other than the dramatists. For it is not
the presence or the absence of a certain number of celebrated men, or
even the greater or the lesser value of their works, which necessarily
makes a whole nation dramatic or artistic, but it is the general level
of the dramatic or artistic feeling in the average individual of that
nation. That a truly dramatic or artistic nation has more chance of
producing a greater number of dramatists or artists is certain, the
conditions under which they would work being so much more favourable,
but to consider no one but the artist and nothing but his art, and
then to transfer the judgment on the artist’s art to the whole nation,
is surely a confusion of ideas. It is a confusion to which art seems
particularly susceptible. For most people, in England any way, seem to
regard art as comprising only expensive objects suitable for exhibition
in museums, and not as an integral part of every article used in
daily life. Museum art is the product of a nation’s artists, for the
enjoyment of the rich and the cultured, but the art of a people is as
wide as its life, it touches everything and is for the joy and the
pleasure of all men.

Artists’ art is an end in itself, its whole reason for existence is to
create beauty, but the art of a people is not an end, but a means. The
problem before it is very different and really more complicated, for it
is to add beauty to mere utility, and by force of art to create art in
objects whose _raison d’être_ is usefulness. And the greater the number
of useful objects made beautiful, and the more beautiful the useful
objects, and the further removed from beauty and the more sunk in mere
utility the useful object is, so much greater will be the people’s art.

To add beauty to mere utility, art may be said to use three ways. It
does it

(1) Directly, by moulding the shape (the material of useful objects
being already determined);

(2) Indirectly, by decoration; and

(3) Extra-directly, by arrangement.

And if art be truly in a people, even the most ugly and stubborn of
useful objects will, by one of these three methods, be made beautiful.

I suppose that any one who has ever seen a rice-field will allow that
for at least some six months in the year it is one of the ugliest
objects in the world. Made of liquid mud, it lies for half the year a
slimy, greasy black pond shut in by low mud walls. On its oozy surface
gather unwholesome growths that shine with metallic reflections, while
the manure, in Japan mostly human, decomposes in the thick mud. There
is nothing, I suppose, much uglier, nothing more useful, and its
ugliness is the condition of its utility. The Japanese cannot change
the thick black ooze, they cannot change the low mud walls which embank
the slimy pools. These, with all their ugly consequences, are fixed and
determined. But the art of the Japanese people has yet rendered the
rice-fields beautiful. They change the shape. Those embanking walls of
mud are moulded as a potter moulds his clay. A series of dead square
fields I have never seen. Two, three, four, five, six, even eight-sided
rice-fields can be found in Japan, and often the curves of the mud wall
itself are graceful as the lines of a Greek vase.

Beneath the temple of Tesshuji, which looks towards the wonder of
Fujiyama, with its two pure lines of exquisite grace, is a great
fertile plain, a plain of innumerable rice-fields, one of the richest
in the country. When I stood on the steps of that deserted temple and
looked down, the fields were all black and naked, and yet the plain
was neither ugly nor monotonous, for the peasants had curved their
rice-fields into exquisite lines, and not two were alike.

A wall has certainly more possibilities than a rice-field, but our
modern walls, the high brick atrocity of a prison or an embankment, is
not usually beautiful. We make spasmodic attempts to beautify their
monotonous ugliness with creepers or other coverings. That is, we do
not beautify the wall, we take something less ugly and conceal it.
Now the Japanese beautify the wall. (We are only considering here
walls of mere utility, where all decoration or ornamentation is out of
the question.) Except for the brick walls of the foreign buildings,
walls in Japan are made of hewn stone usually shaped like pyramids
and hammered base outwards into a bank of earth. In a country whose
architecture, from the most glorious of its temples to the humblest
of its houses, is all of wood, a clumsiness, a _gaucherie_ in its
stonework might be well excused, yet Japanese walls are a wonder to
all who see them, for the hard enduring granite is plastic beneath
their fingers. Their walls are never dead straight. The line always
curves softly outward as it touches the ground. And this not only in
the strong walls of the _daimyō’s_ castle, or the long moat walls of
the Mikado’s palace, but in the embankment walls of the tiniest shrine,
in the modern walls of the modern temple of the modern coaling port of
Moji.

To beautify a useful object indirectly by decoration is a great deal
easier, at any rate the means and the possibility of doing so are more
apparent; and yet, do we draw designs on our sacks, on our flour sacks,
grain sacks, potato sacks, as they do in Japan?

For many months I passed regularly every day through a street of
warehouses where sacks of all kinds, and containing all sorts of
produce, were lying on the ground, were being carried into the
_godown_ or were loading or unloading. It was some time before it
really struck me that the sacks were decorated, that their blank yellow
sides were made beautiful with a design; but when I had once realised
it, I used to look carefully to see if I could find sacks without.
They were extremely rare. The designs varied considerably. A flower,
conventional or natural, a maple leaf, a broken branch of plum-or
cherry-blossom, the delicate outline of the bamboo in a thousand
different shapes, were the most common, but there were others, birds,
geometrical patterns, rice-ears, Fujiyama. These designs were with
true decorative feeling in one corner, rarely in the exact centre, and
admirably proportioned to the size of the sack. They were mostly drawn
in, in soft blues--the commonest colour in the Far East--sometimes in a
pale but very beautiful green; colours which, on the unbleached cotton
or pale yellow matting of the sack, made complete harmonies.

But a sack, whatever its business in life, is at least an article of
considerable duration, it is not made to be used and thrown away the
next moment like the paper wrapping of a parcel. Yet it is very few
parcels in very few shops which are not wrapped up in paper whose
monotonous surface is broken by just one tiny design. The papers in
which piece-silks are wrapped, the equivalent to those whitey-brown
covers which drapers seem perpetually doing up on our counters, are
often really beautiful in both colour and design. I do not think a
Japanese can see a blank surface without wanting to design something on
it, something little, something beautiful, just to redeem it for art.

These designs are to be found, if one looks for them, in the most
unexpected places, on the axle-heads of your _kuruma_ for instance.
A casual and rather dilapidated _kuruma_ in an out-of-the-way town in
Japan had such exquisite flying storks beaten on to the bronze metal of
its axle-head that I had to get out and look at them. The _kurumaya_
was amused at my enthusiasm, and entered into a detailed comparison
of these axle-heads with all the other axle-heads of all the other
_kuruma_ of his acquaintance, explaining their respective merits and
defects. If there is no actual design the metal is usually beaten in
such a way as to form an irregular pattern.

When a Japanese cannot mould the shape of an object, when he cannot
redeem it by a design, when in fact he has no control over its creation
at all, but it is placed in his hands as it is, finished, he will
still contrive to add beauty to it merely by arrangement. I first
noticed this on board the steamer going out, where the Japanese “boy”
arranged the extra blanket on the berth in a new design each day. He
folded it into lotus leaves and chrysanthemums, into half-opened fans
and half-shut buds. He had one wonderful arrangement which, being
patriotic, was more often repeated than the rest. The blankets of the
steamship company had, instead of the usual stripes at top and bottom,
just two thick wavy lines of deep red--the steamer’s flag was two wavy
red lines on a white ground; by some wonderful twist of his fingers the
“boy” would fold that blanket into the rising sun, with the four red
lines coming out of it like blood-red rays. It sounds difficult, but
he did it so perfectly that I recognised the flag of Japan the moment
I saw it. Nor was he exceptional; the other “boys” on board were just
as artistic, all the other cabins, for in the course of the voyage I
entered most of them, were equally decorated, though in most cases the
art had been quite lost on the occupants.

A Japanese servant, any servant, even one in a hotel, will set out your
hair brushes, clothes brushes, nail scissors, collar box, tooth-powder
tin on the ordinary average hotel dressing-table and make a design
of them. The toilette table will somehow be a picture, an artistic
whole. It was an application of art I tried hard to learn, and failed
dismally. After awhile I could manage something with the brushes;
but the nail scissors, and more especially the tooth-powder tin,
remained, in my hands, the unbeautiful necessary articles which they
intrinsically are.

We make in Europe various attempts at beautifying our food. We put
parsley on white dishes round cold mutton, and paper frills on ham
bones where the pins are dangerous. On special occasions, such as a
Lord Mayor’s banquet or a cookery exhibition, we serve pastries as
Tower Bridges, or jellies as broken lutes, but we do not consistently
arrange our food so that each dish is a colour scheme and an art design
of its own.

I lunched once with a professor in Tokyo; it was a modest meal in
the house of a man badly off, according to our ideas, but when the
red-lacquered trays came in, each lunch on its own tray, and all the
courses served together, I could not restrain a cry of delight. The
whole set out in its red-lacquered tray was a picture, each dish in
itself was another. The golden bream lay on a pale blue dish; an oval
slab of pounded fish, pure white in colour, rested against a mound
of lime-green chestnuts; in front and lying in a crescent curve were
purple roots, brown ginger, and tiny slices of red radish. It was
simply a triumph. I have eaten pinky brown soup in which the curved
peel of an orange floated like a golden dolphin; pale yellow custards,
served in delicate blue bowls, whose surfaces were ruffled with
silver fishes; white rice-moulds wrapped in the delicate tendrils of
a vine-green seaweed; thin slices of pink raw fish, the colour of an
uncooked salmon, laid out on green dishes and garnished with little
heaps of olive seaweed shaven fine and eaten with a burnt-sienna
sauce. The very hawkers in the streets serve their one-_rin_ (10 to a
¼_d._) sweetmeats or their snow-white _tōfu_ daintily, on plates of
appropriate colour, artistically set out. The rice-paste biscuits are
veritable works of art in shape and colour. You can eat almost every
variety of chrysanthemum, as well as see it, and the colouring, all
vegetable, is almost as beautiful.

We have, I believe, in England, a profession called “window-dressing,”
and in a few cases this does truly attain to art. But with us it always
ends at the windows. Enter the shop and, unless it is a showroom, you
stand in the midst of undigested cargoes of goods; and whose eye has
not been pained by heaped rolls of stuff where a post-office red will
lie, as often as not, on the top of a crimson and underneath a magenta?
That is a thing which could not happen in Japan; the eye of the young
man behind the counter would forbid it.

I once watched a whole consignment of silks being put away on shelves
in a shop in Tokyo. It was the European side of the establishment, so
that the shop was fitted with counters, chairs, and the usual drapers’
shelves, the silks, too, told the same tale in their width and pattern.
It was only a boy who was putting them away, sixteen at the outside,
yet he did it with a conscious choice, and when he had finished,
the silks, which ran through the whole gamut of colour, harmonised
delightfully. But the real Japanese shops are more beautiful still. To
go over the Mitsui is to walk through a gallery of pictures in still
life. Here are no heaps of undigested goods, no mere piles of articles,
but a definite and deliberate setting forth of certain things which
left the impression that the clerks of the Mitsui posed their silken
goods as an artist his model. The Mitsui is one of the best shops in
Tokyo; to be perfectly fair compare it with one of our “art salesmen.”
But the best of our shops tie up their parcels in whitey-brown paper
with tow-coloured string, thinner or thicker according to the weight of
the parcel. In the Mitsui the string is all pure white or scarlet-red,
and each parcel is tied with a strand of both laid side by side, the
heavier the parcel the greater the number of scarlet and white strings,
always laid side by side, until sometimes they make a wide white line
above a wide red one, kept evenly together by a skilful knot. The ends,
too, are not snapped off anyhow after tying an ugly knot, but are cut
slantwise, to form a V or a point, and even the knot is beautiful
because it is a coherent whole, and not a conglomeration of successive
ties.

So far, all these things, rice-fields, sacks, and food, with the sole
exception of the blankets and hair brushes, have been exclusively
Japanese, the nation has evolved them in itself, and by itself, and
consequently in comparing them with things European it has only
been possible to take similar and not identical objects. But since
their first contact with Europe, and more especially during the last
thirty years, the Japanese have borrowed a certain number of articles
directly from the West. They have borrowed beer-glasses, windows, and
wall-papers. And from the Dutch, three-hundred years ago, they took
pipes and tobacco pouches. A light kind of _lager_ beer is rapidly
becoming a universal drink in Japan. There are several native breweries,
and those places where beer has not penetrated are considered hopelessly
“old-fashioned.” After the beer came the beer-glasses, and though the
art of the nation has not been long at work upon them, they are already
very different from their European models. It must be remembered, too,
that glass was unknown to the Japanese until it was introduced from the
West. The first thing which the nation did when it set to work upon
beer-glasses was to reduce the size, otherwise they would have been
out of all proportion to the rest of the dinner service, and so the
beer-glasses of Japan are small as dolls’ tumblers in which, if you are
lucky, you will find three sips of beer under the egg-white froth.

If this example illustrates the love of the little, generally supposed
to be the chief characteristic of the Japanese, the case of the windows
will show their dislike to unredeemed blank space, and at the same time
their knowledge of the artistic value of space in design. So long as
windows only existed in houses built in the style called “foreign,”
they remained severely Western, just another European object like the
railway or the telegraph set up in the land, but when they began to be
introduced into Japanese houses, then the art of the nation set to work
upon them. They are still rare, but in a few private houses and in some
of the best native hotels windows exist. They do not open. They were
not introduced to supply ventilation, an unnecessary consideration in
a Japanese house, which is all draughts, nor really for light, the
paper panes of the _shōji_ admitting light readily; but just in order
that the person inside might have another picture before his eyes--the
picture of what lies without. The window then is not a glass fitting to
an oblong hole knocked into a wall, but a broad band of glass running
round the whole length of the _shōji_ at just that distance from the
ground which will allow anyone sitting on his heels on the floor to
see through comfortably. A pattern on this glass window would have
interfered with the view, and the window was there expressly for the
view. So the glass is empty and clear, but not blank. Then it would
have been merely useful, and the Japanese never stop at utility; it
had to be made beautiful, and so the pure perfect curves of Fuji were
traced upon the glass. The design was quite small and only occupied
one end, but the area of the glass was no longer blank space, but the
demanded setting to a picture.

There is no place in a Japanese house for wall-papers, but the number
of foreign-built hotels and houses has created a certain demand for
them. Also the Japanese are beginning to export wall-papers abroad. As
the patterns are mostly supplied to them direct from European firms, or
copied from models sent them on order, they have to please their market,
and yet I have seen a wall-paper in a hotel bedroom where two golden
dragons drawn back to back studded a white ground. It was a perfectly
conventional pattern, and at first there seemed nothing remarkable about
it. The tiny dragons, looking something like a _fleur de lys_, occurred
at six-inch intervals. Then it dawned gradually, the intervals were not
regular, they differed both lengthways and width-ways. It took indeed
ten feet of wall before the pattern absolutely repeated itself.

But windows, wall-papers and beer-glasses are new growths, only just
engrafted on to the life of the people. They are still thought of
as something foreign, whereas pipes and pouches, although coming
originally from the West, have in the course of three hundred years
become thoroughly absorbed and transformed by the genius of the nation.
To judge from the old pictures the first pipes were three or four feet
long, with a bowl to correspond, in size and capacity suggestive of
those long wooden pipes with china bowls smoked by the traditional
Dutchman. At the same time we in the West have also been evolving our
pipes and pouches, as the art and the convenience of Europe demanded,
and to-day the British navvy has arrived at his clay and the city
clerk at his briarwood, and both at the gutta-percha pouch. When bent
on “something tasty,” they may indulge in skeleton-head pipes with
carbuncle eyes, or magenta plush pouches embroidered in apple-green
silk. In Japan the navvy (or his wife, for smoking is equally common
to both sexes) uses a doll’s pipe made of a slender bamboo reed, whose
bowl and mouthpiece are of metal, beautifully finished, and holding
just three whiffs of their fine-cut red-brown tobacco. The pouch is
made of leather, fastening like a purse, and the metal snap is always
fashioned into a design, however simple--two birds flying, a fish, a
grasshopper. There is also a leather case to keep the pipe in, like
an open spectacle-case, and the two are fastened together by means of
a twisted silken cord. The pipe-case is stuck into the _obi_, and the
pouch hangs over. It was to allow of the free hang of the pouch, and
also as a finish to the silken cord, that the _netsuké_ was invented,
and some of the most beautiful of museum art objects produced. But
_netsuké_ are not for the navvy or the people, or if they do occur in
the cheap pouches of the poorer classes they are nothing more than
a rounded bead only valuable artistically as a spot of colour. The
pouches, the pipes and the pipe-cases are genuinely beautiful in shape,
make and proportion. They also have the merit, rare in gutta-percha, of
endurance. A pouch bought four years ago by a careless European, and
in use ever since, shows to-day no sign of wear. It is not cracking at
the seams, and the snap is as firm as ever. A smoker, I believe, has no
particular hankering after the Japanese pipe with its metal bowl and
mouthpiece, but anybody with a sense of form must enjoy the delicate
refinement of even the commonest native pipe with the gentle yellow of
its bamboo stem, the finish of the metal mouthpiece, and the perfect
shape of its acorn bowl.

These are, after all, only a few examples, sufficient perhaps for the
purpose, but any one who has lived in Japan and looked at the common
objects of daily life used, owned and produced by the people would be
able to multiply them almost indefinitely.

In thinking them over perhaps the thing which occurs most frequently
to the mind is the simplicity of the means used. The whole artistic
effect of the rice-fields consists in the variation of their shape, in
the curve of the mud wall; in the shops and in the food simply in the
right choice of given articles. But through all Japanese art, even the
most elaborate, this same simplicity of means is noticeable. I have
seen the most elaborate imperial brocade which produced an effect of
running water, and it was done by simply throwing over the original
blue brocade a rough mesh network of brown silk. Every garden in Japan
is an illustration of this point, for a Japanese in a dull back yard
as big as a bath-towel will, by the judicious planting of two small
palm-trees, the setting up of a stone lantern, and the careful making
of a puddle, convey to the mind of those who look the greenness and
the coolness of a dense forest, the freshness of clear water, and the
delight of hills and dales. I have seen it often in wayside inns, in
shops, in big towns, in factories, everywhere.

Exactly the same thing is true of their flower arrangement. Putting
aside all other points of beauty and charm, a Japanese with three
chrysanthemums, with one branch of fir, will produce a whole which we
should only think of attempting with a shilling’s-worth of flowers and
two penny bunches of “green.”

On the characteristics of Japanese art European writers have varied
greatly, but in considering only the art of the people there are
perhaps fewer difficulties or differences, and we come, I think,
to four--value of space, desire for line, sobriety of taste, and
thoroughness of workmanship. I do not include the dislike of symmetry,
because a want can hardly be called a characteristic. Symmetry is more
properly a characteristic of our art. The Japanese dislike it, they
make nothing in pairs, and if certain things, such as candlesticks, are
required in twos, each one, though resembling the other in the main
idea, always differs from it in detail.

The sense of the artistic value of space shows itself everywhere, in
every form of decoration and design, as well as in every object of art.
In Japan there is no such thing as overcrowding. It is one small leaf
which decorates the sheet of paper wrapping. It is the scarcity of
articles in the Mitsui which accounts for nine-tenths of the artistic
effect of that draper’s interior. If ever a nation has thoroughly and
æsthetically realised the psychological fact on which much of our
theory of backgrounds is based, that we only really see an object by
its outlines, it is the Japanese. They have worked out this fact to its
last artistic value. In a Japanese room there hangs one picture; on
the raised and polished platform of the _tokonoma_, the artistic altar
of the room, there is set one bronze or porcelain vase of flowers,
one ornament. These are changed as often as the fortune or the taste
of their owner permits. When a Japanese comes to Europe he complains
that our drawing-rooms, with their dozens of pictures and their scores
of ornaments, are “like warehouses”; and after this first disturbing
feeling of crowd, when he has lived in that drawing-room for several
months and finds that the ornaments are never changed, only perhaps
added to, he complains then of the monotony. For he knows and has
realised another psychological fact, that it is in the freshness of
observation that the eye sees clearest and the brain works best.

With the sense of the supreme value of space comes an intense feeling
for line. Whether this has something to do with the climate, which is
clear, and the landscape, which is mountainous, I do not know; but
compare the purity of outline in the Italian painters, more especially
in the Tuscan and the Umbrian, Botticelli and Perugino, with the
Netherlands School, Rembrandt and Rubens, where light and shadow, and
colour as colour, play so great a part. But whether it is due to the
landscape or not, personally I should be inclined to attach a great
deal of importance to the artistic value of Fujiyama, a mountain
whose exquisite outlines, visible from thirteen provinces, have simply
permeated Japanese art; but landscape or no, the desire for line is a
fact. The Japanese draw with everything; with the mud embankments of
their rice-fields, with the granite stones of their walls, with the
trees in their gardens, with the flowers in their vases. The whole
essence of flower arrangement is not colour mass, but line drawing. It
is the same with their trees, the dwarf trees in their pots, or the
grown trees in their gardens. Both are trained and educated to produce
a beautiful outline, and they succeed. It is perhaps interesting in
this connection to notice the number of illustrations in Japanese books
where the trees are simply silhouettes washed in in Indian ink on a
blank background. We should have, I think, a great disinclination to
treat our trees in this way.

The feeling for line is very strong, and it is perhaps perpetuated by
the daily use of those dead pictures, the Chinese ideographs. Several
hundred years ago the Japanese invented the phonetic syllabaries called
_kana_. It is interesting from an artistic point of view to compare
them with our alphabet. A very short contemplation of the alphabet as
used in our books and handwriting will show that it is mainly composed
of straight lines, often parallel, with a certain admixture of circles.
Now, although a straight line is the nearest way between two points, it
is rarely or never the most beautiful; did not some one once say, “The
line of beauty is a curve”? I do not think any one’s artistic soul has
received much nourishment from a contemplation of the letter “m,” three
parallel lines, or “t.” Compare them with the corresponding _kana_, and
the difference will be felt at once. Indeed, we are all unconsciously
well aware of the artistic failing of our ordinary alphabet, for
directly we carve or write an inscription, or introduce it in any way
into something which claims to be an object of art, then we discard it
altogether, and either fall back on the Gothic letters, or adopt some
kind of fancy alphabet. As the average Japanese child is taught writing
four hours a week for the first three years, and three hours for the
next two, and as their writing is really painting, their feeling for
line has at least a chance of development.

Of the thoroughness of Japanese workmanship I do not think anybody
would disagree; when the wing of the stork on your rice-bowl is
finished inside, when the chrysanthemum petals on your wooden tray
curl over the edge, when the bottom of your flower vase has a design
as well as the outside, you are convinced that the Japanese knew
Ruskin’s dictum long before he said it. I have seen the feet of a
bronze statuette, the feet which were entirely hidden under the folds
of the _kimono_ from in front, carefully finished off underneath. The
statuette in question cost 50 _sen_ (1_s._), and was sold by a street
hawker. Nobody really sees the designs on the _kuruma_ axle-heads,
not unless they look for them, except perhaps the _kurumaya_ himself,
when he squats on the ground waiting for a fare; but they give a
thoroughness of finish to the _’ricksha_ which it would miss without.

Most people are agreed, I think, upon the thoroughness of workmanship,
but sobriety of taste is a more disputed point. We are very fond of
talking of the “gorgeous colouring of the East,” and using terms like
“barbaric splendour” and “oriental luxury.” These terms may have had
some truth as applied to the art of India, but because Japan is also
situated in the East, they do not necessarily apply to her. We do
not sufficiently realise over here that there is considerably more
difference between China and Japan, let alone India and Japan, than
there is between any two European countries whatsoever, be they Greeks
or Dutch, or what you will; that they are not of the same race, nor do
they belong to the same linguistic family. Therefore, to transfer an
adjective applicable to India to Japan, just because both are Oriental,
is like applying an adjective suitable to the Turks or the Laps to the
English, on the ground that both are European. This is, I think, one
source of error; the others are more subtle. There is first of all
the climate. Now a colour, any colour, under a bright blue sky in a
dazzling yellow sunshine, will always look more subdued than that same
colour under a grey sky and in a cloudy atmosphere. This is simply an
effect of contrast. Therefore, Japanese colouring must be judged as it
is seen in Japan, not as it may look when transferred to England. And,
again, a study of the actual colour itself will show that the Japanese
have learnt how to make the very brightest colours soft in tone. This
fact has been well rubbed into me lately, for I have tried both in
Paris and in London to match certain Japanese stuffs, or at least to
find something in the same note of colour which would go with them.
It was quite impossible. All our soft colours, the so-called artistic
shades, are too dull in tone, while none of our bright ones are soft
enough; by the side of the Japanese colours they look simply crude.
These are all quite material reasons, objective facts, but there is
another which only those who have stood and looked at the glorious
splendour of a Japanese temple such as Nikkō or Shiba, where the whole
rainbow is resplendent in carved wood and gilded lacquer, and that is
their matchless power of combination and of background. The temples of
Nikkō or Shiba are both built in the midst of a wood; the dark, deep,
sober forms of the giant pine-trees stand all around. This is the
setting; then between each gorgeous gateway comes a still clear space
of court, paved with quiet grey pebbles; and when the glory culminates
in the temple’s interior the building is of unstained, unpainted wood,
soft as the dust-brown carpet of the beech-leaves when the sun’s
rays are level. But the temples, supreme in their way among all the
products of Japanese art, are exceptional. The average Japanese room
is colourless, luminous, but practically colourless. The floor is of
the palest yellow matting, the one or two solid walls of the room are
washed in the softest of bark browns, the wood of the _tokonoma_ is
dark and polished, and the other walls are _shōji_, that is, composed
entirely of small panes of rice-paper. Through this paper the sunlight
comes luminous but colourless. To sit in that room is like living in
the heart of the plum-blossom, or within the petals of a warm white
rose.

In their dress the Japanese are equally subdued: the men wear mostly
grey or dust-coloured silks, the women soft mauves, blues and greys.
It is only the children who are dressed in bright colours and gay
patterns. All the working classes, both men and women, wear a dark
indigo blue. The Japanese wear no jewellery. Precious stones they have,
exquisite mauve and purple amethysts, crystals of blood-red splendour
or soft and milky as flushing pearl. And the rich man buys these,
not to wear, but to look at, as works of art, as exquisite natural
objects. He never hangs them round his own neck, or enmeshes his
womankind in them. The Japanese are, I believe, the only nation on the
earth who know and value precious stones, and yet wear no jewellery.
Might not this be considered convincing evidence of their essential
sobriety of taste? Even the landscape, though supremely beautiful and
sunny, is never flaunting. There are too many sober green pine-trees,
and pale, bewitching bamboos for that. I have never seen anywhere in
Japan, in the poorest house, in the cheapest shop, anything that was
tawdry or even “loud,” except in that part of porcelain and other
factories which supply goods, mostly from “foreign” patterns, for the
European market.

In this enumeration of the characteristics of Japanese art, you will
perhaps wonder why I have omitted the very popular one of their love of
the little, the small, the minute. I have left it out simply because
I do not believe it exists as such. Many writers have exclaimed in
paragraphs sprinkled with interjections on this passion for the little
which they say the Japanese possess; and they have apparently seen in
it nothing but a blind unreasoning prejudice for the something small as
opposed to the something great. I think this opinion is mostly due to
the “little knowledge” of the tourist or the restricted knowledge of
the specialist. It leaves also entirely unexplained and inexplicable
the _Dai Butsu_ of Kamakura, a bronze statue of Buddha, fifty feet
high and of the most exquisite workmanship; the Buddhas of Kyoto and
of Nara; the big bronze bell of Kyoto, the largest hanging bell in the
world, besides that at Chion-in, the second largest, and at Nara, the
third; the _Hongwanji_ at Kyoto, the walls of the castle at Osaka--and
the battle of Mukden. A wider acquaintance with the Japanese people
and the realities of their daily life will show, I think, that this
so-called love of the little is really a highly cultivated and acute
sense of proportion, where it is not purely ethical.

The Japanese beer-glass, you will remember, was the size of a doll’s
tumbler. “Why?” “Oh, because they have a passion for little things”
is certainly the easiest and most obvious answer. But follow that
glass to its home on its Japanese dinner tray, in its Japanese room,
and you will see that its littleness is in exact proportion to the
tray and the room. Nor are the rooms so small, but because we insist
on bringing our encumbering “foreign” ideas into them. There is no
furniture in a Japanese room, no furniture of any kind whatsoever. Two
kneeling-cushions and a round box, a brazier, are the only possible
objects which could come under that heading, therefore the whole space
within the four walls of a room is space for movement. If a measurement
were taken of the actual feet of free space in many a modern European
drawing-room, I believe that it would be found to be something _less_
than that in the “tiny” Japanese apartment.

Another thing to be borne in mind is that life in Japan is lived, not
above the floor on chairs, but on the floor itself. Try living on the
floor and you will find the whole horizon of a room opening out in the
most astonishing way. What we call a stool, for instance, represents
the same level as a table. The actual difference in the height of the
eyes sitting on one’s heels on a Japanese floor and on a chair is
really between two and three feet, while it must also be remembered
that Japanese eyes, belonging as they do to a body shorter on the
average than our own, come still nearer to the ground.

Thus a careful examination of the things which are small in Japan,
which they have deliberately chosen to make small, copied smaller than
the foreign originals, will show, I think, that it is due to their
acute sense of fitness and proportion. There is also another reason,
which is not artistic but ethical.

The Japanese are a sober and abstemious race, a race of high culture
and of ancient civilisation. When we were running about clad in the
inadequate skin, gorging off half-raw oxen, and drunken with seven-day
feasts of mead, they lived already under an ordered and an organised
government with most, if not all, of the essentials of civilisation.
And after all, is not one of the hall-marks of real civilisation the
learning to take “a little” instead of “a lot,” in extracting from each
atom the whole of its use, enjoyment and pleasure? Children and savages
are always wasteful. We do not now try to eat whole oxen or drink mead
for seven days, we have learnt to get as much if not more pleasure out
of one glass of wine and one slice of beef, and the reason is that we
are slowly learning _not_ to gulp. If you watch the working man drink
his beer, or the working woman her tea, you will see that they usually
gulp it down in big draughts, imagining, I suppose, that it is sheer
quantity which produces flavour. They have not yet learnt that profound
ethical truth, expressed by the old epicure when he said approvingly of
some young man that he “had already learned to sip his wine and not to
gulp it.” The Japanese have learnt to sip. Their wine-glasses, which
are china bowls, hold perhaps two tablespoonfuls, their tea-cups three,
their pipes just three fleeting whiffs. Drunkenness is exceedingly
rare; it does exist, but with a glass holding two tablespoonfuls there
is time for reflection. It is also more economical than the foreign
variety, the actual quantity required to produce intoxication when
taken in small doses being, I believe, considerably less.

There is always another side to a people’s art, a side which is
frequently overlooked, and that is the art, not in the object, but in
the workman. A people’s art will show itself, not only in the actual
object produced, but in the life of the producer and in the conditions
of production.

In the cloisonné works of Nagoya, an industrial centre of a quarter of
a million of inhabitants, the workers sat in peace and solitude, not a
sound of the busy streets penetrated to the long series of matted rooms
where they worked. Each room and each workman looked towards a quiet
garden, cool with running water, and still with the deep mystery of the
pines. In the modern porcelain factory, dedicated to the production of
goods for the “foreign” market, the long white room looked out through
open doors upon the waving rice-fields, and each potter’s wheel was
turned to see the branch of purple iris standing in its yellow vase.
There is a cotton factory in Japan which is a positive addition to the
beauty of the landscape.

Nor is it only the big and wealthy workmen who produce good art.
Some of the most beautiful silver enamel-ware in Tokyo was made by a
little man who owned the smallest and poorest of general shops, where
halfpenny tooth brushes and farthing sheets of paper formed the richest
portions of his stock. All this beautiful silver enamel-work was done
in the back parlour, and at no time could he have had more than ten
_yen_ (£1) worth of such goods in hand. Yet he was an artist to the
tips of his fingers, and the sheen and colour of his enamelled silver
lotus flowers were a joy to the beholder.

In Nikkō there was a carpenter who made wooden trays for the
inhabitants. His stall, the merest shanty, was the littlest imaginable,
yet he carved me a wooden box with a design in chrysanthemums which was
skilled artistic work, and even his cheap wooden trays had the stamp of
art. He did them with a penknife, and the whole surface of the tray was
grooved in shallow curving lines.

And the worker himself? If there is art in the product and in the
conditions of production, what of the producer? Is there art in his
life and his tastes? Is there art in the life of the labourer, of the
coolie and the _’ricksha_ man? Is there art in the daily life of the
common people as well as in the things they use?

A man’s tastes are known by his pleasures. When the common people
of Tokyo make “Bank Holiday” they go to see a handful of pink
cherry-blossoms against the blue of an April sky. They walk politely,
looking up at the trees, and though the crowd is thick, endless, nobody
pushes or fights or swears. No special posse of policemen is turned
out to keep order. Down the long two-mile avenue of cherry-trees at
Mukojima the crowd wanders amiably, and the municipality of Tokyo has
never thought to invent a single penalty for the destruction of young
trees and shrubs. The world stares contentedly, drinks tea, and goes
home again. And this is considered to be the rowdiest crowd at the most
popular resort on the favourite “Bank Holiday” of the year.

The blossoming of all the other flowers, plum, peach, azalea, peony,
wistaria, iris, lotus, convolvulus, maple, chrysanthemum, are equally
visited, and advertised daily in the newspapers. The people of Japan
take few holidays, but those they do take are almost always at the time
of the flower festivals.

When they can afford something more expensive they go to the “Royal
Academy,” which opens its doors twice in the year for the aristocratic
sum of 3 _sen_ (¾_d._) _gheta_ (wooden clogs) and umbrellas
left outside, 5 _rin_ (10 _rin_ make ¼_d._). The other picture
exhibitions, not having the status of the Tokyo “Royal Academy,” are
more moderate, averaging 1 to 2 _sen_ for admission, and _gheta_, free.
The entrance to the exhibitions of bronze, lacquer, porcelain and
other arts is the same. Even on the basis of Japanese incomes, where a
General earns £300 a year, the Headmaster of a Public School £160 and
a coolie 6_d._ a day, the charges are exceedingly moderate. And the
people, the real working people, go. I should be curious to find out
how many working men have paid at the turnstiles of Burlington House.

Besides art exhibitions, Japanese workmen go to the theatre, but this
is a taste they share with many other nations; what is all their own is
their love of pilgrimages, not only to temples of religious repute, but
to places of celebrated beauty. Fujiyama is yearly ascended by hundreds
of thousands of pilgrims. Here religion and beauty are mingled. For
the great mountain is sacred. So is almost every spot in Japan that
is particularly beautiful. As one journeys through the country, the
traveller will always find that the most beautiful point of view,
the grandest scene, the loveliest nook, has a temple, or at least a
wayside shrine, set up by the common people and tended by them. There
never was a nation since the days of Ancient Greece who so entirely
believed that beauty is sacred, or who so entirely disbelieved that
art can be divorced from ethics. They have the love of beauty innate
and inalienable. A man I knew was once crossing Tokyo in a _’ricksha_;
he was a prosperous, commercial being with a vast contempt for the
“heathen.” It was late afternoon. His _kurumaya_, after looking round
at him several times, suddenly stopped short, and waving his hand to
the west said respectfully but firmly:

“Honourably please to observe the unusual glory of the sunset.”

“And I told him to jolly well get on,” was the end of the story as I
heard it.

A favourite pastime of the _’ricksha_ men on the cab-stands as they
wait for a fare is to draw in the dust of the roadway one against the
other. If sand has been spilled from a cart anywhere within reach
the whole _’ricksha_ stand migrates and has the happiest time. I
have seen really good outlines of Fujiyama and of flying birds, or
blossoming flowers, all on the roadways by the _’ricksha_ stands. And
whatever their faults, they at least had life, for the _’ricksha_ man
has knowledge, knowledge based on intelligent observation and on the
inherited training of his race.

In the Japanese language there is a word, _edaburi_, which means “the
formation or the arrangement of the branches of a tree.” Merely to
possess such a word shows the long training in art and observation
which the nation must have undergone. But this word is not a technical
term used only by artists and the cultured classes; it is a living,
breathing expression, part of the vocabulary of every Japanese, even
the Board School educated. _Kurumaya_ discuss _edaburi_ in the streets
of Tokyo. Railway porters at wayside stations argue the matter with
the stationmaster. Every peasant knows, understands, and talks of the
matter as though he had brought himself up on long courses of Ruskin.
It has often been a subject of great regret to me that Ruskin did not
know the Japanese, for in them he would have found the living proof of
so much of his teaching.

But the people of Japan not only discuss _edaburi_, they write poetry.
There is an exceedingly simple form of poetry called _hokku_. It
consists of only three lines of five, seven, and five syllables, and
is written in the language of daily life. The _hokku_ was invented by
a man called Bashō, for the definite ethical purpose of cultivating
the taste and improving the morals of the people. He believed in the
composition of poetry as an ethical force, and he wished to bring
it from the home of the educated into the lives of the poor. He
succeeded. Not because the _hokku_ is a so much easier form of poetry
than the English couplet, but because the people have taste, and art,
and civilisation in the very cells of their brains. Every one writes
poetry, even the typical _jinricksha_ man, who is to the Japanese
what the _charbonnier_ is to the French or the coster to us. When
the _kurumaya_ and his wife go to visit their relations the whole
party amuses itself by composing these tiny poems. On all occasions
of joy and grief, on birth, death and marriage, at the time of each
flower festival, or of any other happening, the people compose poetry.
Literary composition has always been inculcated as the best medicine
for sorrow, and as such is practised daily.

This is a little poem taken from the diary of a woman who died in
Tokyo a year or two ago. She lived with her husband, a doorkeeper, on
an income of £1 a month, and she was very delicate. She bore him three
children, who all died shortly after birth; then the poor mother died
herself. Her diary came into the possession of Lafcadio Hearn, who
translated it under the title of “A Woman’s Tragedy.” This poem was
composed on the death of the third baby and runs:

    “Tanoshimi mo
     Samété haka nashi.
     Haru no yumé.”

    “All my delight has perished, and hopeless I remain.
     It was a dream, a dream of spring.”

Here is another poem which is more typically Japanese. It was composed
by the same woman after the death of her second baby, and runs:

    “Sami daré ya
     Shimerigachi naru
     Sodé no tamoto wo.”

    “Oh, the month of rain; all things have become damp;
     the ends of my sleeve are wet.”

Which being interpreted is: “Oh! the time of grief. All things now seem
sad. The sleeves of my robe are moist with tears.”[1]

  [1] The long sleeve of a Japanese _kimono_ is always held before the
  face to hide emotion.

It is this very allusiveness, this saying of something simple and
commonplace, and hiding behind it a whole meaning of intense emotion,
which makes this poem so typically Japanese, for Japanese art is always
suggestive, it always needs the observer to bring his share of thought
and mind to its interpretation.

It is interesting to speculate how much the two most universally
recognised characteristics of the Japanese, politeness and cleanliness,
owe to their sense of art. If one looks into the psychology of the
race, one sees, of course, that this national trait of exquisite
politeness was built up, or at least assisted, in many ways. There was
that stern training of the _samurai_ which taught eternal, never-ending
self-control. There is the whole Buddhistic teaching, which is one
long gospel of unselfishness and kindness. But other nations have had
training in self-control, we ourselves among the number--think for a
moment of the Puritans and our public schools. And other religions
preach kindness and unselfishness, our own again, and yet there is no
other nation so widely recognised, even by the snappiest of tourists
who ever wrote his “memoirs,” as universally polite from the Emperor to
the coolie in the streets. It is a hypothesis which I put forward with
some hesitation, because the origins of national psychology are not for
the amateur, but I do think that a certain stress is to be laid upon
this innate and instinctive, but much cultivated sense of art. Has not
the politeness something to do with that love of a beautiful outline,
that desire for a perfect curve in the relations between man and man
as well as between man’s eye and his drawing? Is not, in fact, a rude
action a something inartistic in the social whole, a blot of crude
colour that jars?

The whole of the _cha-no-yu_, or tea ceremony, one of the few Japanese
things of which Europeans have heard more or less vaguely, is an
illustration in point. The tea ceremony, divested of its subsidiary
and attendant growths, is in essence nothing more than the proper
making and the proper drinking of a simple cup of tea. This, in the
course of centuries, has been elaborated into an imposing and very
complicated ceremonial. Nowadays the _cha-no-yu_ is regarded mainly as
a useful reservoir of etiquette and politeness, and is taught as such.
But the whole idea on which it rests is that for every given action
there is always one, and only one, right and proper attitude, that is
to say, the most graceful. So that the curve of every finger in the
mere passing of a tea-cup is the result of careful thought and long
experience. Everything has to be considered, the room, the person, the
relation of the body to the arm, of the arm to the hand, of the hand
to the tea-cup, the position of the person serving, and of the person
served, the place of the tea-cups, of the teapot, and the tea-kettle;
all have been taken into consideration by the tea ceremonialists, and
the proper, the most graceful attitude carefully evolved.

That you may not think politeness a matter of social caste in Japan,
I may say that the _kurumaya_ when they run into one another at the
corners, the coolies hauling carts when they collide, bow profoundly
and beg one another’s pardon.

And the exquisite cleanliness? Some one once defined dirt as “matter
out of place.” Is not much of art just the putting of things in their
right places, in their best and most appropriate and consequently their
most beautiful place; in the putting of a thing in such a place that
you feel it never could have been otherwise. As the child said when
lost in admiration of his birthday cake, “It’s so beautiful I think God
must have made it.” It is this cleanliness, this neatness, which the
Japanese possess, a neatness which has passed beyond mere precision,
passed on into its essence--grace.

All this may perhaps sound far-fetched to English ears. If we are
clean and polite it is on sanitary or on ethical grounds, not for
æsthetic reasons, because “it is healthy or right,” not “because it is
more beautiful,” and we make a broad distinction between ethics and
æsthetics. In Japan, on the contrary, there is the most intimate of
relations between them. The whole modern controversy of “art for art’s
sake,” all the dearly cherished views of French critics that art has
nothing to do with morals, is simply unmeaning to them. You might as
well say that the sun had no relation to light.

I have already mentioned how the _hokku_ form of verse arose as a moral
influence, how literary composition is always recommended as the best
medicine for sorrow; but what of a nation whose gardens are arranged to
express an ethical abstraction such as courage, resignation, obedience,
or to suggest a saying of Buddha, the Blessed One; whose dwarf trees
are not merely grown to make a design, but also to express an idea
and suggest a reflection; where every single tree, and flower, and
bird, and beast is a moral symbol and is commonly used as such; where
a simple candlestick of a stork standing on a tortoise and holding
the stem of a convolvulus in its mouth is a whole philosophy: the
stork, representing Life, standing upon the tortoise, Eternity, and
holding in its mouth the Morning Glory, a flower whose brief life, only
blooming for the few hours after dawn, is typical of mortality, and
the impermanence of all things. From Life based upon Eternity springs
Mortality, whose joys are fleeting. Here is the kernel of the whole
Buddhistic faith. The impermanence of phenomena and the eternity of
law, that is, cause and effect.

Even such an ordinary art as that of arranging flowers is deeply
ethical. The whole of Chinese philosophy is bound up with it. Each stem
is known by the name of some tenet in this philosophy, and at the end
of the lesson on flower arrangement the teacher sits down and talks to
the class of the underlying ethical ideas.

I do not think there is any art in the world into which so much thought
and meaning has been poured as into that of the Japanese. Every design,
even the simplest, even the most stereotyped, has behind it a whole
world of symbol, of suggestion which speaks to the mind of the beholder
as the outlines to his eye. And this is the reason why no design is
ever unmeaning, haphazard, as it so often is with us. It is there not
only because it is beautiful, but because it is appropriate to the
place and the occasion, because it has some connection with the object
it decorates, with the person who gives or the person who receives
it, with the time and the circumstances of the giving. Their art, in
fact, regarded from the ethical point of view, is often a sort of moral
shorthand, a very beautiful, finely wrought shorthand, which men can
take away and think upon.

And this brings me to my last point. John Addington Symonds, in one of
his wonderful essays on the Italian Renaissance, says that painting
inevitably fell from its high estate among men because modern life
is too complex to be expressed by it. That just in the same way as
the Renaissance required something less simple than the sculpture of
the Greeks to translate its thoughts and feelings into outward form,
so we in this century cannot express our own more subtle and complex
thought in terms of painting, and therefore never again can we hope
to rival the perfection of that old Renaissance art. And he concludes
by remarking that it is in music, more plastic and suggestive, that
we must seek our best expression. Now Japanese art is not dead but
intensely living, and it has always seemed to me that it lives, it
holds its place in their life, thought and culture just because it has
learnt to express those complex and subtle emotions which make up our
world to-day. And it does it, not by imaging them forth defined and
definite as our painting seeks to do, but just as our music would by
suggestion.

To every Japanese painting a man must bring his own soul and his own
thoughts, and where he has none or little, then he will turn away
complacently, saying, “Here, there is nothing.” For his are not the
eyes to see all the dim eternal problems, all the vistas of unwritten
poetry which the artist has but shadowed forth; the artist whose part
is not to portray, but infinitely to suggest.




                      SCENES IN RAIN AND SUNSHINE

                       “What it is
                     That dwelleth here
                        I know not;
                   Yet my heart is full of gratitude,
                   And the tears trickle down.”
                                           SAIGIO.
                          “Japanese Literature,” by W. G. Aston.




                                   I

                               THE MOAT


It is winter, and yet a summer sky of clearest blue, faint and pure. A
white sun rides in the southern sky, winning me to believe it summer
until the cold northern wind lifts the edge of my cloak, and I know it
winter.

It is warm here in the corner of the bridge, full in the sunlight, and
I linger. The dark, still waters of the moat creep stealthily along
on either side of me; in the distance I can see the rounded arch of a
bridge, so arched is the span and so white that I could believe the
people had stolen the young crescent of the moon to span their waters.

I lean on my bamboo parapet and look. The dark still waters run between
brown stone walls all overhung with the twisted limbs of the fir-trees,
such big strong branches lying almost along the ground, and twisted as
if in a vain endeavour to get back to the earth beneath. I watch the
thick strong branches, soberly green, the masses of foliage riotously
so, a green line and its shadow.

The stone banks of the moat are unhewn and uncemented, but their
surface is one unbroken line of sober brown; and I look at the long
wave of muddy finger-marks traced by the tide’s edge, and now high up
the wall, and drop my eyes to the deep mud-brown of the waters below.

       *       *       *       *       *

The bamboo parapet grows hot, hotter. I wonder who laid those stones,
and who keeps them so free of grass and weeds. On the whole they are
not more silent and solid than the big limbs of the trees above. Past
the bridge in the distance is an unkempt space of yellow grass, then
a tall red building shoots abruptly into the sky. The small brown
policeman, hidden by his military cloak and sword, stands motionless as
I. Am I dreaming that this is a city of a million souls?

Blue, green, brown, black; sky, trees, stones, water; a white sun, a
white bridge--and suddenly the two seem to meet in a whirl of dust,
my scale of colours vanishes and with it the dreamy quiet and the
summer sun. A clatter of _gheta_ on the bridge, two _kuruma_ past the
policeman, a boat on the moat, the voice of the _tōfu_ man following
his bell along the road, the shadow of the tall house over the
world--and I awake to winter and the town.




                                  II

                              A RAINY DAY


Rain!

And the world lies like an impressionist picture washed in with
white. Shut up in my miniature hansom, with the apron up to my eyes
and the roof down to the brim of my hat, it passes before me in misty
unreality. But for an occasional bob of the black mushroom hat of my
_kurumaya_ as he pulls the _’ricksha_ out of a hole, I am drawn by an
invisible force.

It has rained for a week, and the streets are bogs, the puddles--ponds.
The wind drives the rain with a murmured “_ssssh_” against the
tarpaulin sides of the _kuruma_, but in front there is no rain, only an
intangible, shadowy whiteness between the world and me.

The green bank of the moat, the dark water, even the fir-trees whose
green arms stretch down long fingers into the water, are uncertain
and swollen as the world to sleepy eyes. Black _kuruma_ splash past
me, with the large glass eye in their aprons shadowly suggestive. The
coolie in his straw raincoat, just a walking sheaf finishing in two
bare brown legs, plods on, a golden figure against the grey. A long
string of carts pass by me, long narrow carts drawn by long thin
horses; cart and horses hidden under a structure of yellow oil-paper,
until they look like huge golden bats or mythical dragons. And with his
back to the head of the horse, a halter in one hand, a yellow paper
umbrella in the other, his bare brown legs lost in the mud, the walking
sheaf moves on.

All the world to-day is four inches higher than its wont; and the
stilt-like _gheta_ seem an uncertain footing for their owners. Bare to
the thigh is the _kurumaya_, and his brown legs look like the statues
of Greece sunned into life, so perfect are their outlines.

Down the vanishing road are two pale yellow umbrellas, gold on grey,
and I marvel at the beauty of the colour. Suddenly round the bend of
the street comes a third--foreign, _black_--and in a flash the beauty
goes; a muddy road in the drenching rain alone is left, cold, prosaic.
And I shiver in my _kuruma_.




                                  III

                          MMÉ (PLUM-BLOSSOMS)


They lay in fleece-white purity down the hillside, and the brooding
stillness of that garden was as a sheltering wing above the world.

Beneath one’s feet the six-sided tiles set in the brown earth were
clean with a Dutch cleanliness, and the soil all around had been raked
with the same quaint precision. Not a fallen leaf, nor the foot-mark of
a bird, marred the soft brown surface--only the narrow line of glazed
tiles ran on and on under the trees.

On every side the curve of the hill sloped upwards, outwards, drawing
the white garden nearer as a mother draws her child close within her
arms.

A hot sweet scent is in the air, delicate as honeysuckle, fragrant as
the pine, half-soft, half-spiced--the scent of the blossoming plum,
_mmé_, the emblem of chastity, of womanly purity and strength.

The pale grey stems of the trees are bent and old; some are covered
with a grey-green moss, and between their silvered stems I walk as in
the cloistered calm of ruined abbeys.

Up through the white fleece of blossom overhead bright stars of blue
shine down. The sun-warmed presence of the living earth draws her
children near. In all the world there is no sound....

“Like as a hen gathereth her chickens.” ...

Is not that the white wing of the eternal mother overhead? And the
warm, sweet fragrance of herself is all around.




                                  IV

                              WET LEAVES


It had rained all night and all day; big, solid drops of rain that
fell as compactly through the air as battalions of small shot, but at
twilight the raindrops dwindled, slackened, dwindled, ceased.

The clear, colourless sky, which the whole day long had shot down
its drops of rain, drew together in grey clouds, growing momentarily
greyer, thicker and more grey, and shining with a pale light as though
far away behind those thick coverings a great white light was burning.

The stones on the pathway were all wet and shining and crunched down
into little pools of water under one’s heels. The trees were dripping
raindrops at each leaf, the trunks of all the pines were a dark brown
with wet.

In the garden there was peace, a peace of plants weighed down with
raindrops, and very tired. Up on the damp hillside the note of a
solitary bird sounded forlornly. _Uguisu_, the Japanese nightingale was
calling. One sweet short song, and then a greater silence.

Above the little grey shrine to Inari, the Fox God, two golden oranges
swayed out against the dark green bush. The raindrops on their under
sides trickled slowly over the little temple, and down the miniature
steps, while those on the upper sides stood out in little clusters
growing larger and larger until an imperceptible stir of the heavy
fruit sent them chasing their fellows down the temple’s roof.

And the sky above grew greyer. The golden oranges, larger for the
raindrops, swayed mysteriously out, bright yellow against dark green,
in a damp, dark world.

At the path’s edge another pathway of clear water encircled the temple
and the orange trees; a water so clear that it hardly seemed to exist,
while the brown banks and the brown stones showed wet and dark as the
pathway under foot. And round the temple and the orange trees in ever
silent motion along the brown pathway swam strange fishes; bright blue
carp with black sides and designs in creamy white, large orange carp
with tracings in silver, golden carp with six or seven waving tails,
and solitary in their midst one white patriarch whom age had turned to
driven snow.

And the damp, dark world turned slowly darker. The wet hillside grew
a black, blurred line; the light behind the cloud was going out; the
trees had lost their colour.

All silently the blue carp moved along the dark pathway, and the golden
orange globes dripped above the little temple. Bright blue, orange; the
light behind the clouds was out.




                                   V

                               ASAMAYAMA


We were to climb Asamayama. The plan seemed simple and delightful;
to take horses in the cool of the evening and ride by moonlight to
the last green frill of trees upon the mountain side: to climb the
nine thousand feet to the very edge of the crater; and then in those
blackest hours before the dawn to look into the volcano’s mysterious
depths, all red and glowing, where flame and smoke strive ever for the
mastery, where the long orange tongues leap up through rolling purple
masses of the smoke; and all around and all below, as far as eye can
pierce, is lurid glowing red. And still on the crater’s treacherous
sides which hold smoke and flame unsteadily as a drunkard holds his
cup, to look down fascinated until they crumble beneath one’s feet, and
the thrill of terror bites in the memory of the mighty force indelible.
Then to breakfast under the sheltering walls of the old crater; to
watch the darkness melt before the coming day, to see the sun rise
swiftly in his strength, and the long circle of the hills stand clear
and blue and liquid on the upland plain; to see the giant ridges of the
mountains stretching from sea to sea with the faint white cone of Fuji
a dream upon the distant sky; to look in the freshness of the morning
upon the beauty of the land, and standing on the cinder slopes of
Asama to trace the tortured lava beds stretching like long grey snakes
among the green till the trees grow over and the forest engulfs them.
And still in the first hours of the dawn to ride back slowly with the
memory of the crater and the sunrise making pictures in one’s mind,
tired but contented.

The programme was delightful, perfect, it only remained to carry it
out. So we started, on the sorry horses of the upland regions of Japan,
and the full moon fitful behind thick clouds shone sadly. It was
distinctly chilly, for the table land of Karuizawa is 3000 feet above
sea level, and in the air was the damp shiver of coming rain. Still
we started, out of the village and along the wide still plain where
the dark shadow of a hill showed round as a basin on our right. This
was Asama’s satellite, born of her fires, made of her ashes, a round,
smooth, green hill, cruelly deceitful.

The empty plain stretched dark to the edge of the misty clouds and
diffused through it was a pale grey light that shimmered, trembling.
Over the plain and the mountain, through the air and the shadows, the
light filtered mistily, swaying and rounding the outlines till they
looked like solid bodies seen through a vast perspective of clear
water. As we plodded on, the paper lanterns held by each boy at the
horses’ heads turned all the wet black path to shining silver pools
which gleamed as the light fell on them, quivered like spreading veins
of ore, and disappeared into the blackness. The limpid flowing air that
swayed above the plain, all luminous and clear, grew darker, shrank as
it were together, lost its liquid light, turned slowly into rain, and
came down steadily.

We passed through a second village, and went on, over a rutty road,
between high banks, persistently upwards. All the sounds of the world
had died away, and the life of the woods, the rustle of leaves and of
grasses, the long thick hum of the insects was dead. Nothing moved.
Even the rain made no sound as it fell in great wet clouds upon the
ground.

High up on the rutty road we halted, while the two boys plunging
downward through the bushes in the darkness drank of a silent stream
which flowed below, the last water we should pass that night. The
leaves of the bushes cut sharp green silhouettes upon the blackness,
stiff and metallic as tinfoil, as the boys, lantern in hand, plunged
downward. But we did not go, for the soft cloud of rain was falling
thicker, wetter, and we were cold. When each had drunk his fill, and
the metal green leaves of the bushes had flashed back into darkness
again, we plodded on, over the common, under the trees, along another
piece of road, looser, more rutty than the last, and definitely among
the dripping trees we climbed upward.

The moon was gone now, hidden deep behind the falling layers of cloud.
And there was a hush, a stagnancy upon all things as though an unseen,
unknown force were terrorising life to stillness. Not a tree had leave
to stir. The branches huddled dumbly, and all the seething insect
life which makes the woods so full of sound lay stricken, lay dumb,
paralysed; and among the damp trees we journeyed on.

       *       *       *       *       *

At midnight the horses stopped, in a fold of the hills on the edge of
the trees, where the blackness lay solid, and we slid down. One boy
tied the horses together and sat down patiently to await our return
next morning. The other snuffed the candle in his paper lantern and
prepared to lead the way. By this time it was raining hard, in distinct
material drops, which splashed sharply on face and hands, and it was
pitch dark. The boy, lantern in hand, went first, and all the light of
the lantern so carefully trimmed was cut off from us by his stout round
body. We knew by the crunch there were cinders under foot, by the cold
wet dabs that ghost-like pressed our hands that there were bushes, and
that we climbed.

From time to time the boy would sway his lantern to one side or the
other, and stunted shrubs like London laurel trees would start into
being, and disappear. With each swing of the lantern the stunted shrubs
grew scarcer and more stunted, till they dwindled to bushes, to mere
green weeds like dandelions, to nothingness. Then the light fell on
cinder, piled up, half-burnt cinder with ends of broken brickbats,
and all the rubbish of a dust-heap. And at each step the wind came up
and up; colder, stronger, wetter it tore down the bare steep slopes
driving us backwards. Then we would sit down upon the cinders, our
backs to the mountain, our feet on the brickbats, and pant. It was
distinctly exhausting. Each footstep was a launch into the unknown,
and a searching for a foothold, each pause an adding to the weight of
cinders that drifted down boots and clothing. And it rained with fierce
splashes when the wind blew, with dull persistency when it died away,
but still unceasingly. And that sense of an unseen, unknown force,
paralysing all things, grew with each footstep. The chill of a dumb
terror lay upon the world, and the utter desolation struck colder than
the wind.

We rested again while the icy wind rushed screeching through the
cinders; and, as it died away, the chirp of a Japanese grasshopper came
into the stillness. We were far above the weeds now, in the region of
perpetual cinder, and still that grasshopper chirped weakly. But the
spell was too real, the terror too deathly; the unseen, unknown force
took a step nearer in the darkness, and the weak wee chirp seemed only
the voice of the horror, the breath of the dumbness giving it life.

The cinders grew looser and looser as we climbed, more difficult to
tread, and the stagnant silence was filled and filled with sulphur.
It did not come in breaths or gusts, or driving before the wind, it
was there in the silence, part of it, and it wrapped us round. If dead
silence can grow more deathly, then did that stillness die again. The
dumb terror tightened on the world, and the unknown force came nearer.

From far below the sound of pouring heavy stones drove up and up. The
mountain rumbled in its depths, rumbled and was still. The presence of
that unseen force was manifest. Before it terror crouched still as a
bird beneath the swooping shadow of the hawk.

We climbed up heavily, up through the thick sulphur and the loose
steep cinders, up till we turned, and the full force of the wind came
sweeping round the side of the mountain. We were walking on the edge,
the real edge over which you could fall, and it was all of lava, sticky
as clay and crossed with deep black cracks that had no bottom. The wind
swept down here undisturbed, the gusts of rain broke sharply on the
paper lantern as it swayed from side to side to peer out a way. The
sticky lava softened rapidly until it sucked around our feet, drawing
them down. Then a long fierce gust blew out the lantern and we stood
still.

“Honourably please stand very still,” called the boy quickly.

And we stayed dead still.

The gust of wind rushed by us, rushed on. Then another blew till we
cowered on the sinking lava. It was so long in passing that the moments
seemed as hours. We stood like statues. Insidiously the lava crept
above our feet, crept stealthily, and motionless we waited.

The gust died down but the wind still blew, still blew. A light
quivered for a moment in the darkness and went out. The boy had lit
a match. He struck another. It flickered in little yellow leaps that
showed the lantern and his face and went abruptly out. Again the tiny
mandorla of light shot up, the boy was holding the lantern in his hand
all ready. We could see the flame double as the candle caught, then
both went swiftly out, for again the wind came rushing down. It blew
and blew. Then it blew so fiercely that to blow again it stopped to
take its breath. Quickly in the second’s pause the match flared up, the
lantern lit, and we could move.

As we drew out our feet the wicked sticking lava sucked, and the boy
held the lantern low to peer out the cracks. Then he turned sharply to
the left, and the wind was gone.

We stood in a narrow roofless cave whose sides were overhanging rock,
whose floor was lava ash, wet with big rain pools. This was the old
crater. Asama has three craters, and two are at present in disuse. We
were sheltering in one of these. It was a still haven of refuge after
the fury of the wind outside, and a sure. There were no cracks, no
sticky sucking lava here. With relief as from a heavy burden we sat
down upon the wet ash to rest and eat, the lantern in our midst.

It was now 3 o’clock. Since midnight we had been climbing, our clothes
were soaked and heavy with rain and cinders, and we were very tired.
The boy prosaically unpacked the hamper, and by the flickering light
he set out plates and food. But before we could take one mouthful, the
wind rushed down the roofless cave, upset the hamper, swept the lantern
along the ash before it, tore like a whirlwind from end to end, and
left us in an unearthly livid darkness that lighted nothing.

For a moment we all stayed numbed, then the boy sought the remnants of
his lantern and we the remnants of our meal. They were both embedded in
thick lava dust.

We could not go on up the crater now, for every minute the wind blew
fiercer, and the paper lantern was torn in several places. We must wait
for the dawn to show us the way. So we huddled under the shelter of the
overhanging rock and waited.

The livid darkness that lay upon the mountain grew more livid and less
dark to our watching eyes, till we could distinguish the faint outlines
of things, though not the things themselves. It was, oh! so cold, and
that sense of stagnant terror, dispersed for a little by the wind and
the food, crept back and back, intenser, dumber than before.

       *       *       *       *       *

Then the mountain rumbled in its depths, and the sound of pouring
heavy stones came up again. This time it did not die away, it stopped
abruptly, as though by force of will. And we waited.

It was so cold that I could sit still no longer, and, wrapping my cloak
around me, tired as I was, walked up and down, up and down.

The overhanging rocks, whose outlines showed so ghostly against the
livid darkness, rose high above our heads. From time to time the
sulphur thickened in the air, making us cough.

And the deathness of that silence, the dumb horror of that stillness
spread and spread and spread. It was all afraid.

       *       *       *       *       *

The boy, curled under his rock, slept peacefully. We walked and waited.

Then, in an instant, two great tongues of flame shot into the darkness,
leapt high toward the sky, and two reports, as of the heaviest thunder,
shook the mountain. The boy, awakened, jumped up quickly, looked at
the flames as they sprang into the darkness, and the thunder of the
second report shook the ground beneath his feet, turned to speak, when
a sudden sharp clatter came like a hiss past all our ears, calling
“Stones, stones,” he threw himself flat on his face and rolled right
under the rock.

We, too, rushed to the overhanging rocks and crouched down quickly, and
the sharp clatter of stone on stone went on all around us.

Asama had rumbled to some purpose, and she was resting.

Then the utter silence, the dead, dumb horror came back, came back
again. Fear breathed beside us in the darkness.

Slowly the little stars above the rocks dropped out of the sky, the
livid darkness changed to livid light, and it was dawn, a cold, grey
dawn, but little lighter than the night had been. Still we could see,
see the lava and the ash, so, rolling out from under our rock, we shook
ourselves together, chattering with cold.

The ground at our feet was sprinkled with pinky-grey stones, daubed
with bright yellow sulphur, and glowing hot. They were as large as
a clenched fist, with edges sharp and jagged. We stooped to pick up
one--the least hot--and carry it wrapt in handkerchiefs, which it
burnt, and mackintoshes which it singed, back to Karuizawa.

The boy looked at the stones, looked at us, looked towards the crater,
and asked with many warnings if we were to go on. We, too, looked at
the stones, and thoughtfully towards the crater, and, as we looked, the
mountain rumbled slowly in its depths.

Seizing the basket, the boy fled, our one and only guide. We followed
him, over the cracks and the spongy soft lava, too occupied with
wondering how we had ever passed over it safely the night before to be
afraid now--too busy, too, watching the boy fleeing in front of us,
too occupied marking his path to think even of eruptions. And somehow
we got over safely, back on to the solid cinder slope of Asama again,
the slope that went down straight as a shoot, and fell away as abruptly
on each side as a bridge. It was ground, and after the cracks and the
sucking lava, solid, though the cinders did shift beneath our feet.
We had leisure to look round us, and found the mountain wrapped in a
thick white mist. By this time the boy had disappeared entirely, but we
did not trouble now. There seemed no choice of paths down. Our cinder
bridge went on, sloping steeply downwards into the hidden world below,
and we followed it.

       *       *       *       *       *

A little way below, the mist sank suddenly beneath our feet, and we
were walking in the yellow sunlight--walking down a cinder slope that
shone jet-black against a pale blue sky, while all around and all
beneath, and surging up against the cinder slope, floated a wild wide
sea of dead white clouds--a dead, still sea, with its waves stiffened
into frozen snow. Tossing, it lay beneath the clear blue sky, and
the pale sun glinted on its snow-white crests, glinted on the still
gigantic billows that stretched from cinder pathway to the far blue
sky. It lay a silent sea of milk-white frozen waves that was such stuff
as dreams are made of.

       *       *       *       *       *

And we went on, down. As the gods of old along a sloping bridge that
crossed the clouds and stretched from the blue heaven to the hidden
earth beneath, like Izanagi and Izanami, as they crossed the rainbow
bridge from the High Plain of Heaven and stirred the floating brine
with their jewelled spear--stirred till it went “_koro, koro_”--till it
went “curdle, curdle,” as the old chronicle says, and the drops that
dripping fell from the celestial spear piled up into the firstborn of
the islands of Japan.

A sudden peal of echoing thunder shook our cinder bridge, and we turned
abruptly. Somewhere on the other side of the topmost edge of cinder
rose up a huge column of thick smoke. The wickedest dead-white smoke,
which, slowly curling over at the tips like ostrich feathers, showed
shadows of deep mauve and dull blue-purple, while from below the heavy
pouring of great stones drove up and up. Asama rumbled, rumbled in her
depths. Half an hour sooner we should have been up there still. Had we
gone on to the crater we should have been on the very edge. The memory
of the sharp-edged clattering stones, red-hot and big as fists, came
back to us. We looked at one another silently, and went on, downwards.

Slowly the gigantic plumes of thick curdled smoke drifted up into the
blue, and they were very beautiful. It was as though Asama wore a
sweeping white _panache_ in her coal-black helmet. But the thundering
roar of the eruption had torn our sea of frozen snow, to pieces. The
blank white mist shut swiftly down, and hid the mountain and the smoke,
the cinders and the sky; only the wide black bridge was left sloping
straight downwards.

       *       *       *       *       *

We reached our horses drenched, to sit on high-peaked saddles and
journey back through dank dripping trees, over rutty roads, across
thick green commons heavy with mist, back cold, wet and hungry to
Karuizawa again.

But we kept our stone, and though we had not seen into the crater,
we had perhaps come nearer to that mysterious force, itself unseen,
unknown, which dwells beneath the lava and the ash, and terrorises
life.




                                  VI

                               CAMELLIAS


Blue bay below as far as eye can reach. Blue sky above, blue to the
edge of the horizon. And in between a steep cliff of green: dark fir,
pale bamboo, and that impenetrable undergrowth for which alone a
botanist has a name--or names.

The time of the plum blossom has been, is gone, and the world is
drowsing in the dream of summer. Up here in the green the quick sappy
life is stirring, I can hear it plainly; for in all the world there is
no other sound.

The trodden green path runs up, from blue to blue. Midway between the
two I stop. And the green world closes in around me, shutting out the
blue I came from and the blue to which I go.

The tall dark firs sway slowly. The pale bamboos wave slim fingers,
green as March lime leaves in the sun, their golden stems are elusive
and bewitching, sunned dryads of the East.

The green world has me in its hold. I forget the steep path to the blue
above. It is warm and still, and the bamboos beckon as they sway.

How green it is! All the greens a painter ever dreamt of ... and the
graceful bamboos beckon Eastern Vivians to bewitch.

I stay to look and look--never trees so graceful nor the green world
so fair. A step. I have left the pathway,--and then--I stop. Beyond the
pale bamboos and above them, its dark green branches rising upwards to
the blue, is a camellia tree. Each glossy handful of leaves holds a
single blood-red flower. And the tree stands there beyond, above the
swaying, beckoning bamboos, stern, severe.

“And the Wages of Sin is Death.”

       *       *       *       *       *

I turn back to the path. The blue below spreads out as far as eye can
reach, the blue above lies shining at the end of the pathway. The green
world between is still.

But the path is very steep.




                                 VII

                                 RAIN


The world is wet as when first parted from the waters; and the
firmament above, uncertain in its new position, seems slipping bodily
down to join the waters below. The sound of falling rain, unformed,
continuous, seems to have come from the time before Time was; while
the tiny squelch of liquid mud oozing up between the bare toes of the
_kurumaya_ alone marks the present.

It is dark. The paper lantern, swinging at the end of the shaft, lights
up the pools of the roadway with a transient gleam. For the rest, alone
in my miniature hansom, with the apron up to my eyes, and the roof down
to my eyebrows, the world, with the rushing swish of falling rain,
seems dissolving slowly into the waters, and the history of creation
marching backwards.

A splash of wheels behind me, and the black mushroom hat of my
_kurumaya_ bobs up above the apron, for the hill is steep. A shout, and
the _’ricksha_ behind me stops. My _kurumaya_ stands still, holding
the thin lacquered shafts in his hands and shouts back. Then he drags
me to the roadside, and, putting the shafts on the ground, steps over
them and disappears with his lantern. Balancing in my _kuruma_ like the
monks on the miserere seats I am left all alone.

What is the matter?

A splash of wheels, the heavy panting of two men. They are pulling
the other _kuruma_ up the steep hill, and will come back for me. So I
wait, rigid; for the hill is steep, the mud slippery and the angle of
the seat precarious. I strain my eyes to see--a corner of muddy road,
half the blurred outline of a hedge. And not all the light in all the
world could show me more, for the roof above my head is as a hand on my
eyelids pressing them downwards.

The wheels have splashed their way up the hill, and I can hear them no
longer. Only the sound of the falling rain, driven momentarily away by
the sharper splash of the moving wheels, comes back, slowly, steadily,
irresistibly, submerging the world and me.

I am all alone, a stranger in a strange land, behind me an unknown
road, in front--I strain my eyes to see. Even the hedge has grown
unfamiliar. It is no hedge, nothing but impenetrable undergrowth. I am
on the edge of a forest.

And the road?

For the first time I notice how strange even the mud of a road can be.
This is trodden all over with the prints of naked human feet, and the
endless knife cuts of the _gheta_.

The loneliness is wrapping itself around me as a pall.

The dull swish of the rushing raindrops goes on and on. How long have
they left me in a dissolving world alone. No sound above, no sound
below. And the rush of the falling rain is drumming in my ears.

A hideous nightmare possesses me. Surely the trickling pools are
carrying away the mud from under my wheels. I shall slip down, down
into nothingness with the falling rain.

I dare not move. My eyes are fixed on the narrow strip of muddy road in
front of me. The shafts are surely slipping----

Then the rush of the falling raindrops drowns the world.




                                 VIII

                            THE BLACK CANAL


The handle of the Japanese guitar, from which Lake Biwa takes its name,
is at Otsu, six miles from Kyoto and three hundred feet above it.
Between stands all the thickness of Kyoto’s girdle of mountains. Built
in the flat bottom of an immense bowl, dark green with pine-clad hills,
Kyoto, the ancient capital, is still the artistic centre of Japan. It
is a city of 350,000 inhabitants, and many manufactories, but with
little water or water transit, while only six miles away, beyond the
mountains and above the town, Lake Biwa stretches a long arm from the
ports of the west coast towards the city.

It was in 1890 that Tanabe Sakuro, piercing the heart of the mountains,
brought the waters of Lake Biwa, running swiftly under the hills, into
Kyoto. And the Black Canal begins at Otsu.

Deep down in the last of the rampart of locks which shuts out the lake
lies the long narrow _sampan_, a white gondola, carpeted and cushioned,
a large torch flames on either side, and the boatman stands ready
behind. We sit on the cushions on the carpet, for the canal is but
just the height of a man, and but just the width of two _sampan_. The
cement sides of the lock rise up like walls; in front is the black arch
of a tunnel, cut like a tiny doorway in the base of the great green
mountain. A moment, and we are inside, in the pitch blackness; rushing
swiftly, silently along in the freshness of a subterranean night. The
two huge torches that we carry show the darkness falling like a thick
curtain before, behind us; and the silence is the silence of infinite
ages asleep.

The rhythm of the rushing water passes like a breath through the
darkness, but the speed is unfelt. Move your hand beyond the side of
the boat, and the contact of the wall will tear all the skin from the
knuckles in one swift scrape. For the water rushes, rushes silent in
the darkness, not a current but a force.

Suddenly in the blackness there is a light; three nude figures poised,
their muscles strained, human strength pitted against the water’s
force. Their boat moves but slowly, we are by in a flash. The naked
orange figures form but one picture, one posture against the blackness,
a living red group from the black urns of Greece; seen, gone; and the
darkness drops down in thick curtains all around.

Swiftly the water rushes, silent, the rhythmic breathing of black
night. The darkness deepens, deepens; then cracks. A thin, thin slit
parts black from black, and slowly grows a narrow streak of faintest
grey.

It is light; light like the thinnest edge of a sword set in the
far distance. But the crack broadens, widens, rounds, and grows by
imperceptible degrees into an open archway, showing the bright water
and the green hills beyond. And swiftly we rush towards the light,
while the little picture no bigger than the reflection on a camera
grows curves and outlines, swells here, retreats there, and passes from
a flat reflection into a rounded reality.

The tunnel itself is no longer black. The walls, the rounded roof, lie
like shadows, deep brown, growing quickly greyer. And above, on either
side, the bats are clinging thickly, in long rows.

We shoot into the light and see that walls and boat are covered with
a fluttering half-dead mass of ghost-grey moths. They coat the tunnel
from wall to roof, they lie in struggling heaps on boat and carpet, our
clothes are full of them.

With one last swift glide we are out of the grey shadow, out under the
blue sky. The green hills rise on either side, the water dimples in the
sun. Slowly the grey moths flutter back to the darkness. For through
the heart of the mountain Lake Biwa has come to Kyoto.




                                  IX

                            THE INLAND SEA


The little steamer lay tilted up against the end of the pier, for all
the waters of the ocean were rushing madly through the Straits of
Shimonoseki into the Inland Sea. The waters lay encircled as a lake,
for the space between the inner and the outer strait is narrow, but
they ran swift as a mountain river. The square-sailed junks, all sails
set, were racing down the stream in the very eye of the wind, while
those coming up with a strong breeze behind them hardly seemed to stir.
And the little steamer at the end of the pier tilted herself up higher
and higher.

She was a foreign-built boat, though only about the size of a launch,
but she looked like a Moorish house afloat, for all the boat was
cabin, and all the deck was roof, whitewashed, ribbed roof, with a
striped awning. As we left the pier and struck the full force of the
current, the striped awning and the uneven deck dipped down and down
until the Moorish roof turned Gothic. We were in the full force of the
current now, and tearing down the stream with, as somebody said, “all
our engines going the wrong way.” Up the side of the boat the water
climbed, pulling it down with long strong hands, until the flat deck
was turned to a gable roof.

For five breathless minutes we balanced between air and water, and then
we were through the inner strait which turns the waters of the Inland
Sea between Moji and Shimonoseki into one big lake, and the coast of
the South Island began to fall away. The tide was running less swiftly
now, the ridge of our gable roof sank slowly into the water, and the
little steamer floated a white, flat-roofed, Moorish house once more.

“There is nothing,” said the steward, “for the _Ijin San_ to eat.”

He had been standing behind us, balancing himself on the steep gable
roof, for some while, but the current and the laws of gravitation had
been absorbing all our attention, and like a true Japanese he was much
too polite to interrupt.

“There is nothing, nothing,” said he, “to eat.”

For the rare missionary, or the rarer tourist, who patronises the
coasting steamer of the Inland Sea comes provided as for an Arctic
expedition.

“But we shall eat Japanese food,” we explained.

He bowed, a low, polite bow, but I do not think he believed us. Then he
went away, and returned bearing foreign cups with saucers, full of a
hot brown liquor called, he told us triumphantly, “coffee.” It was of
the kind bought ready mixed in cakes, and made with hot water. We were
pleased to know it _was_ coffee, and the attention touched us, still,
Japanese tea would have tasted better. We thought the pinky-brown soup
flavoured with orange peel, the fried fish with chestnut preserve, the
custard stuffed with shrimps, and the bowls of rice eaten with salted
plums and spiced roots off which we dined infinitely preferable; and
the steward who fanned us with one hand, and served us with the other,
saw that there was “something for us to eat.”

It was eight o’clock when we climbed the steep ladder which led to our
Moorish roof, eight o’clock on a July evening, and already the tall,
deep-dented mountains of Kyushu lay dark and indistinct. They lay cut
sharp against a twilight sky as though they had no thickness. And
slowly the coast-line fell away grey into the sea. Kyushu was dying as
the ship and sun moved on, Shikoku was but a blur upon the ocean, and
between them the open sea made a pathway to the sky, all silver-grey
and trembling, a road of light to that sunken light beyond.

The sun had set, and the fleeting twilight of the East was night
already. Japan’s green hills were turning grey. Night held sky and
islands fast, but the pathway shone and trembled until it died in the
last long streaks of light on the edge of the horizon. Night was come.

       *       *       *       *       *

From Kobé to Shimonoseki stretch the two hundred and forty miles of
the Inland Sea; and in it are gathered together most of the islands
of Japan. Continuous as a mainland the coast of the big island runs
down, while on the other side Kyushu and Shikoku with ancient Awaji,
the firstborn of the Gods, dip their high green mountains in the sea;
between, in lines and clusters, lie thousands upon thousands of baby
islands; some large enough to hold a village, others too small for a
single house; some green with trees and rice-fields, others a mere
speck of rock reaching up out of the water. From morning until night
we sat under the striped awning of our roof top, and watched as they
glided past, green islands on the blue water; and always on our left
hand the tall, deep-dented mountains of the mainland ran on and on.

In the morning sunlight Miyajima’s granite _torī_ stood knee-deep in
the pale blue waves. Its temple roofs were brown against the dark,
green pines, and the sacred island, where neither Birth nor Death may
come, slept blue-black with shadows in the dawn.

And still they glided by, the green islands on the blue water. The sun
travelled up the sky; it grew hot--hotter.

At mid-day we had reached the narrow channel, where mainland and island
are so close that the sea is but a canal between the houses; and the
children of the two villages throw stones across the stream. Here, at
the end of the passage, a great stone lantern stands deep in the idle
water. Then, abruptly, as we turned, the canal was gone; and the wide,
blue sea lay shimmering among the green islands in the summer sun.

Under the striped awning of our roof-top it was cool, but outside the
sun was smiting sea and land, until sea and islands quivered, quivered,
losing themselves, colour and outline, in one mist of shimmering,
shadowy blue. And the ship and the sun travelled on.

       *       *       *       *       *

Five sturdy naval cadets shared our luncheon with us, and knew the
number and the tonnage of England’s smallest gunboats, and for all
their blue uniform and “foreign” dirk, their _Sayonara_ as they left us
were courteous with an old-time courtesy.

And the sun grew hot and hotter. The light like a mist wrapt sea and
islands round. The continuous quivering hurt. On the other side the
deep-dented mountains of the mainland, grown bare and scraped now,
caught the sunshine on their rocky patches, and sent it in glittering
arrows of light across the still air. And yet in the brown villages,
at the mountains’ feet, the blue-tuniced, brown-legged peasants were
working in the sun; and at each stopping-place the bareheaded men and
women came off in boats to offer their fruit and _saké_ in long-handled
fishing-nets, scent-bottles full of _saké_ flavoured with plum-blossom,
_saké_ flavoured with chrysanthemum or peach-blossom, white rice,
“woman’s” _saké_, _saké_ to ward off old age, or all and any of the
nine different kinds of _saké_ for which Tomotsu is famous, and all in
scent-bottles, artistically tied up and labelled, and costing, bottle
and all, _is-sen_. One old lady was highly indignant when after much
excitement we had contrived to haul up in the fishing-net the exact
scent-bottle we coveted, and had sent her down one sen in return,
for the patois of the district makes _is-sen_ of _jis-sen_ (10 sen =
2½_d._), to the unaccustomed ear.

And the ship and the sun travelled on.

       *       *       *       *       *

As the shadows grew the quivering ceased, the light no longer like
a veil of darkness hid the land and sea. The islands grew a gradual
green, as they drowsed on the clear blue water. And slowly the still
sea opened wider; the islands passed more slowly until they ceased to
pass at all; and then on the blue water there grew that indefinite look
of ocean space. The Inland Sea was ending. Away on the still sweep of
waters lay Awaji, the First-born of the Gods, the Eden of Japan.

“And when,” says the legend, “the first man and the first woman met
after they had journeyed round a pillar set upon the land the woman
cried, ‘How joyful a thing it is to meet a lovely man!’ Whereupon the
man, displeased that language had been invented by a woman, required
the circuit to be made again, that he might speak first. So again
they journeyed round the pillar, and again they met, and loudly the
man cried out, ‘How joyful a thing it is to meet a lovely woman!’ And
thus,” says the chronicle, “was Speech invented, and the Art of Love
and the human race begun.”

Dim grey on a grey sea lay Awaji; before us stretched the broad sweep
of the landless ocean; the Inland Sea, dreaming among its islands, lay
behind.




                         THE LAND OF THE GODS

       “That which I saw seemed to me a smile of the Universe.”
                                         “Paradiso,” canto xxvii.




                                   I

                           ACROSS THE LAGOON


We sat still on the deck, with our backs propped against portions of
the ship’s cargo, and watched.

It was necessary to sit still, for a rise of only a few inches would
have sent the awning over our heads into the blue waters of the lagoon;
and each newcomer, as he stepped from the wharf on to this Kensington
Garden craft, doubled himself in two and stayed so. First-class
passengers lay flat, for a square hole in the side of the boat opened
into a three-feet-high saloon elegantly carpeted; we had matting. When
the first half of the passenger was inside, a big-headed boy removed
his _gheta_ and piled them up on the deck, reshoeing him in the same
way when he emerged. The difficulty of extracting foreign boots in this
manner would alone have deterred us from using our first-class tickets;
and then the deck passengers under the awning had at least six inches
more room, besides ventilation. So we sat on the matting and watched.

Anything out of a toy-shop so tiny as this absurd little steamer was
never seen. She might with generosity have been fifteen feet long; yet
she carried some twenty passengers besides cargo down the lagoon and up
the river, from Matsué to Shobara, with safety and Oriental speed; and
did it twice a day too.

The carpeted saloon was reasonably filled with half a dozen passengers;
the deck overflowed with the rest. The brown-skinned, bullet-headed,
ugly, good-natured Japanese peasant, sitting on his heels with his dark
blue _kimono_ tucked up above his brown legs, and his fan in his hand;
or his little wife, wrinkled and meek, her white cotton towel, with
its bamboo design in blue, folded round her head and tucked up under
her hair behind in something between a night-cap and a sun-bonnet;
quiet and sweet, but never abject, and always respected. Here and
there a shopkeeper or a clerk, or some one from the town in a grey
_kimono_, with a face pale yellow against the other’s brown. We all sat
bare-footed on the matting to keep it clean, with our _gheta_ in our
hands, fanning ourselves with rice-paper fans decorated with storks
flying across the moon, or sprays of plum-blossom or pine-trees, each
man of us showing his well-turned leg and thigh, with all the muscles
brought into strong relief by the weight of the body on the toes. All
polite, all amused, all conversational.

After a great deal of snorting on the part of our very small steamer,
we casually left the wharf and shot into the lagoon. Matsué, hidden by
the sunlight, disappeared; and even the wide sweep of waters wavered
indistinct beneath the hard glitter of the morning light. It was not
yet nine o’clock, and already the distant blue shore was blurred
with the shimmering heat, and the near green one fitful with the
scissor-grinding of the _semmi_. The heat was dropping down on the
world with the swiftness of a tropical night and the glitter of it hurt.

Away over the surface of the waters a red-brown head floated, lazy,
the nimbus of straw hat against the light glowing yellow as a halo.
Slowly, idly, the head moved over the water, suspended between blue and
blue. Too hot to doubt or question or deny, I accepted the head and
shut my eyes, only to find on opening them again two, three, a dozen
heads strolling slowly over the lagoon.

“Honourably please to understand, dredging for mussels,” said a voice
at my elbow. And the passengers repeated the information in a sort of
Greek chorus with many bows.

Matsué’s only representative of the vast world of the _Ijin San_
is one missionary; but these peasants, with the refinement of true
breeding, accepted our outlandish dress and faces, our boots on their
matting too, without a stare of curiosity, although when our attention
was apparently absorbed elsewhere, the whiteness of our skins, the
aristocratic bridge of our noses (it is only the _noblesse_ in Japan,
and not all of them, who possess an aquiline nose), were commented on
with interest and admiration.

       *       *       *       *       *

The near green shore ran in and out, and in and out, wooded thick with
the slim green fingers of the bamboo, until it opened into a tiny green
bay, with a thin bamboo landing-stage running out into the silent
water. Here we stopped with such an amount of “ay-aying” on the part
of the captain--a short man in a grey _kimono_, who sat in a hole in
the deck the other side of the funnel reading Chinese poetry--and the
crew, a tall youth in “foreign” trousers, who greased wheels, that we
might have been an Atlantic liner approaching an unknown shore. There
were no passengers for the invisible village behind the landing-stage
but the captain, who climbed over the side of the boat up on to the
landing-stage, and disappeared.

By-and-by from out of the green there came a charming little figure in
a sea-blue _kimono_, lined with lacquer-red, followed by a maid bearing
neatly matted parcels. The crew wiped its hands and moved forward,
while the sea-blue _kimono_, kneeling on the landing-stage, handed down
the parcels on to the boat for safe carriage to Shobara. They seemed
to require quantities of explanation those parcels, accompanied by
irrepressible giggles, principal giggles on the part of the mistress,
and secondary giggles on the part of the maid; while the crew listened,
replied, grew eloquent. It was one of the most effective flirtations
I ever saw, but alas! conducted in that Izumo dialect so hard for the
Tokyo-taught foreigner to understand. And it went on like the hum of
the _semmi_, while the water, the world, and the boat drowsed in the
heat.

       *       *       *       *       *

Suddenly, from out of the nowhere, appeared our captain, who swung
himself down from the landing-stage on to the boat as imperturbably as
a stone Buddha. The sea-blue _kimono_, still on its knees at the edge
of the water, swayed in one last enchanting giggle that showed all
the lacquer-red linings in a quiver of flame, while the supplementary
giggles of the stout little maid followed us regretfully out of the bay.

With more “ay-aying” we shot back into the hard glitter of the lagoon.
The captain retired to his hole and his Chinese poetry, the crew had
completely disappeared, but the big-headed boy, emerging from some
unknown region behind the captain, carried out a _hibachi_ and a
kettle. He set the kettle on the brass tripod over the _hibachi_ and
blew up the charcoal fire with a large fan; and we all watched him
with interest as he made Japanese tea in a green china teapot, rather
larger than the kettle, with a black handle and with dividing lines of
black separating the green into leaf-like petals. At this we all sat
up, thirstier with anticipation, and the little china bowls filled from
the green kettle-teapot vanished from the tray. Then the big-headed boy
handed round _manju_ cakes (like boiled chestnuts in a white coat of
sweet rice-paste), and collected payment, one _sen_ (a farthing). We
all promptly demanded more tea, and the little bowls were filled and
refilled until the green kettle-teapot ran dry; and we all subsided
again. Only the _tink, tink_, of the metal pipes, knocking out the
glowing wad of tobacco on to the deck in order to light a fresh pipeful
from the burning remains of the old one, broke the drowsy silence.
Three little whiffs and the acorn bowl of a Japanese pipe is empty, so
the _tink, tink_, of the metal on the deck was rhythmic as the _vee-um_
of the _semmi_. They were all smoking, men and women, and the scent of
the bright brown tobacco, fine-cut as hair, lay under the awning.

       *       *       *       *       *

The near green shore ran in and out, and in and out, until all the wide
sheet of glittering light, spread over the blue waters, lay behind
us; in front a bright green bank of rushes hemmed in the light. The
lagoon was ended, and still we went on, seemingly with the intention
of stranding ourselves among the bulrushes. But the bulrushes stood
back as we came on, and ranging themselves on either hand, left a water
pathway down which we went, until the bank of rushes following the
lagoon lay far behind, and we found ourselves in a narrow river that
seemed half natural stream and half artificial canal.

Our unnautical captain, who, ever since we had entered the rushes,
had been intoning directions to the invisible crew as though he were
reading poetry aloud, got up out of his hole. The _tink, tink_, of
the metal pipes on the wooden deck died gradually away as each smoker
knocked out his last wad of tobacco and put away his pipe. Then with a
sudden and terrific snort the absurd little steamer, an end in either
bank, stood still. The big-headed boy, hanging over the side of the
boat, kicked violently with his heels, while the unexpected apparition
of the crew’s head rose up at our feet. The head took a look round
and sank again, and the engines rattled. Still with an end in either
bank, and with the big-headed boy clasping the gunwale in his arms, we
proceeded to turn slowly round, and then, assisted by several ropes and
several haulers, to back majestically into the main street of Shobara.

Our journey was ended. The big-headed boy, leaving the gunwale, rushed
to reshoe the first-class passengers as they wriggled from the saloon
on to the roadway. The bullet-headed peasants and their little brown
wives bowing low bows to each other, the captain and to the _Ijin
San_, took up their bundles and trudged off, while we, like a Royal
arrival, were received by the authorities of Shobara, in the person of
a fierce little policeman in a new white suit, and duly escorted the
three-and-a-half paces from the ship’s side to the tea-house door in a
procession, the people lining up the way.

And the last we saw of that absurd little steamer, as we turned into
the tea-house, was a glimpse of the crew looking down the funnel, while
the big-headed boy, standing amidships, handed out the cargo to its
owners on either bank.




                                  II

                               TO KIZUKI


The green earth lay burning in the sun, wrapt round and round with
heat. Between the tall blue lines of hills it stretched, the flat green
floor of a deep blue cavern, whose roof-top was the sky. And through
the green the long white road ran out of sight. The only living thing
that moved was the running _kurumaya_, all else lay sleeping in the
bright night-time of heat, a heavy drugged sleep that neither rested
nor refreshed.

Inert the green earth stretched between the blue hills, weighed down
with heat; a palpable heat through which we moved as a fish moves
through water; a visible heat which was lying there heavy on the land,
floating round the blue hills, quivering against the white sky, humming
in the still air, rolling in great drops down the bronzed back of the
_kurumaya_, drowsing me to sleep as with the soft waving of a heated
fan, a heavy, encompassing heat that stunned.

And always the white road ran on through the green earth, and the long,
straight lines of hills on either side shut off the sky.

Between the fields of rice, here and there among the green, a
brown-thatched house like an open shed rose up, its roof supported on
the square pillars of the four corner posts, its walls rolled out of
sight. And on the matted floor the women and children lay sleeping,
their necks supported on a narrow stool; the men stretched on their
backs, or lying prone, their heads between their arms.

Not a living thing in house or field, in land or road, was moving save
the running _kurumaya_. Heat had slain the world and life itself was
senseless.

       *       *       *       *       *

On either side the straight blue hills stretched out of sight, the
green earth lay like a narrow passage-way between; and on and on we
ran, until the green floor contracted, and the white road became a
broad still street, where brown houses shut out the hills.

A rapid spurt through the empty village, for a _kurumaya_ never stops
except at the top of his speed, and we arrive at the tea-house. Dazed,
weary, and stiff with two hours of continuous running, we struggle from
under the shawls and wraps that keep out the sun, and sink on to the
matting; while the crowd which has grown no man knoweth how, from out
of an empty village, stands silently, staring. With equal suddenness
a small policeman starts up in front. He inquires our names, ages,
residence and destination; orders back the crowd with one wave of his
arm, commands that we be taken into an inner apartment, remote from
public gaze; and, in short, declares we may repose on him.

We are taken into an inner apartment, a room that is almost cool, while
the crowd drifts patiently round the house trying to look in. One
little wide-eyed _nēsan_ brings us tea, and then house and world sink
back into slumber again.

The _nēsan_, reluctant, but at last dismissed, lies down on the
matting, beyond the courtyard, and falls asleep. Her neck rests on a
narrow wooden pillow that has the curves of a _torī_; she lies like a
long-stalked flower on the ground, rigid, quite graceful. Every fold of
her _kimono_, every twist of her hair, is in place. She is fast asleep,
unconscious, perfectly tidy, with a neatness that has passed into its
essence, grace, and is natural as the feathers to a bird.

We cannot sleep, the mere transition from the greater heat outside
to the cooler heat of this open matted space makes us wakeful. It is
cooler here actually, in degree, and imaginatively, from the green
palms of the baby garden. The garden of a doll’s house, which any
moderate-sized bath-towel would have roofed, yet with a forest of dwarf
palm-trees in one corner, a winding pool in another, the cool grey
outlines of a stone lantern to hold the eyes, and a sense of still
greenness, of limpid freshness, which not rivers of water or forests of
giant trees could more distinctly convey. To look at that garden was to
take a mental bath and drown out the sense of heat. But the heat itself
remained, intense and stagnant, a heavy presence in the house that
permeated all things.

Out in the courtyard one shaft of burning light shone down, turning the
cotton towel on its bamboo line to a white-hot banner, the polished
passage to a molten pool, while the water in the big stone font was
warm as condensed steam. Like the flaming sword of the Archangel
Michael, the shaft of burning light cut the passage-way in two, and the
sharp white-heat of it seemed to cut. It was absolutely still, only the
heat moved awake in a house and a world asleep.

       *       *       *       *       *

Very slowly the little _nēsan_ sat up; some one had called her. A
moment, and she was on her feet, neat as a growing flower.

“The _kurumaya_ awaits,” she said, kneeling on the matting, “when it
honourably pleases the august ones to come.”

Then she touched her forehead to the floor and waited for what it
honourably pleased the august ones to do.

They came, down the polished passage, under the flaming sword of
light, out into the open space before the tea-house, where the little
policeman waited to command them to be packed into their _kuruma_, to
deliver stringent orders for their safe conduct to the _kurumaya_, to
authoritatively bid them the politest of _sayonara_.

The crowd had disappeared, harangued out of existence; the village
street was empty as a desert, the houses dead; and then the steep line
of blue hills grew up on either side, shutting in the sky, and the long
white road stretched away through the green earth.

Palpable, visible, the heat lay over the land, quivering against the
white sky, floating round the blue hills, humming in the still air,
drowsing me into a somnambulant life that was neither sleep nor waking.

Between the green earth and the white sky the telegraph wires cut a
bronze line against the quivering blue; and the rows of little birds,
all sitting with their tails to the road, hung drowsily there, rows on
rows of them. And still the long white road ran on and on.

Beneath the short thick hair of the _kurumaya_ the heat gathered in
wet patches on the white scalp, rolled in big drops over the black
head, trickled down the bronze neck, and was wiped off with one rapid
movement of the blue cotton towel, as the running _kurumaya_ sped
swiftly on; gathered again, rolled again, trickled again, was wiped
dry again; gathered, rolled, trickled, until the automatic movements,
repeated and repeated, grew part of Time itself. They were Time.

       *       *       *       *       *

Then I awoke. It was as if some one had slid a thin lining of fresh
air along the tops of the blue hills, beneath the burning sky. A thin,
thin sheet of fresh air, but the green earth gave a great sigh, the
_kurumaya_ a little shake, and I awoke.

The peasants in their brown thatched houses, open as a shed, were
stirring, the naked red figures in their white cloths were moving down
the road.

In the fields the long bamboo poles that shot up out of the green earth
like masts were dipping up and down, drawing water for the thirsty rice.

The little birds on the telegraph wires were chirping sleepily, flying
off in twos and threes, and settling down again, audibly fussing over
the laziness of their friends and relations.

The bright night-time of heat was over and gone.

I sat up in my _kuruma_ and looked. We were running through green
rice-fields, under a blue sky. And it was a hot summer’s afternoon.




                                  III

                         IZUMO’S GREAT TEMPLE


“So they made fast the temple pillars on the nethermost rock-bottom,
and they made high the cross-beams to the plain of high heaven;” and
the god Onamuji, the “Master of the Great Land,” King of Izumo, in
accordance with his compact with high heaven, entered into that temple
and dwelt there.

So the province of Izumo and the kingdom of Western Japan passed under
the rule of the great Sun-Goddess whose descendants endure to this day.
But the Master of the Great Land, the god Onamuji, is worshipped from
end to end of the Emperor’s dominions, and his temple and his priests
are sacred as the mirror of the Sun-Goddess in their eyes.

All through the year, the pilgrims in thousands journey into Izumo to
remote Kizuki, whose name to their ears is still resonant with the
beating (_tsuku_) of the pestles (_ki_) which made the foundations of
that first great temple firm and everlasting, while in the month of
October the immortal gods themselves, from every shrine throughout
the land, come to visit Onamuji, and that desolate month known in
Japan as _kami-na-zuki_ (month without gods) is called in Izumo alone
_kami-ari-zuki_ (the month with gods).

At the foot of the everlasting hills the temple stands, and the far-off
ripple of the Western Sea, half a memory, half a dream, wanders through
its sunlit courts, a sound to listening ears.

The long dark avenue of twisted trees, so old that many are almost
limbless, the three giant _torī_, hewn in solid granite, lie behind
us; we have reached the white sunlight of the outer temple space, and
the scattered buildings of the shrine are in front. Our landlord, in
his Sunday-best _kimono_ of silver-grey, leads the way. He has walked,
since we left the inn, exactly three paces behind us, while three paces
behind him came our _kurumaya_. In Kizuki it has not been considered
consonant with our dignity to allow us to move anywhere without them.

Our landlord, with the profoundest bow, moves on in front. He has a
letter to deliver on our behalf, so that when we reach the long, low
building at the end of the first enclosure, an authoritative young
priest in long white robes is there to greet us. He wears a wonderful
head-dress of black lacquer, the model of a meat-cover, tied on under
the chin, with two red cords in the manner of a doll’s bonnet; but his
chin is human, not inflexible, so I watch to see the meat-cover tumble.
It never does, not even when with a low bow he invites us up the steep
polished steps into the room above. We take off our shoes and climb.

The room is long and low, with a “foreign” table covered with a green
baize cloth. There are bright blue velvet chairs, an inkstand, pens;
just a second-hand committee-room greatly the worse for wear, which
impresses our landlord, so that his strangled h’s of admiration sound
like paroxysms of coughing. We sit on the velvet chairs and wait. Our
landlord, the letter and the priest have disappeared into an inner
apartment. And the sound of much discussion comes to our ears. “How
far are we to be allowed to go?” And then the terms “learned _Ijin
San_,” and “august sage” reach us. At last they are all agreed. The
“learned _Ijin San_,” the “honourable teacher,” the “august sage” shall
be permitted to enter the very Holy of Holies; but the “honourable
interior,” being a woman, must not cross the sacred threshold. Then
there is a long pause before the authoritative young priest comes out
and explains the position to us. We bow the profoundest thanks and
follow him down the steps, and the reason for the pause is evident. He
has changed his clothes, and is now in the fullest and most resplendent
of sacerdotal robes.

       *       *       *       *       *

Under the shadow of the gate of the _ita-gaki_, the second enclosing
fence, stands the High Priest himself, whose fathers for two thousand
years have led the temple rites. He is the eighty-second descendant of
the mythic Susa-no-wo, and is still termed by many _Iki-gami_, which is
the “Living God.” An old, old man, whose face is almost white, a mystic
sacred face, quiet as the eternal smile of the Eternal Buddha. He wears
a lacquered head-dress, the most imposing of meat-covers, and his robes
are of white and purple adorned with gold.

We pass within the _ita-gaki_, and the landlord, the _kurumaya_, the
crowd of other worshippers are left behind. Before us rises the low
fence of the “jewelled hedge,” which encloses the sacred shrine itself.
Again before the gateway there is a pause. The minor priests, even
our authoritative young friend, do not enter here. It is explained to
us that the “honourable interior” must not pass within the temple.
She is a woman, but it is permitted to her, as the wife of the most
“honourable one,” to look into the shrine from a room above the
gateway. The High Priest removes his sandals, we our shoes, and over
the rounded, water-washed, grey pebbles, hot as burning plough-shares,
we enter the holy court.

A long, low wooden building is the temple, primæval in its form, the
broad ends of its roof-tree sticking up like pointed anchors through
the roof. Six feet around it on every side the pebbles stop, and the
space is filled with the whitest, smoothest sand. All those who go up
to the god leave the mark of their feet behind.

Within the temple there is nothing; bare space, dim, obscure; but the
High Priest, reverently kneeling on the matting, creates the god. And
into that narrow empty space the shadow of the Eternal Presence comes.

Slowly the splash of the breaking waves drifts into the stillness,
faint as the whisper of God in the heart of man, a still, small voice.
Over the temple there is peace, the peace of two thousand years,
unbroken, sacred. And the dreamy ripple grows a sound in the silence.
Faint, faint, faint, is it the song of the limitless sea, the voice of
the peace and the stillness, or a broken murmur of the beyond that the
listening pilgrim hears? Half a memory, half a dream, it dies at the
gate of the shrine, where the stir of the world grows loud; yet the
soul has heard, has believed.

       *       *       *       *       *

Out in the sunlit court beyond the “jewelled hedge” the little group of
priests still wait. And as we come slowly over the hot round stones,
our shoes once more upon our feet, they greet us with an added respect.
Even the “honourable interior,” whose sacredness is but indirect,
transmitted through a space of court and two open _shōji_, has become a
personage.

The old, old priest, with the face of a Chinese sage, goes on in front.
We cross the second court obliquely over the stone-grey pebbles, each
rounded with the rubbing of running water, and enter another building,
the treasure-house of the temple. Here in a shaded upper chamber, where
the white sunlight filters through the yellow matting, a long low shelf
runs round, and on it lie the temple’s treasures--relics of dead heroes
and of living legend. One by one the High Priest points them out, and
in the thin frail voice of age tells their story: A _biwa_, a sword,
some pieces of tattered brocade, the old, old relics of Old Japan.
The tales are long, as the old man tells them with the slow-moving
utterance of one who has had eighty years in which to speak. But there
is a personal vibration in his voice that brings back the long two
thousand years of service that he and his have given to the temple,
recalls the eighty-two High Priests, his fathers, who join the living
man before us to the god Susa-no-wo, from whom the Great Master,
Onamuji himself, descended.

All this time, the authoritative young priest has been respectfully
but quite obviously waiting to show us something. At last he draws
us across the room to where a life-sized plaster statue stands, the
Sun-Goddess herself in the flowing robes of Old Japan, a figure full of
majesty and power, with round her neck a string of those prehistoric
jewels of which the _Kojiki_ is full, comma-shaped polished jewels
of jade and crystal, threaded on a scarlet string. And in the loose
sleeves of the plaster figure and about the folds at the neck are
touches of brightest red. A modern plaster statue of a figure old to
unbelief.

And the young man tells the story. He is so eager, so proud to relate
what has indeed become the great central fact of the story, that who or
what the statue is, or how or why it came there we never hear; but--it
had gained a prize at the Chicago Exhibition!

And all the rest of the clergy intone a little chorus of triumph and
delight. Even the High Priest himself seems pleased, and a faint smile
passes over his face as he bids us examine the ticket.

It is quite true. From the out-stretched wrist of the Sun-Goddess
hangs a much-worn ticket, stating in printed Roman capitals that “This
Exhibit has won a Prize at the World’s Fair of Chicago.” And the figure
stands there, in the long low treasure-house of Izumo’s Great Temple,
while the white sunlight, filtering through the yellow matting, falls
on the white-robed priests who serve a temple worshipped through two
thousand years, falls on the old High Priest with the mystic sacred
face, whose fathers stretch back into the mists of Time, and falling,
trembles on the faded ticket on the arm of the Sun-Goddess:


                       WORLD’S FAIR, CHICAGO.

                       This is to certify----

“If the august sage will honourably please to descend.”

And we descended.

In the hot still court the High Priest takes his leave, with long
polite phrases of strictest ceremony. The authoritative young priest
who escorts us back through the _ita-gaki_ into the outer court is
equally ceremonious, and our polite Japanese is heavily taxed to keep
up with him. At the outer court he bids us _sayonara_, and our landlord
and our _kurumaya_, who have been respectfully waiting, form into
procession again. We have become great personages in their eyes, very
great personages indeed; and the pilgrims, kneeling before the shrine
in the outer court, look at us with reverence. We have entered the Holy
of Holies, we have visited the god Onamuji in his shrine.

It is with the lowest of bows that our landlord leads us out of the
side of the temple court, westward, to where the tall dark trees of
the mountain have grown down into the plain. Here, set in the silence
of the cryptomerias at the foot of the everlasting hills, is the home
of the High Priest. So still, so ordered, so spotless, the house and
garden lie like a snowdrop in a forest. And the sound of the sea drifts
in as we stand.

       *       *       *       *       *

Then for the last time we cross the courtyard where the pilgrims are
praying in the sunshine, and the temple dancing girls, dim figures
in the distance, glide round and round in the long slow circles of
the sacred _kagura_. Court and temple are burning in the sunlight.
Beyond the “hedge” and the “jewelled hedge” the great beam-ends of the
roof-tree rise out through the temple’s thatch. Within the shrine hangs
the mirror of the great Sun-Goddess. For the heart of man, says the
Shintō faith, is good and pure. And even as this mirror, when undimmed,
reflects the sun, so in the tranquil soul God’s self is imaged.

Over temple and courtyard there is peace; the peace of long centuries
dead; the peace of enduring belief. Down from the mists of the past
the teaching comes: “Know thyself; in the stillness of peace, know but
thyself, and thou shalt see God.”




                                  IV

                             KIZUKI’S BAY


The Sea of Japan, as it wandered down the western coast, took a sudden
and unexpected bite out of the land of Izumo; and that bite is the bay
of Kizuki. It is the tiniest of bays, with but half a mile of sandy
shore between the two steep lines of hills that run straight out to
sea: green hills that stretch so far, the green has time to grow a
misty blue before they curve toward the water in a deep blurred line.
Landwards a length of sandy dune shuts out the village street; and the
little bay, set between the hills, and cut off from the sea, lies like
an ebbing lake.

On the sandy shore it is still and cool; and from the dozens of
Japanese families comes only the high pitched laughter of the playing
children. Kizuki is the Margate of the West, and the pilgrims who
journey to its shrine stay to breathe its sea air, and combine a
religious pilgrimage with a summer holiday in a manner so usual in
Japan.

The big hotel under the great north wall of green, with its ground
floor, and, wonder of wonders, two, yes--two storeys, is full. So full
that the landlord was forced to tuck away his distinguished guests in a
back room of the old inn up the village street. The square two-storied
house, with all its _shōji_ pushed back and the contents and occupants
of every room exposed to public view, looks for all the world like a
big doll’s house with the door gone. And its inhabitants eat, drink,
play, laugh, sing with the natural unconcern which we could only reach
secure behind brick walls, curtained windows, and venetian blinds. The
unconcern is so simple, so unaffected, that the Yokohama foreigner,
feeling dimly that his own behaviour could never be so natural under
such conditions, suspects “play acting,” and will sometimes speak of a
“nation of mountebanks” with the scorn of a man among monkeys.

The hotel is built just where the blue beyond of the Western Sea,
glowing between the headlands, draws eye and mind away, adding the
unbroken curve of Infinity to the quiet lake’s rounded life.

The sun has set; perhaps behind that great green wall he still drops
swiftly to the horizon, but in Kizuki there is twilight, a luminous
grey twilight that has no shadows, which, spreading, blots all colour
from the world. Between wall and wall of hill the sky stretches clear
and green. The bay is flooded with a golden light. And there, a black
line from gold to green, its base in the yellow water, its crest on the
sunset sky, stands Kizuki’s second wonder, the third beauty of Izumo--a
tall pointed rock. For the Japanese, who seek much more for line than
colour in their beauty, glory in its curves; and the little bay of
Kizuki owes its visitors not to the purity of its air, its fishing,
boating, bathing, or casino, but to the beauty of its solitary rock and
the nearness of its sacred temple.

From shore to sky the luminous grey twilight climbs. The flood of
golden light is dead. The great green walls that make the bay are dark.
Only in the sky the faintest stain of colour lingers; and there the
rock’s lone crest blots a black line upon the dying green.

My _kurumaya_, in his long parson’s coat and waistcoat, blanched the
purest white, asks if I have ever seen a bay more beautiful. And all
the dozens of Japanese families stand looking out to sea, for the cult
of the stone is in their hearts.

Slowly the luminous twilight draws the world in Chinese ink. It climbs
the sky, and the colour dies; only the sombre lines of rock are left.

The little bay is grown a mystic _kakemono_.




                                   V

                               IN MATSUÉ


We had journeyed in trains and in steamers, in big boats and in little
boats, in _kuruma_ and _sampan_, and had reached the Land of the
Gods--and the inn at Matsué.

Not the least of our difficulties had been to find that inn, for our
landlord at Kyoto, on hearing we were bound for Matsué, had offered to
make all arrangements for us through a “friend in the Prefecture.” And
the arrangements had been made, but when we asked for explanations, the
address of the friend or the name of our inn, he only smiled, a polite
unexplanatory smile, spread out his hands with ceremony, and bowed. All
was “_yoroshī_.”

With this much information we had started, with this much and no more
we had arrived. The baby steamer ran alongside the wharf at Matsué, her
first-class passengers wriggled out of her cabin, her deck passengers
crawled from under the awning; and we sat still, our luggage piled
around us, wondering if, like the Peri at the Gates of Paradise, the
Land of the Gods would admit us or not.

Just then, when the pause had become really embarrassing, a
white-uniformed policeman boarded the steamer; with much ceremony he
announced--under the circumstances he could hardly have inquired--that
we were the _Ijin San_ from Kyoto. We assented, and he promptly led
us outside, where a tall, loose-jointed Japanese, with a Red Indian
face hatcheted out of iron wood and wearing “foreign” clothes, stood
waiting. The white-uniformed policeman politely performed the ceremony
of introduction, and stood aside. This was the friend from the
Prefecture; and once we had thoroughly and properly and ceremoniously
replied to this fact, which took time, our friend from the Prefecture,
who had the smile and the teeth, and the difficulty in concealing
them, of the famous Mr. Carker (only he was amiable), introduced our
landlord, a little, bright, black squirrel of a man grasping an immense
umbrella. More ceremony of course, while the crowd gathered round and
the policeman patrolled the group. We were personages. One gesture
from the amiable Carker of Matsué Prefecture and five _kurumaya_ burst
through the crowd, while twice as many assistants rushed off to bring
out our luggage under the eagle eye of the policeman; and with his
personal assurances as to our safety and comfort in Matsué, we and our
luggage were packed into three _kuruma_, the amiable Carker and the
black squirrel of a landlord climbed into two more, and the procession
started. The policeman saluted; the crowd, at the most respectful
distance, silently stared; Matsué received her visitors as the most
distinguished of strangers.

The _kurumaya_, uplifted with pride, tore along at the top of their
speed in the exact centre of the road, and the traffic scattered before
us. We did not run, we flew, over the stone bridge built just where the
canal ends and the lagoon begins, up the long, long street parallel
to the lagoon, then a dive to the left over a canal bridge, a dash
through a green turning, another dive, another bridge over another
canal, and with the most imposing clatter we tore into a gravel court
in front of the inn, and pulled up short in the recess of the entrance.
In an instant the _shōji_ slipped aside and three women in dark blue
_kimono_ were bowing, knees and forehead, on the polished wood. We had
reached the inn at Matsué.

The three figures got up, as we left our shoes on the long thick block
of rough-hewn granite which forms the front door-step between the
gravel and the house, and led us in a long procession to an open matted
space in the garden. This was our room. It had but half a wall, where
the _tokonoma_ stood; the other half was open _shōji_, leading to the
house, and two square pillars at the corners supported the roof. Here
we all subsided upon the kneeling-cushions in the strictest order of
precedence, based on nearness to the _tokonoma_. Our black squirrel
of a landlord and the amiable Carker of the Prefecture, who had also
arrived, sat on their heels with great ceremony, though the “foreign”
clothes of our friend from the Prefecture got sadly in his way, and
then the interchange of polite phrases began. It was exhaustive, for
they were, oh! so ceremonious, and although two little girls with
goggle eyes fanned us vigorously, and the blue waters of the lagoon
filled what should have been wall in front of us, we grew hotter and
hotter.

Then the plain daughter of our comely landlady brought in an immense
white meat-dish of railway-buffet thickness, and set it down with
conscious pride before her mother. It contained piles of chipped ice,
which the comely landlady shovelled into miniature tumblers, the size
of dolls’ tooth-glasses, with an imposing iron ladle. She sifted over
it white sugar from a pie-dish, and the plain daughter presented it to
the company. The drink of the Gods themselves was never more divine!
Though like Sam Weller’s orthography, which “varied according to the
taste and fancy of the speller,” you can eat this drink or you can
drink it. Either way is inelegant, but both are delicious.

It was only by relays of this amphibious refreshment, which went on
as long as there was anything besides a large pool of water in the
meat-dish, that the polite phrases flowed, on our part at least. At
last etiquette, even Japanese etiquette, was satisfied, and our amiable
friend from the Prefecture bowed himself away.

The plain daughter removed the meat-dish, not resisting to tell us it
was “foreign” as she did so, and retired. And we lay out to cool upon
the matting.

The lagoon, the garden and a green courtyard filled the three sides of
the room where walls might have been. Even the _shōji_ here had been
removed, for there were no houses visible; a high green hedge of thick
bamboo bounded court and garden, beyond were the pale blue hills.

It was not a room, it was a nest, we lived as freely in the open air
as the birds or the flowers; a brown roof hung like a sheltering leaf
above our heads, a cool clean matting covered the ground beneath our
feet, but the rustle of leaves and of rice-fields, the restless hum of
insect life, the rippling rhythm of the wide lagoon, the whole stir of
a growing world was ours. We did not peep at it through a window, we
lay in it, we _were_ it; and it rippled and hummed and grew part of us,
for Pan is not dead, in the Land of the Gods he is living still.

       *       *       *       *       *

Then the comely landlady called us to our bath; “the honourable hot
water was ready,” and the plain daughter assisted us out of our clothes
into our _kimono_ with an attention which, to our sophisticated code,
was embarrassing, and led us down a passage whose wooden wall opened
into the bathroom. Here our landlady received us. She was just sliding
down the wooden plank, which shut off the pipe filled with glowing
charcoal from the rest of the bath-tub, and looking up she said the
bath was “_yoroshī_.”

The water was positively bubbling, at that delicious temperature of 110
degrees which the Japanese love; but we were not yet used to literal
boiling, so we demanded cold water. And the two little girls with
goggle eyes ran away to fetch it in high wooden pails with stiff wooden
handles. They ran out by the wooden _shōji_ on the opposite side, which
opened straight on to the gravel courtyard of the entrance, and their
dark-blue _kimono_ were tucked up into their _obi_, showing the bright
red _kimono_ underneath. And they were laughing.

When we demanded still more cold water they laughed again. The _Ijin
San_ had strange ideas of baths evidently. At last, in deference to
their feelings, we desisted. The water was no longer bubbling, so we
pronounced it “_yoroshī_,” and they all retired.

The bathroom had a grey stone floor and walls of wooden _shōji_; at one
end stood the high barrel-bath, and wooden buckets, pails and dippers
lay all around. A three-foot-high platform ran all down one side and
adjoined the passage-way by which we had entered; from it one stepped
into the bath, on it one washed and dried oneself. A bath in Japan,
which is used by all the family or hotel in succession, is not intended
for washing--that is done outside. The two _shōji_ walls, just sliding
panels of wood, opened, one on to the passage-way, the other into the
front court, and had no fastenings. The Japanese have attained to that
sense of modesty which we still feel immodest. They say to bathe is
necessary; you cannot take a bath with your clothes on; a necessary
action is never immodest, neither has it any prurient attractions for
healthy minds. But a Japanese cannot see the low-necked dresses of
western women or the pictures of Modern France without a blush. To him
a bathing woman is neither modest nor immodest, but simply indifferent;
while exposure, merely to attract, is indecency itself. Obscenity
exists in grosser minds as in every country in the world; but the
people of Japan have a moral simplicity of thought and action that is
at one with the conclusions of abstract ethical philosophy.

Like lobsters going to be cooked, we bathed, and got out swiftly but
not silently. A yard of cotton towel, where a bank of purple iris grew
out of a pale blue stream, was all the towel we had. It would have
adequately dried our finger-nails, but the design was comforting if
the towel was not. At last, in grey crêpe _kimono_ and straw sandals,
clothes as naturally a growth of the climate and the country as its
trees or people, we went back to our wall-less room and sat in peace.

The heat of the day was passing, and the colours of the sky and trees
deepened before they died. For light in this land of sunshine can
hide as well as darkness; it covers the land as a pall, all white and
glittering, which blinds as surely as the night. But in that half-hour
which comes before the swift descending twilight of the East, all the
colours deepen and intensify; they take a strange opaque lustre which
makes the thinnest leaf look solid. Mere colour seems thick, almost as
though distinct from what it colours and the colours deepen, deepen,
till, emerging from a glittering pall of white, they sink beneath the
grey-black pall of night. It is the intensest hour of all the day. The
world is not working as at the dawn, nor sleeping as in the heat, but
strong with the beating pulse of Life that fills even the stillness.

So we sat and watched the deepening glowing earth glow and deepen, and
heard the throb of life grow ever louder, till from the streets came up
the sound of children’s laughter, and from the town the stir of men.

Rich in richest colours lay the world, with greens and blues of
polished jewellery. And then the hurrying twilight settled like the
swooping pinions of a bird. The colours lost themselves in grey, the
forms they coloured in a broad, still sweep of darkness. On the white
bridge, set between canal and lake, the lanterns were already glowing,
and the indistinct brown lines of roof melted from the light into the
darkness.

For a little while the curved earth-bridge of our miniature garden,
the pebbled pathway that in a fragment of a circle led across the
winding pond, traced a clear black line against the open sky. Then the
children’s laughter in the street grew silent, the stir of men and
women stilled.

Slowly, among their shadows, the houses each hung out a light and
disappeared. The purple darkness grew with each moment deeper and more
black.

Then in a flash the shadows and the lights themselves went out, for our
inn had lit her lamps.

       *       *       *       *       *

Then they brought us dinner on black lacquered trays: pink soup and
many kinds of fish, and rice with pickled cucumbers, white and brown
and purple. And we did eat. And all the time our landlady and her plain
daughter, kneeling on the matting, filled up our rice-bowls from the
wooden rice-box, or our tea-bowls from the china teapot, and the bronze
kettle which filled that teapot itself needed filling many times, for
we were thirsty. And the landlady and her daughter sat placidly on
their heels, watching our many social crimes, for there is an etiquette
of chopsticks, as strict or stricter than ours of knives and forks, and
in equivalent terms we probably were eating with our knives, putting
our dirty spoons upon the tablecloth and exhibiting the general manners
of the stable.

As a sign that you have finished in Japan you eat your last bowl of
rice flavoured with a bowlful of tea. Hardly had we reached this stage
when the bright black squirrel of a landlord arrived to announce a
visitor, and “Might he come in?”

Considerably surprised we said “Yes,” and who should enter but our
amiable Japanese Carker, this time in his own clothes. From an
insignificant and somewhat common individual he had, by the mere
change from a misfitting yellow suit into a grey silk _kimono_ with
striped silk _hakama_, changed from an underbred clerk into a courtly
gentlemen. His manners, always the same, were now at ease with himself,
and no longer incongruous or even somewhat ridiculous, they became the
perfection of grace and breeding. It is a change that one may often see
in Japan.

       *       *       *       *       *

Again we all sat on our heels on the kneeling-cushions in the strictest
order of precedence, and exchanged the politest phrases of ceremony
in the courtliest of Japanese. We heard all about the great Temple of
Kizuki, the pride of Izumo, and we told of our journeys in the Far
East, to Korea and Siberia; and the landlord’s son, who had come in
behind the visitor, “half expected he might go there some day with the
army,” a wish which may well since have been fulfilled.

In true Japanese fashion our guest had brought us presents, photographs
of Matsué and of Izumo’s Great temple. We could only present him
in exchange with our cards, a map of the world with the British
possessions marked very red, and an old copy of a railway novel. The
gifts pleased him, and the whole family examined the map with great
interest. They wanted to hear all about England, and the fact that
cows and sheep (which they have never seen) walked over our fields,
and that it was sometimes light at nine in the evening struck on their
imagination. They asked many questions about the sheep, and “what the
light looked like?” which was difficult of explanation.

In spite of more amphibious drinks from the white meat-dish, which
seemed served here (probably as a concession to our foreign tastes)
instead of the inevitable tea to visitors, the struggle after faultless
_politesse_, the intricacies of a ceremonious Japanese made us grow all
limp with heat again. And when we had bowed our last bow, uttered our
last “_Mata o-me ni kakarimashō_” (“Another time may my eyes honourably
behold you”), we were reduced to a really pitiable state of exhaustion.
Our comely landlady, who had a large brain and a seeing eye, did not
wait to question. She cleared the room, sent the two giggling girls
with the goggle eyes to hang the green mosquito net, like an imposing
martial tent, from the four corners of the room, while the plain
daughter brought _futon_ like thin eiderdown quilts to sleep upon,
undressed us carefully and retired, bidding us “honourably resting
deign” as she did so.

As the lamp went out the ample folds of the square tent stood out like
a royal pavilion. We crept beneath and lay down upon the matted sheets
which covered the _futon_. In deference to our foreign bones we had
several _futon_ underneath us, and one rolled up beneath our heads; but
for all that the hardness of the matted floor, stuffed though it was,
rose up and hit us before the night was out.

       *       *       *       *       *

We slept beneath our transparent tent, in our wall-less room, as the
flowers sleep, part of the living night. All the little sounds of leaf
and lake stirred round us undisturbed; the rice-ears rustled in the
silent night; the great trees stretched their branches as they slept.
Dreaming, the waters of the salt lagoon moved towards the sea, and all
the wealth of insect life, turning in its sleep, called faintly. The
still small voice of the sky whispered softly in the breezes, and the
great green Earth reached up to listen through her dreams. Bound in the
chains of man, it is at night-time that she stirs so restless, when
all the humming, conscious life is laid to sleep, when men and insects
slumber. Then the green Earth wakes; but she has endured so long that
even in her waking she is half asleep. Bound down with streets and
houses, she never wakes at all. And so all night we listened to the
voices of the world. At the dawning, when all Nature stands hushed
before the coming of the sun, we slept. But the dawning in this
southern land is short and swift. With no clouds to dim his strength,
the sun soon sat flaming on his wide blue throne; and all the insects
of the tropics, warmed into life, rose up to buzz and hum. And we awoke.

       *       *       *       *       *

In the Land of the Gods there are no clocks, and although one in the
main street of Matsué proclaimed its “foreign” time, the inhabitants
beneath go their own way, and the baby steamers arrive and depart in
open disregard of the hours upon the dial. So some time between the
dawning and the noon we woke. The house was getting up. All the little
sounds of rising men and women, of a day’s beginning, were about us, so
we got up too. Crawling from under our vast green tent, we went down
the polished passage-way to the inner courtyard, where in a cool green
cloister all the rooms of the inn looked out. A long stone font filled
with water, a hanging wooden dipper, a row of shallow brass pans on
a wooden shelf stood waiting. Here the whole inn washes. With water
from the font, cool and fresh from its night’s sleep in the grey stone
basin, you fill the bamboo dipper and pour out into the shallow pans;
and then, standing in the passage-way, with all the rooms around you,
you wash. And unless a _nēsan_, attracted by the whiteness of your
skin, should stop a moment to look and wonder, no one is interested.
The usual lengths of cotton towelling hung beside the dipper, like
banners on their poles; and a crevice of sunshine piercing into the
green courtyard quivered on the round brass pans.

Tent and _futon_ had vanished when we returned, and the two little
goggle-eyed girls, still with their blue _kimono_ tucked up to show the
red ones underneath, were sweeping the matting with bamboo brooms. We
dressed in corners unattended, and sat down to wait.

From the sounds of passing feet, and the directing words of our comely
landlady, it seemed that great things were preparing for us--quite
what remained a mystery. At last the plain daughter, bubbling with the
pleasure of our surprise, came to call us.

“As for the morning meal,” she said, “all is prepared,” and even the
ceremony of her bows suffered from her eagerness.

We went through the half-wall of _shōji_ panels, across a room, into
another, where the family, all assembled, almost (had it not been
entirely un-Japanese) clapped its hands in pride.

There on the matting, and each leg protected by a supporting slab of
wood, stood a foreign table; four foreign chairs, their legs too nailed
into long slats of wood, stood round. Across a corner of the table lay
a thin strip of cotton cloth, and on this, in all the majesty of its
solid ugliness, reposed the white meat-dish of our god-like drink. This
morning it was full of something smoking, dimly resembling Irish stew.

The comely landlady beamed as we approached.

“Sea-food forthcomes,” she said proudly.

And to our “foreign” breakfast we sat slowly down. How bad it was! But
the family, even to the old, old grandmother, were so delighted, so
proud of their unexpected triumph, that we ate that abominable stew
till not a fragment of its tough meat or a spoonful of its gluey gravy
remained.

Many times since have I wondered how that Napoleonic landlady organised
the feast? How did she get the meat? Who cooked it? and where did they
learn? Did she invent the recipe out of her own head? Perhaps she
raided the garrison? She was capable of it. There was bread too. Matsué
was quite in the front of the fashion; not like poor Kizuki, which was
sadly out of date; they hadn’t even _bīru_ (beer) there.

All this she told us as she helped us, always with the iron ladle,
to that terrific stew. With the foreign food too, we had “foreign”
china, horrible railway-restaurant plates and cups, clumsy and thick,
sprawled all over with a large design in bilious blue; knives and forks
that never matched, and, of course, the inevitable cruet. This hideous
article is always the first vestige of “foreign” fashion in a Japanese
hotel, where it accompanies every meal. Once it may have been of German
silver; it is all drab now. Long centuries of use have left it bent and
dinted. Its bottles leak, their stoppers never fit, and whatever they
once held, all now drip oil and taste soy. We thought of our dainty
lacquered trays, our delicate white china with drawings in faint blue,
the refinement and the art of that meal, and we sighed. The fish they
could not spoil, and their tea is always good, so we breakfasted. And
the plain daughter, whose ambitions (or her mother’s) soared to Tokyo
heights of fashion, asked if everything was really “_yoroshī_” upon the
table, and, if not, “would we show her how?” The knives and forks had
puzzled her woefully; how ought they to be laid? So we laid the table,
and we set the forks, and we placed the bread, and we handed plates and
glasses, and the ancient grandmother shook with astonishment. Was ever
like seen under the sun? And even the capable landlady exclaimed. So
the conscientious plain daughter worked through her knives and forks,
her bread on this side and her glasses on that, with the zeal of an
earnest student; and afterwards we caught her displaying her great
accomplishment to a circle of admiring friends.

       *       *       *       *       *

We were to see the sights of Matsué. Our friend from the Prefecture and
the black squirrel of a landlord had talked it over exhaustively the
night before. We were catered for like Royal visitors. We did not need
to plan, or ask, or seek. “Honourably trouble not. It happens.” And it
did.

That morning the landlord, in a long polite speech, made us over to
his son, a quiet clever lad who might have been the twin of his plain
sister; and we set off. We wished to stop for many things, temples and
toy shops, the peeps of life on street and wharf, but our guide, though
never contradicting, was so preoccupied, so intent on something that we
gave in and meekly followed down the long streets over the many canals,
whose bridges showed an arch like the young crescent of the moon, along
the hot white road, until we reached an ugly wooden building in the
style called “foreign,” all decorated with flags and policemen. Here we
entered. The policemen drew up in line as we passed, and the scurrying
feet of a dozen officials all clothed in long frock-coats came down the
vestibule.

It was an Exhibition of the Arts, Industries, and Manufactures of the
Province of Izumo, and quite inadvertently we had arrived to open the
proceedings. The distinguished strangers from England, received by
the phalanx of frock-coats, were conducted majestically through the
whole building. We were not allowed to miss a single room. If, after
peeping into one, and finding it contained nothing but sacks of rice,
or samples of raw silk, we retreated, instantly a frock-coat or a
policeman appeared to lead us round. We did not miss the least little
exhibit of the least little room. We saw them all: bags of rice,
cocoons of silk, hollow candles with growing designs in faint pale
colours, Izumo crystals famed throughout Japan, lengths of piece-silk,
twists of sewing-silk, embroideries, china, the famous yellow china
of Matsué, all the roots and grains and wood of the province, fishing
nets and field tools, and a whole large section of the beautiful Izumo
matting. In our admiration we wished to buy, and instantly all the
frock-coats ran after one another, each official going to consult his
chief. They arrived in groups and talked; they went away and came back
again. We had unknowingly placed the whole officialdom of Matsué on the
horns of a dilemma. We were the distinguished visitors from England;
we wished to buy Matsué’s most especial production; the honour was
great--but the regulations said no exhibit might be taken away before
the close of the exhibition; and the Japanese respect the law as they
respect the Emperor. So we waited. At last a most wonderful frock-coat
appeared resplendent with decorations; solemnly he made a speech
explaining the difficulty, excusing the delay, expressing great honour
at our request, and at a sign his attendant handed over the matting to
our attendant, and with many bows we parted.

       *       *       *       *       *

That afternoon, as we lay upon our matting in our wall-less room,
fanned by the plain daughter, our landlady brought in the local
newspaper, and sitting down on her heels she read to us a long account
of the arrival in Matsué of the “distinguished strangers from England,”
and a kind of “Stop Press telegram” announcing their gracious purchase
of matting at the exhibition that morning, besides an editorial
advertisement of a description of their visit to the exhibition for
the next issue. Our rooms at the inn were described at length, our
appearance “with faces white as milk”--the foreign simile showing great
learning on the part of the reporter--our ages politely overstated, for
the young here, women as well as men, desire to be old so that to be
thought older than one’s age is the greatest of compliments; the paper
therefore called us most politely “upwards of forty,” causing our dear
landlady to beam with delight, and the plain daughter to utter a long
series of those curious strangled “h’s” by which the Japanese express
intense admiration, as she fanned us more vigorously. Then, _à propos_
of our “milk-white faces,” the landlady, with much hesitation, asked
a favour “so great that to speak unable am.” Might she have our soap?
Japanese soap they had, but somehow, possibly, that “foreign” soap of
ours might account for some of our strange whiteness. So she and the
plain daughter retired with the soap; and for the rest of the afternoon
they scrubbed diligently in the bathroom.

       *       *       *       *       *

And we sat quiet upon our matting in the heat, while the green hills
and the rice-fields, the pebbled pathway of our garden bridge, and all
the wide still spaces of the lake hung as frescoes round our room. The
hot blue sky burned fiercely, the blue of a heated brick-kiln, and our
living frescoes hung motionless as the work of man. There was neither
change nor shadow. Hills and lake and rice-fields lay still against the
sky--flat as it were upon a flattened background, and in that light
which did not shine but suffused itself through all things, there were
no shadows, a deepened blueness here and there, but neither shadow nor
perspective. The sense of distance, as the sense of shade, was quite
annihilated. Those old Japanese artists saw truly, despite our western
dictums, light does not lie here as we see it, still less as it lies
in the actual tropics; it has effects of light and distance which are
all its own, and the Japanese, seeing them, reproduced them, not
because there are no others, but because these are so truly Japanese.
And we, knowing neither the country nor the climate, but strong in our
arrogance of “laws,” called it “false, a childlike art ignorant of
science.”

In the Land of the Gods we sat and learnt wisdom, and Japan and its
people, its life and its pictures took a new meaning in our eyes, and
the false became true.

       *       *       *       *       *

When our landlady and her daughter came back from the bathroom they
brought a small thin oblong of soap, and their hands were all wrinkled
with washing.

“_Mada kurō gozaimas kara omachi nassatta hō ga yō gozaimas_,” they
said in a melancholy, half-laughing voice. “Still brown because,
leaving off had best be done,” and they held out their four hands for
inspection.

The _Ijin San’s_ whiteness was not in the soap. But when we went
we left as a present a whole new cake of “foreign” soap; and their
supplementary scrubbings must have been many.

       *       *       *       *       *

That evening we were entertained by a small boy with the snubbiest of
noses, who peeped slyly at us from out of the darkness of the garden.
When he was induced to come in he brought all his lesson books, which
he turned over for our amusement, and between each page he chuckled,
but he never told us why. Whether it was the recollections of his lost
lessons or a subtle sense of absurdity that we could not read the
Chinese hieroglyphics of his primers we never knew, but his chuckles
were deep with joy. Then in the pauses he would count solemnly up to
ten, all the English he knew, and chuckle again.

Two wide-eyed little maidens were brought in next morning to see the
_Ijin San_. In a very awestruck whisper they inquired “if we were real.”

These little babies were very solemn and very good, but not one scrap
shy or frightened. In all their little lives they had never met a
grown-up being who was harsh to them. Though obedience is the first
requisite of Japanese children young or old, they give it as the plants
their flowers, not from a sense of hard-learned duty, but as a natural
product of an eternal law.

The babies made the funniest little bows as they touched their little
foreheads to the ground. And then they sat and looked at us with wide,
wide-opened eyes. To them we belonged to the world of the mythical
_Kirin_, and the terrible _Kitsuné_ who takes bad babies away and feeds
them on frogs and snails; we belonged to the realm of the sea-goddess
who married Urashima, to the land of the fairies. So they asked if we
were real.

They could not be induced to talk to us, though they were wonderfully
polite, and quite knocked their little foreheads on the floor when
they said “Good-bye.” Did we figure as goblins or as fairies in their
dreams, I wonder?

       *       *       *       *       *

That afternoon a stall-owner from the exhibition came to show us Izumo
crystals.

For two hours he knelt upon the matting opening the beautifully made
boxes of white unpainted wood. And we looked at large divining-crystals
without fleck or flaw, at the pale clouded crystals shading from
mist-white to palest crimson, at the agates and amethysts; and all the
time our comely landlady and her plain daughter sat on their heels and
admired with taste and great discrimination.

There was not in all this shopful of precious stones anything to wear.
A few crystal hairpins, a few “foreign” studs, but no jewellery as we
understand it. The Japanese never wear jewellery; neither rings, nor
bracelets, nor chains, nor pins, nor brooches, nor tiaras--nothing.
One wonders how much crime and heart-burning has the nation missed.
Precious stones they have, but they buy and keep them for their shape
or for their colour, as a picture or a bronze, not to adorn themselves.
All the rest of the world, in all times, barbarous and civilised, have
fought and stolen, slain and ruined themselves just to heap upon their
fingers or their heads strings of gleaming stones. In this island-empire
alone men and women have looked at precious stones, have handled and
admired, but never worn them. One wonders was it purely the artistic
instinct of the race which kept them from it, or the stern morality of
the _samurai_, preaching denial and self-control.

And again one wonders if too much jewellery be barbaric, where in the
scale of civilisation does a nation come that wears none at all? Surely
art can produce worthier things than jewellery, and are not morals
better without it?

       *       *       *       *       *

Our inn was full of guests, quite full, and all the rooms have paper
panels. There are no keys, no locks, no bolts, the whole inn, were it
so minded, could go in and out of every room; and yet we all sleep in
peace and quite secure. It is true that an innkeeper here must bear an
unblemished character or his house is shut, and that the guests often
come with a letter from their last innkeeper, but not always, and yet
we all sleep with half an inch of rice-paper between us, and walls of
sliding panels. Could a hotelful of civilised Europeans be so trusted?
If not to steal, then not to pry as well? But here nobody looks.
Although we have become great personages indeed, nobody looks. And
in the big towns as in the country villages, in railway hotels as in
this remote corner of the Land of the Gods, we have slept in absolute
security in rooms that are always open. Only once in all our wanderings
did someone push the _shōji_. It was an _Ijin San_ who thought it was
“a lark.”

       *       *       *       *       *

And so we lived in the Land of the Gods and learnt wisdom, wisdom from
the lake, and the hills, and the rice-fields, from the night and the
daylight, and the inner beauty of the land lay before our eyes, still
dim, for western eyes are blind to eastern meaning through want of
power to focus, but in part we saw, and the joy of that seeing has
never passed away. The town, the inn, the comely landlady, and the wee,
wide-eyed children all taught us wisdom and the meaning and the beauty
of the land. Slowly we saw, dimly too, for western eyes are very blind
to eastern meaning, and race, religion, training and the whole up-make
of our ideas and beliefs stand so often in the way. Still in part we
saw, and the lessons of that seeing have never passed away. We had come
in all humility, so the Gods were kind. They opened our eyes that we
might see.

       *       *       *       *       *

When we announced that we were going the household was upset. And
on the last morning of our stay they all, landlord, landlady, plain
daughter, goggle-eyed waiting-girls, came in a procession bearing
gifts. We had fans to keep us cool upon the journey, white towels with
pictures of the inn in blue, and above all, gifts of the beautiful
Matsué china which we had so much admired. Everything was tied up in
the neatest parcels wrapped in pieces of brocade, and presented on
lacquered trays. On the top of the Matsué china lay a tiny white paper
cone lined with red in which was stuck a splinter of bamboo cane, the
modern symbol of the old-time fish which was always presented with each
gift. And the meaning of the whole is peace, plenty, and prosperity. We
had nothing so beautiful to give in exchange, only a cake of foreign
soap and a visiting-card. The cake of soap was considered by the rest
of the household, including the old grandmother, who had come in, as a
palpable hit, and the visiting-cards were much prized.

Then with every one carrying our luggage we were escorted to the gravel
recess of the entrance, where our _kurumaya_ stood waiting, and all the
household went down on its knees on the polished wooden platform and
said sweet _sayonara_.

And there in the walled-in recess with the wooden _gheta_ lying on the
big grey block of stone the kneeling figures stayed. Clad in their dark
blue _kimono_ with the bright-coloured _obi_ at the waist, they knelt
on the polished wood, their heads on their hands, their hands on the
floor; and as they knelt the rolls and whorls of their coiffures seemed
to grow like flowers from bending stalks of blue.

“_Sayonara_,” they said, and all the blue stalks swayed.

“_Sayonara_,” we called back. “Farewell.” Oh, dear Land of the Gods
that has taught us wisdom, not you, but we have need to fare well.




                                  VI

                            THE TWO SPIRITS


Out of the town and above it, the _daimyō_ of Matsué once built him a
castle, and he filled it with the stern warriors whose soul was their
sword. _Daimyō_ after _daimyō_ lived and died, and still a _daimyō_
ruled over Izumo; and warrior after warrior fought and was slain, and
still the _samurai_ learned the laws of the _bushi_, the way of the
warrior, and the strong fortress of Matsué, with its moat and its
walls, was guarded and kept by men whose lives were one long servitude
to honour and duty. The grim ideals of a code which feared no death and
no torture, which exacted the sternest courage and self-control, were
taught and practised in the castle of Matsué, until the Son of Heaven
ruled in Tokyo and _daimyō_ and _samurai_ were feudal lord and loyal
vassal no longer.

The grim walls are standing now, the castle with its moat still rises
above Matsué to possess it, but the spirit of its fierce dominance is
gone; instead, that twin-soul of the Japanese race has entered into the
stronghold, the Love of Beauty has cast out the Love of Battle, the
sword is changed to flowers, for in the moat of the castle the lotus is
blooming.

Stern and very strong the grey walls rise high into the air, they have
not lost their grimness though their feet are bathed in flowers. It is
true the gateway is broken, and where the drawbridge once fell there is
now a broad path of stamped earth, but the long lines of solid wall are
firm still and uninjured. They still rise frowning from out the deep
waters of the moat; but to-day the moat itself has disappeared, in its
place the broad thick leaves of the lotus stretch like a silvery green
river around the walls. So broad, so strong, so helpless, the great
leaves hang like unsteady giants on their stalks, and the pin-points of
water gather and gather on the hairy surface, till the leaf curls to a
cup and a big waterdrop, molten as quicksilver, runs gleaming over the
green.

The lotus leaves lie all lazy at angles of rest, but the flowers seem
to rise on their stalks as birds taking wing. All pure white or palest
pink, each single flower is a giant’s handful of blossom, and yet the
petals are delicate, almost transparent; thin, too, in their texture,
but of a satiny softness, they curl with the grace of a rose above the
pure gold of their hearts.

The lotus leaves dream inert, each on its stalk hangs drooping,
often awry: they encircle the walls like a green river of water that
stagnantly sleeps; but the flowers are awake and they rise from their
leaves as the Spirit of Beauty once rose from the waters. All pure
white on this side of the gateway, all pale pink on that, the great
cups of blossom stand stately. Very fragile in their texture, and yet
so ample in their form the lotus flower seems the meeting-point of
luxuriance and grace; the point where more of either were really less
of both.

With its roots deep down in the mud, with its leaves often frankly
ridiculous in the large uncouthness of their attitudes, with its beauty
in no way ethereal, the lotus is yet the symbol of Death, not of
Nirvana, but of Death, of the completing of one brief period in this
long cycle which we call Life. So in Matsué they planted the moat of
the castle with the flower of the lotus for the life of Old Japan, of
castle and _daimyō_ and _samurai_, is ended. It is Death but a new
Beginning.

       *       *       *       *       *

Beyond the gateway, a grass-grown flight of granite steps leads to the
castle, and we climb.

All the castles in all Japan are the same, bigger or smaller, with
details of decoration or style that differentiate them, they are yet in
the broad outlines of their architecture one and the same. A Japanese
house is Japanese, but the castle comes from China, at least originally,
and its pagoda character is very evident. The castle at Matsué had its
ground floor of stone, rough-hewn blocks of granite which fitted closely
to each other without mortar. The stone storey, as all the succeeding
ones of wood above it, tapered gradually inwards so that the topmost
wooden storey would have fitted into the one below it, and that into the
next, and all into the square stone box of the ground floor, as neatly
as the nest of baskets sold in the streets of the town below.

Inside, the rough-hewn stone walls were left as bare as the outside,
and a long steep ladder of a staircase, which began abruptly in the
middle of one floor to end with equal abruptness in the middle of the
floor above, led from storey to storey. The stone storey was divided
into two, the rest were of wood, and all now were absolutely bare and
unadorned; the mere outer shell of a building which had once lived
and sheltered lives. Only in the top floor, where on all four sides
sliding panels of glass had replaced the rice-paper _shōji_, was there
any sign of life. This room had been turned into a sort of Military
Museum with relics of the China war, swords and guns, and a whole long
series of wonderful coloured prints, with the Chinese always fleeing,
their long, long pigtails floating in the breeze, the Japanese always
pursuing with impossible profiles and highly polished boots; and
gravely studying the pictures was a group of schoolboys. Their comments
were mostly bloodthirsty; the best way of sticking the pink Chinaman
on the left, or of beheading the yellow one on the right; but they did
not seem moved with any animosity or any sense of triumph, they merely
discussed the sword-cuts scientifically, seriously, as though it were a
grave business of life and they wished to arrive at a right conclusion.

       *       *       *       *       *

Matsué’s castle is beyond and above the town, and the _daimyō_ who
built it and the warriors who guarded it looked down on this side over
the grey roofs of the houses to the wide blue waters of the still
lagoon, on that side over the grey roofs of the houses and the sweep
of the quiet rice-fields where the river, like a broad path of steel
wanders through the bright green fields; and further round they looked
to where the tall trees climb the steep hillsides, and further still
to the great blue lines of the hills themselves shutting in the sky.
And the old warriors in their watch-tower looked out over this wide
fair world which lay so still around them. They guarded the castle and
they kept it, and the light that was set in that tower was the light
of courage and of duty. Over the world beneath their feet it shone out
clear and bright, but the world was wider than their horizon. After
many years they learned that lesson, and then they came down from
their watch-tower, and the light which once burned there in the castle
is gone to-day through all the land.

Then the Spirit of Beauty, the soul of that world which lay so still
beneath the tower, went up to the castle, where with courage and duty
the love of battle and of death had ruled so long, to possess it. And
in the waters of the moat the lotus is blooming.

       *       *       *       *       *

With its roots in the mud, say the Japanese Buddhists, the lotus flower
is an emblem of man, of a good man in this wicked world. From among the
sins and the passions of life Buddha himself rose perfect, pure as the
lotus, and perfect. So for a sign and a comfort to all men, Lord Buddha
himself sits throned on the lotus, showing how Goodness Eternal came,
not from good, but from the midst of things evil.

In the moat of the castle the people of Matsué have planted whole
fields of the lotus, that the flower which is perfect might grow from
the sins of the past, grow with each cycle of Life ever more perfect.




                        THE HEART OF THE PEOPLE

     “Shakspeare would have us know that there is no devotion to
     truth, to justice, to charity, more intense and real than that
     of the man who is faithful to them out of the sheer spirit of
     loyalty, unstimulated and unsupported by any faith which can be
     called theological.”
                        DOWDEN, “Shakspeare, his Mind and Art.”




                                   I

                                 TOKYO


Tokyo is a city of one million five hundred thousand souls, and in its
heart of hearts stands the Palace of the Son of Heaven.

The city through its girdle of brown streets works hard, its wharfs
and factories, its shops and warehouses are dense with human life
and resonant with human labour. The low brown streets so thick with
flimsy paper houses stretch for ten miles along the plain. In them the
children play, the _kuruma_ pass quickly, the heavy laden hand-carts of
the coolies push and jostle, but the heart of this great capital lies
still.

From circumference to centre as you come, through street on street
of houses, wharves and shops, the magic of the city grows. First the
streets space out and out, then the houses dwindle as the trees and
gardens grow, greener, wilder, stiller, till the heart of Tokyo’s city
is a moated park of peace.

Up nine steep hills the city spreads, and sea and river, and the wide
green rice-fields lap it round, while far away across the land, above
the level blue of sky great Fuji rises peerless in the midmost heaven.

Engirdled by the thronged and busy streets the nine tall hills peaceful
with well-kept houses and secluded gardens, make a crescent round the
moated park. For in this strange city whose centre is a palace and a
peaceful walled-in pleasaunce the “suburbs” lie within and not without
the town.

And through the town and over street and roadway, in the gardens and
the courtyards the gaunt beaked crows flap coal-black wings as they
sail past, and their cynical “Haw, haw” is sarcastic with an utter
disbelief. With stately swoop, black wings outspread, they drift past
the ear of the newcomer confident with a three weeks’ visit that he
understands the East, and in the midst of his cocksureness they drop
their cold, sarcastic “Haw.”

Brown and so crowded are the streets, bewildering with their jostle of
blue-clad men and women, their open stalls, their unmade roads of earth
stretching flat between the houses on each side, where man-drawn carts,
and _kuruma_, passengers, and children get in each other’s way. The
white uniformed policeman, sword on thigh, stands, a bronze statue, at
each busy corner, and to him even the criminal is polite. And down the
streets and through and through the town, cut straight or winding, the
brown canals, valleys of black mud, or slow streams of dark water, run
to the river and the sea. And thousands upon thousands, too, seem the
bridges, some flat and narrow as gangways, most arched in a crescent
curve, and the brown canals run from the sea and from the river far
within the town.

On one of them, at high tide, a steamer like the ark of Noah plies. It
seems to go indifferently stern or bow foremost, and is no larger than
a big-sized rowing boat. The one landing-stage to which I traced it
was like a pasteboard on two rolling-pins, and stood as the threshold
to the back door of a house. A European picture hung above the
entrance, bright with greens and blues and reds and yellows, where this
resplendent steamer floating amid green waves, showed at alternate
windows a head, male, Japanese, dressed “foreign”; a head, female,
Japanese, dressed Japanese. A policeman and a soldier both in uniform
balanced on the deck at either end. The ark’s ports of call, as its
starting-place and destination, remained a mystery. At low tide the
canal was an inch of water between two banks of mud, and only at high
tide could this toy ark float at all.

       *       *       *       *       *

One long, straight street, broken into sections at the bridges, and
then reset at different angles, runs from end to end of Tokyo, runs
from Shimbashi to Ueno, from the “Mercantile Marine Store,” which
sells dried fishes, to the Parcels Office of that delicious “Internal
Railway,” otherwise unknown to fame. This is the main street of the
town, here is the Ginza, with its red brick sidewalks, its shop-boys
who speak English, even its plate glass windows. Here, too, is the
goldsmith who advertises:

          “RINGS, BRONCHITIS, AND OTHER JEWELRY.
           BEST KINDS ONLY KEPT IN STOCK”;

And the residence of that mysterious baker who keeps:

          “BEARDS, VINE CAKES AND SLOR FOR SALE.”

And down it from end to end runs Tokyo’s main tramway. With the river
on the east, the moated park upon the west, north and south the broad
street runs, and the park of Shiba lies at one end and the park of
Ueno at the other. Shiba, where the tombstones of the dead _shōgun_
lie in their sumptuous lacquered temples; Ueno, where the lacquered
temples stand bullet-pierced, for the soldiers of the _shōgun_ and
the soldiers of the emperor fought their last fight here before the
great _Tenshisama_ came back to his own again. Once the closed gardens
of Buddhistic monasteries, both parks now are open to the town,
bicycles ride through them, nursemaids, their babies on their backs,
loiter in them, little girls play classic games of bones, boys catch
grasshoppers, while beneath the trees the low red blanketed tables of
the _chaya_ offer ¼_d._ teas.

The Park of Shiba is green and quiet, smaller than Ueno, for its
temples hold so large a space. It is a forest growing in the heart of a
town. Ueno is lighter, brighter, fuller of flowers and festivals, with
long avenues of cherry-trees, and a lake where the lotus flowers grow
thickly.

And over the lake and the temples, over the cherry-trees and the
tea-stalls, over the city below and the playing children within, the
big bronze bell of Ueno sends forth its great booming note--that note
which is outside our music, deeper, more liquid, which comes with its
low, booming sway, just when daylight turns to darkness. Cast of bronze
and silver, rung by a wooden beam that strikes a boss outside, the
note of the great bell comes swaying as though the air were water. And
slowly over the city the bell booms, trembling, and he who hears it
sits still and thinks; sits lost and dreams of the song of the seven
spheres.

       *       *       *       *       *

When Ueno’s avenues of cherry-trees are pink with flowers, when the
stalls beneath the trees are full of flower hairpins, then Tokyo
through its gardens and its roadways blushes too, for the whole
city is planted thick with cherry-trees. Not only on the river bank,
where the long two-mile avenue of Mukojima is a perpetual _fête_, but
everywhere, in private gardens and in public streets, the delicate,
pale pink blossoms on their brown leafless branches catch the sunshine
and the showers, and fall as little rosy clouds from heaven on to the
ground beneath. For Tokyo is a city holding the country in its lap. Not
an artificial bedded-out country, stiff as a Versailles park, but the
real wayward country, though tended with a loving, understanding care.

And Tokyo is a city brimful of flowers. Between the cherry-trees of
April and the chrysanthemums of November most of the flowers can be
seen within the city in temple courts or nursery gardens or public
parks. The lake of the lotus at Ueno is famous through Japan, and in
the temple of Kameido grow the age-old wistarias.

Trained on horizontal trellis work, their long pale tassels hang down
towards the water, stirring with each breeze. The trailing clusters
of the flowers grow four feet long sometimes, and droop towards the
surface of the lake in thick swaying pendants of pure colour. Behind
these living curtains, in a twilight of pale mauve or soft white light,
on the edge of the pond whose shape spells “heart,” sometimes afloat on
the pond itself, the tables of the _chaya_ stand, and those who make
holiday because the flowers are blooming, all Tokyo, sit and look,
drinking wee bowls of pale green tea, or writing poems to the flowers.

On the waters of this lake of the letter “heart” float the pale mauve
petals and the petals of pure white, which fall and drift and sink,
and fall and drift and sink, until the waters are hidden with flower
flakes and the wistaria is over and gone.

Kameido lies on the far bank of the Sumidagawa, in a network of poor
streets, for the left bank of the river, like the big island at its
mouth, is denser with yards and factories than is the right. The
streets are narrower, fuller of children and the noise of hammers and
of wheels. Yet in this poor wage-working quarter the festivals of the
plum-blossoms, the wistaria, and the peony are held.

In all Japan there is no other flower _fête_ which in the least
resembles a horticultural show except that of _Botan_, the tree-peony.
For when the peony blooms, the little trees, large as dwarf
rose-bushes, are placed on tiers inside a matted tent. There the
resemblance ends. These plants are set each in a framework of space,
and the colours are grouped and blended with the thought and the
instinct of an artist.

The flowers of the peony are as large as the largest chrysanthemum,
larger than ours, but their petals are rich, made of satin where ours
are of cotton, delicate, fragile, and sheeny. The colouring is soft and
subdued, and the faint sweet scent which comes from them is like the
dream of a rose. The colours are simple, white warming to cream, paling
to snow, and all the tints of pale reds, deep reds, and crimsons.

The matting which covers them is of pale yellow, but somehow the
light, as it comes through it, touched perhaps by the flowers, is the
light of a dream--as sunlight without heat, as moonlight warmed and
living, a light that shimmers, holding colour fast within, yet fast
asleep. To-day the light in that peony tent at Kameido remains to me
as definite as the flowers, as distinct as the scent, as real and, in
truth, more beautiful. It was as though one saw the radiance of an
unknown, unmade jewel, light but not yet substance.

       *       *       *       *       *

All this left bank of the river from Fukagawa to Eko-in is full of
workmen and workshops, of small trades and smaller traders, and here
in the month of May in the grounds of the temple raised to the memory
of the hundred thousand citizens killed in the great fire of 1657, the
yearly wrestling contests are held. The _Smō_, tall, broad, powerful
men, many six feet high or more, who dress in large checked _kimono_
and wear their hair in the old-fashioned top-knot, are adored by the
populace who come in thousands to see them.

The little round platform of stamped earth sprinkled with sand, set in
the midst of a huge amphitheatre of faces, shows small as a raft on the
sea, and slight despite its purple trapping. The crowd, a Tokyo crowd
in _kimono_ and foreign head-gear, cap, bowler, and felt hat, sit from
morning until night, day in day out, for the three long weeks of the
wrestling matches.

The wrestlers stand, knees bent, body horizontal, their out stretched
hands almost touching the ground, and grip. And the bout is long
because the grip must be accepted by both of them, and because between
each false grip the two retire slowly to their respective sides and
wash out their mouths with tea. This may be repeated a dozen, twenty
times, but when the real grip comes, then the action can be swift as
lightning; the opponent forced beyond the straw rope which lies upon
the sanded earth of the ring, before one realises that the wrestle has
begun, or pushed down over it with the slow resistless force of flowing
water, or the two may sway about interminably before one is beaten.

Bulk is not the one ideal of the wrestler, the young and strong rely on
their activity; it is only when a man is getting older that he weights
himself with fat, that his bulk and heaviness may prove too great for
his opponent easily to push over. The wrestlers all wear waistbands and
stiff fringes of blue silk, and the rippling of the muscles beneath
their golden brown skin is such a joy as the Greek nation knew at the
time of the Olympiads.

A man with a fan, an average-sized Japanese who hardly comes above
the elbows of some of the wrestlers acts as starter, as umpire, and
as referee, and the sharp s-s-sh of his shutting fan can be heard
distinctly in the silence of the amphitheatre. The judges, four old
tried wrestlers, sit under purple hangings and decide disputed points,
while half the front tier is reserved for the _Smō_ themselves.

But to the non-Japanese it is not the wrestlers but the spectators
who are the centre of interest. Here gathered together within the
amphitheatre, concentrated on one thought, absorbed, therefore natural,
sit samples of all Tokyo. For the _Smō_, like our prize fight of last
century, is beloved by the populace and patronised by the aristocracy.
Every one takes some sort of interest in it, and results are as widely
known as the Derby or a test match. The crowd, a crowd of men and
boys,--for the fathers bring their little sons with them,--knows, as
well as the umpire himself, the forty-eight falls, the twelve lifts,
the twelve throws, the twelve twists, the twelve throws over the
back, alone allowed the Japanese wrestler. The excitement at disputed
points is intense, the whole amphitheatre arguing with its neighbour.
The enthusiasm at a brilliant, a quick, or a well-contested throw
is intoxicating. Spectators will rise in their seats and throw down
presents, tobacco-pouches, purses, hats, or other property, which the
owner redeems next morning in money.

The _Smō_ are the idols of the street boys, and tall, huge,
unintelligent, in gaudy _kimono_ and well-oiled top-knots, they stride
through the Tokyo streets haughty, and sometimes overbearing.

We think of the Japanese as unalterably small, yet here is a class,
bone of their bone, flesh of their flesh, who are huge, strong,
large-framed men, taller than the tall races of the north. They are
another and a living contradiction of the imaginary minisculism of
the nation. If the Japanese desire to produce big things, in war, in
statues, or in men, they take thought, they take care; much thought,
infinite care, and somehow it is done.

       *       *       *       *       *

So Tokyo wrestles, works and plays, and this left bank of the river
toils and lives hard. Across the water Tsukiji, secluded in its
“foreign” residences, dwells genteel, and gossips. The Ginza shops. The
suburbs far within the circle of the streets grow hedged-in gardens and
long avenues of trees, where the houses lie unseen. The schools, the
training colleges, and the university, a cityful of students study, and
boys in cotton _hakama_ and dark-peaked soldiers’ caps walk through the
streets--boys who are passing from the indulged childhood of Japan to
the iron self-control of manhood.

There is apparent in their ways and manners a touch of self-assertiveness,
a touch of almost self-conceit, which at no other time in their own
lives, and at no time at all in any other member of the community, will
ever be observable. It is but a touch, and would pass unseen in any other
land, in any other setting; here it stands out palpable. A little hard
these boys look and very earnest. They will strike work if they think a
teacher is not competent to teach, so bent are they on learning. They
seem to have accepted school as the modern training of the _samurai_,
and to study in that spirit.

The scholarship boys at Government Colleges work harder still and on
the narrowest of means. They can afford so little for their board that
one whole college gave up playing base-ball in its recreation hour
because “it made them too hungry.”

And at the University, where the students matriculate at twenty and
stay till twenty-four and five, for beside their own learning, beside
the ten thousand Chinese symbols and all the philosophy of the East,
they must to-day add the learning of the West, the languages of Europe,
the laws, the sciences, and the arts of another civilisation and of
an alien race, at the University the students live lives of hardest
brainwork and rigidest economy. Many spend their evenings in earning
the money that buys their day. Some deliver newspapers and sleep in
the porches of “foreign” houses. Many die of consumption, brought on
by over-work and under-feeding. Across the river the hammers ring,
the wheels whir round, the hum of a people’s toil sounds in all ears.
Here within the girdle of the streets, between the factories and the
palace is a work doing, silent, less perceptible but harder, higher and
undertaken for that end.

       *       *       *       *       *

Between the hard work of hand and brain Ginza and Nihon-bashi shop,
and at night the wire-drawn twang of the _samisen_ comes from the
lighted restaurants. Restaurants where each diner or each party
occupies a separate room, and _geisha_ girls are sent for to
entertain the guests, with puns and games, with polite conversations
and endless repartee. They sit on the kneeling cushions throughout
the meal pouring _saké_--and amuse. Then they dance. Posturing and
swaying to an accompaniment of _samisen_ and song they glide over
the matting always graceful, always reserved. The quality of their
dancing rings passionless, dainty, graceful, not cold but controlled.
An air of serenity surrounds them. They are not trained to the duties
of womanhood, but to its heaviest burden--pleasing. The licensed
playthings of the nation, toys to amuse, they reach up to their
limited, low-scaled destiny, through the perpetual sacrifice of self;
and the national self-control encases them, so much their very own that
few perceive it. With very different fates and from very different
motives there is about them, as they dance, something of the charm and
of the aloofness of Andersen’s mermaiden; and if their steps too are as
steps upon a sword, they, too, will smile untroubled.

       *       *       *       *       *

So the city strives and pleasures, so the city learns and toils. Full
and full of life the streets, quiet and very still the heart. The nine
tall hills from Shiba to Ueno make a crescent round the moat, the brown
streets lie without, the Mikado dwells within. Born as a camp Yedo made
its ruler’s seat its centre, its nobles’ _yashiki_ an enclosing wall;
and then beyond, out of sight and sound, the necessary, unimportant
commonfolk had leave to work and sell. Tokyo to-day is still as Yedo
was. _Yashiki_ are pulled down, their ground is sold, but parliaments
and embassies, nobles’ houses and their gardens, still make a circle
round the palace, a space of suburb and of peace between the city and
its centre.

Over the streets and the roadways, through parks and gardens, the
black-winged crows sail past cynical, unbelieving. The web of brown
canals beneath their high-arched bridges, the broad uncertain river
sometimes slowly, sometimes fiercely, all flow towards the sea. The
land-locked ocean, and the pale green rice-fields ripple round the
streets. From sixty miles across the plain great Fuji looks towards the
capital.

And here in Tokyo’s heart, in _Dai Nippon’s_ heart of hearts, not the
usurping _shōgun_ or general in his camp, but _Tenshisama_, Son of
Heaven, bestower of a western constitution, augustly dwells.




                                  II

                             EAST AND WEST


                                 EAST

The large red building covered all over with Chinese characters--a
white sign on each cardboard square of red--overlooks the canal. It
seems too gaudy and unsubstantial a building for sober work, and yet
all day long multitudes of dark-blue coolies, like Florentine noblemen
run to seed, go in and out. Fantastic key patterns in white are traced
upon the skirts of their blue tunics, while on each back is a large red
circle covered with the hieroglyph of the building. They may earn some
6_d._ a day for twelve long working hours.

From among the pale straw-coloured bales emerge two workmen. There are
patches in their dark-blue hose, and the brown toes stick out through
the blue of their divided socks. Even the blue designs on the white
towels around their heads have faded away with much washing.

Catching sight of one another they bow low. A step nearer, and the
jaunty ends of white towel tied in a knot on the forehead of one man,
touch his knee.

The other, whose towel is tied like a night-cap round his head and
under his chin, bends lower still.

Another step, and the indrawn whistles of politeness grow loud and
shrill.

Another, and the white towels disappear entirely between the blue legs.

Then the night-capped one straightens himself and speaks:

“_Shitsurei de gozaimas ga, chotto hi o kashte kudasai_” (“Although
this is great rudeness on my part,” he says, “would you condescend to
lend me a match.”)


                                 WEST

Between two rows of slovenly houses a long grey street stretches away,
wet and grimy. There is just one break in the grey monotony where the
gin palace stands in all its gilt and plate-glass splendour.

Coming up the street are two workmen. The billycock hats on their heads
have lost their brim, and show more dirty stain than original black. As
they catch sight of one another across the street they pause.

Suddenly one removes the clay pipe from his lips and spits profusely.
The other eyes him, his hands in his pockets; then he too takes the
short pipe from between his lips, and jerking his head in the direction
of the public house, slowly puts out his tongue.

The first billycock replaces his pipe with care, crosses the road, and
with a sanguinary word they both disappear within the doors of the gin
palace.




                                  III

                              YONÉ’S BABY


It lay on the matted floor, a little brown thing that cried, and Yoné
sat on her heels and looked at it.

Huddled over the brazier in the corner, her skinny hands stretched
out to clutch the warmth from the sticks of glowing charcoal, the old
grandmother dozed and grumbled.

And Yoné did not move. The _Ijin San_ for whom she worked had told
her she ought to take care of her dead daughter’s child and bring it
up; but Yoné’s conscience, the conscience of her race, the inherited
upbringing of her dead fathers, made her instinctively turn towards the
_O Bā San_ in the corner. She could not feed two mouths. Life was hard
for Yoné; and the _O Bā San_ had a good appetite though she was so old.

So Yoné sat on her heels and sullenly listened to the quavering wail
without moving.

“If the gods wanted the child to live, why had they let its mother die?
Why had its father divorced the little wife ‘for temper’ before the
baby was born? It was Fate. And after all the baby was very small and
ugly, a little, cross sickly thing that cried. No, it had much better
die, much better.”

And Yoné got up, and went to get ready the evening rice for the _O Bā
San_. As she did so the shadow of the _Ijin San_ herself fell across
the floor, and her voice, in very English Japanese, asked after the
baby. Yoné was down on her knees in a moment, drawing in her breath
through her teeth in long whistles of politeness.

“The baby was not well, as the _Ijin San_ could see. It did nothing but
cry; and after all what was the use? It had much better die.”

The _Ijin San_ sat down on the little platform, the _shōji_ pushed back
between her and the room, in consternation. After all she had said the
day before, all she had urged, Yoné still clung to that awful idea. The
_Ijin San_ had a shrewd suspicion that the old lady in the corner had
something to do with Yoné’s idea “it was better baby die.” It would
be quite easy for “baby to die” too, and that without much active
doing on Yoné’s part. So she sat there perplexed, the baby cuddled up
in her arms. Moral persuasions she had tried, and appeals to Yoné’s
conscience, her love for her dead daughter, her duty--all in vain. And
she looked down at the queer little atom in its bright red _kimono_,
with the wide flapping sleeves, wondering whether it would look quite
so odd dressed like other babies, her own for instance, and she smiled.
It was a last chance any way.

“Yoné,” she said, holding up the baby. “How would you like to see him
dressed like the _Bot’chan_.”

“Hē,” cried Yoné, turning round, her vanity awake in a moment.

“Well, if you’ll take care of him, I’ll dress him in foreign clothes,
and he’ll look just like the _Bot’chan_.”

Yoné’s strangled “h’s” of admiration grew deeper and deeper. Her
admiration for the _Ijin San’s Bot’chan_ knew no bounds; and then
the pride of having a foreign-dressed baby of her own! Why, not one
of her acquaintances, not even the rich _saké_ merchant at the corner,
dressed their children “foreign fashion.” It was a height beyond their
ambition, a dizzy pinnacle only reached by the _samurai_ and the Court!
And Yoné’s strangled “h’s” of admiration and her indrawn whistles of
politeness knew no bounds. Even the _O Bā San_ in the corner turned her
head round and showed some signs of interest. And the baby stopped its
feeble cry and lay back on the _Ijin San’s_ lap--and smiled.

With a sudden swoop Yoné caught it up. “I take care, I take care,” she
said, “let the _Ijin San_ bring the clothes.”

And from that day she went about her work with the quaintest little
brown morsel in a foreign pelisse and a white bonnet nodding over her
shoulder. And neither the _O Bā San_ nor the baby ever went hungry
whatever Yoné might do.




                                  IV

                        THE GRAVES OF THE RŌNIN


The white wing of a blossoming plum-tree casts a pale shadow across the
pebbled steps of the causeway, and the spring sunshine is warm. Behind,
under the great gate of the temple, is a stall with souvenir tea-bowls
of the _Forty-Seven Rōnin_ and the red blankets of a tiny _chaya_. In
front, at the end of the causeway, stands a Japanese father with his
little son, buying bundles of incense sticks from the Buddhist sexton.
Coming up the path are two peasants with bare, brown legs, one wearing
the old-fashioned gunhammer top-knot. And the plum-tree, its scent warm
and fragrant, lies a white wing above the path.

The Japanese father, _samurai_ from his face, and modern by his
clothes, and his son have passed into the graveyard before us. But we
all stand together in the little square garden on the side of the hill,
with its thickly clustered tombstones, shaped like Moses’ Tables of the
Law in the Child’s Bible, set in the flat brown earth.

Below, a sharply falling line of dark green shrubs; above, the
overhanging trees of the hillside; and the garden is quiet and still,
with a little chill of damp and death that sobers and subdues.

Before each stone tablet on the earthen path are bamboo vases filled
with freshly cut branches of evergreens, and the burning incense sticks
trail a thin scarf of smoke along the ground.

The two old peasants are busy sticking their thin, brown incense tapers
into the little heaps of grey ash--to become grey ashes in their turn.
The little son has already lit his before the tomb of Oishi Kuranosuké;
and the father, gravely feeling in the pocket of his “foreign” coat,
takes out a visiting-card, and lays it reverently among the pile of
others on the grave.

Then they go away slowly. And I catch the names of Asano Takumi no Kami
and Kira Kōtsuké no Suké, and I know that the little son is listening
to the story of the _Forty-Seven Rōnin_.

For two hundred years now they have come up the pebbled pathway into
the graveyard, country peasant and Tokyo gentlemen coming with incense
sticks and flowering branches, to keep green the memory of the loyal
retainers who died to revenge their lord: coming in _kimono_ and
top-knot: still coming in foreign clothes and _shappo_, for the old
spirit lives though the outer form is changing. The fierce unswerving
loyalty, the utter self-sacrifice, the tenacity and strength of the
_Forty-Seven Rōnin_ still stir the soul of the modern Japanese under
their foreign envelope as it stirred the heart of those fierce old
_samurai_, with their hands ever on the hilt of their long two-handed
swords.

“Thou shalt not live under the same heaven nor tread the same earth as
the enemy of thy father or thy master,” says the Scripture. And the
Forty-Seven died, and more than died, to fulfil the commandment.

In the temple below their wooden effigies stand to this day. Among them
are old men and young boys--one with the grey locks of seventy-seven,
one with the boyish cheeks of seventeen--but neither the old man nor
the young boy faltered, through all the long months of waiting, in the
dangerous moment of the struggle or after. They plotted and endured;
they fought and slew; they brought the bloody head of Kira Kōtsuké no
Suké, washed in the well beyond the plum-tree, here to the grave of
their dead lord; they gave themselves up to Justice; they carried out
the sentence of death on their own bodies with their own hands--all
with the same quiet self-control which only the sense of a supreme,
absorbing duty can produce.

And the Forty-Seven were buried here, in the quiet cold graveyard,
beside the body of their lord. And when they had been laid to rest
there came a fierce two-sworded _samurai_ to the little garden, and,
kneeling down in front of the tomb of Oishi Kuranosuké, he took his
dirk from his belt and stabbed himself above the grave. For he had
insulted Oishi Kuranosuké, in the long months of the waiting, thinking
he had forgotten his lord.

So they buried him among the Forty-Seven, and before his tomb are
flowering branches and burning incense tapers.

       *       *       *       *       *

The two old peasants are gone, but the sound of coming steps is on the
pebbled pathway.

It is the feet of the nation. They come to keep their age long watch
above the graves of the Loyal _Rōnin_.




                                   V

                          THE DOLLS’ FESTIVAL


Enshrined in their white wooden boxes the dolls look down; and the
gently drifting crowd stare their fill.

It is the eve of the Dolls’ Festival, and for a hundred yards along the
wide _Odōri_, the street is wreathed across and across with swaying
lines of paper lanterns.

On each matted floor, raised knee-high from the ground, a shopman sits
on his heels, his hands eternally stretched out over the charcoal fire
of the _hibachi_.

The background of dolls on three sides of him seem as interested in
their sale as he. The crowd drifts, talks, points, looks, but he sits
still, absorbed in his occupation. Occasionally he will turn a languid
head over one shoulder in the direction of an inquiring voice, and
tranquilly name a price four times bigger than he expects to get;
but unless the customer pursues the bargain with vigour he does not
stir. Even then, all the talking is done without moving more than a
head. And when the culminating point arrives at which the would-be
buyer shakes the dust off his feet and makes vigorously for the next
shop, he murmurs an impassive “_Yoroshī_” (“All right”), and warms
another finger, while a boy in the background, who for ever dusts the
stock-in-trade, does up the parcel and takes the money.

I wonder--would anything stir this _blasé_ image of indifference?

Perhaps if a fool or a foreigner, interchangeable terms in the East,
paid the price he asked he might----. No, “_Yoroshī, yoroshī_,”
he murmurs, and does not interrupt the warming of his hands by a
finger’s-breadth.

For ten long days now the dolls, all in the quaint robes of old,
have looked down on the gently drifting crowd, emperor and empress,
lords and ladies, and court musicians. The red silk trousers and
the flowing hair, the cut-glass chandelier-like head-dress and the
wide, wide sleeved _kimono_; the court lady leading her lap-dog; the
musicians with their instruments; and along the lower shelves, the long
procession of lacquered bowls, and tables and furniture, the old, old
shapes of Old Japan, the realities buried for ever in museums, and only
these, their midget substitutes, enjoying a brief life once a year.

They are so neat and pretty, of such exquisite workmanship and finish,
that I stay to look and look. Behind me the crowd closes in thicker
and thicker, looking too--but at me; so thickly that they obstruct the
rails of Tokyo’s main tramway, and cause it much embarrassment.

To-morrow is the Dolls’ Festival, and all the world is buying; I, too,
would like to buy. So I sit still on the edge of the matted floor
and watch. I shall learn what I ought to give and how to conduct the
intricate matter of a purchase. But though they were here before me,
and though they stay long after me, and though I wait with what I
consider quite Oriental patience, they do not buy, not one of them,
they only talk. So I am compelled to conduct my own purchase without
the aid of native example, and to the certain advantage of the
impassive shopman.

Does any one ever buy anything in Tokyo?

In all my many wanderings I have never seen them, patiently as I have
stalked them. They are always just going--just going--just going----

Perhaps that is why the impassive shopmen are so impassive.




                                  VI

                         WITH DEATH BESIDE HER


“_Go-han wa skoshi mo arimasen_” (“Not another grain of rice, not a
grain”). And O Matsu sat back on her heels, the lid of the wooden rice
saucepan clutched in her hand.

“_Skoshi mo arimasen._” And the grey head, with its cropped hair
gathered into a slide behind, bent despairingly over the saucepan.

The _O hachi_ was quite empty, O Matsu had eaten the last grain
yesterday; she knew that quite well, but the trembling old fingers went
on feeling round and round the bare sides of the saucepan, for she was
very hungry. All through the long months of the rice famine O Matsu had
managed somehow. To-day the empty _O hachi_ lay on the ground while O
Matsu sat staring slowly into it. Then Death stared back at her, and
she knew it.

With a trembling little movement she got on to her feet and moved
across the matted floor into the _zashki_. The sun was shining on the
rice-paper panes of the _shōji_, and she pushed them back and stood out
on the little platform of polished wood, trying to warm herself; but
the piercing winter wind made her blackened teeth chatter, and she came
in again. In the _hibachi_ the grey ashes were dead and cold, the last
stick of charcoal had boiled the water for her tea last night. There
was neither fire nor food. O Matsu stood still watching, while Death
and his Shadow grew, as a ghost in the twilight.

Slowly the familiar walls, the matted floor, the half-opened _shōji_
insisted that the house was yet unswept, the first duty of a housewife
still undone; and with a painful effort O Matsu went and fetched the
bamboo broom that swept the matting, and the damp cloth to polish the
platform. The broom felt heavy to the weak old hands, and the task of
polishing the platform almost beyond her strength; so she worked on
slowly, stopping often, for hunger made her faint, but always going on
again. At last, _zashki_ and platform finished, she crept back into the
kitchen, longing to rest. The empty _O hachi_ lay on the floor. She
made a great effort, and, picking it up, carried it outside to scrub,
for cleanliness is a supreme duty in Japan.

When she came back she put the freshly scrubbed _O hachi_ in its place.
Then she sat down. There was nothing more to do. The house was as clean
as a house could be. O Matsu was inexpressibly weary, and the desire
for food was almost beyond control. Instinctively she wandered back to
the empty _O hachi_ and took off the lid. The copper bands, dim and
splashed with the washing, caught her eye. It seemed to her the hardest
thing of all her life to go and fetch her little cloth and sit down to
polish them, but she did it. And Death and his Shadow sat down at her
side.

Somehow as she rubbed, two tears gathered in the dim old eyes, and
rolled down the withered cheeks. O Matsu dropped the cloth, and holding
the long sleeve of her _kimono_ before her face, sat still and wept.

There is nothing in all the world so lonely as a Japanese woman without
husband or children. She has no claim on her own family, and little on
her husband’s; and in a land where the children, once grown up, provide
for their parents, what can a childless widowed old woman do?

       *       *       *       *       *

The sun moved round the house, and O Matsu still sat in her kitchen
rubbing softly at the copper bands of the saucepan. And death, in
infinite pity, laid his hand upon her head, and his Shadow vanished.

“_O meshi wa skoshi mo arimasen_,” she said. And the shaven old
eyebrows puckered themselves together. “_Skoshi mo arimasen._” And the
bent little figure went on rubbing.

When the policeman came in the grey dawn of the morning, surprised that
the _amado_ were not drawn, he found O Matsu, the polished copper bands
of the _O hachi_ glittering in her lap--quite dead.




                                  VII

                            KYOTO’S SOIRÉE


Midnight and yet as hot as mid-day. Over our heads the velvet darkness
lay as a visible lid above the streets, warm and still. Not a breath of
air was stirring from one end of Kyoto to the other; the city seemed a
vast dark house with all its windows shut. Only the rapid running of the
_kurumaya_ produced the slightest breeze, and that was but the fanning
of a heated ballroom; and when it stopped the hot still air settled down
hotter, stiller, than before.

We had reached the bank of the river, the bridge and Theatre Street lay
beyond; and, as suddenly as one opens a door in a dark passage, we were
there, inside, in the press and the noise, the lights and the crowd of
Kyoto’s nightly _soirée_.

Restaurants and hairpin stalls, _geisha_ booths and theatres, the
interesting show of the two-headed fish, or the tragic story of
the _Forty-seven Rōnin_, embroideries, and _bīru_, jugglers and
phonographs, cheap stalls for the sale of shaved ice and sugar syrup,
elegant restaurants with fish dinners; dancing-booths at two _sen_ a
head, where white-painted _geisha_ girls continually sang four notes
and assumed four postures, and sang the same four notes and repeated
the same four postures to a tightly packed audience sitting on its
heels, silent but appreciative; and all, restaurants, booths, theatres,
stalls, blazed with lights and posters, deafened with the banging of
big drums and the invitations of the proprietors, reeked with the smell
of burning tallow, the fragrance of boiling tea, the scent of crushed
geranium, the odour of an eastern summer’s night and of the press of
clean-washed, hot humanity.

Along the street, inside the stalls and out, the crowd was dense,
cheerful, polite and contented. There was no pushing, no ill-humour,
no fights, no drunkenness, nor one policeman. The people of Kyoto were
enjoying themselves like well-bred guests in a ballroom, with the
courtesy of self-control, and the self-abandoned pleasure of a child.
The road with its shifting crowd, and the two long lines of brightly
lighted buildings, covered with paper lanterns and cotton banners on
bamboo poles, looked more like a “set” in a theatre than real houses
in an out-of-doors street. Not a candle-flame quivered, not a banner
stirred, and the long perspective of the arched bridge was still as a
painted background.

Down in the river, in the actual bed of the stream, were more lights,
whole crowded restaurants afloat. Sitting on the tops of tables,
whose four legs driven down into the sand brought them within six
inches of the water, supper parties innumerable ate and talked;
while the children, slipping off their _gheta_, paddled their feet
in the stream. Even the little waitresses, as they ran from customer
to customer, would leave the long polished gangways that led from
tea-house to table, and take the shorter way through the water. Every
one was eating, and every one was happy--shaved ice with sugar syrup,
at two _sen_ a glass, or dishes of brown eels and rice at two _yen_,
gratuitous tea or _bīru_ in thirty-_sen_ bottles. And with the summer
night above, the water all around, the hundreds and hundreds of little
tables floated on the water bright with _kimono_ and lanterns. The
broad shallow backwater either side the bridge was full of them, and
the gentle rushing of the actual river beyond the circle of bright
light lent a sense of freshness to the shadows that they did not in
themselves possess.

Up on the bridge the crowd grew thicker, Theatre Street more full; the
hairpin stalls were surrounded with women and little girls, buying
long hairpins carved at the end, or ornamented with silk lanterns or
flowers, or ingenious designs of tortoises made of shells, with legs
that quivered realistically. And the velvet blackness lying above the
streets and beyond the river was warm to feel.

Suddenly, as when one throws a stone into the water, the crowd surged
forwards, then rippled slowly back; half a dozen white-uniformed
policemen, with the distinctive, distinguished face of the _samurai_,
were coming over the bridge, driving the people before them, back
and back. The confused noise of indistinct shouting filled the air.
Suddenly on to the bridge came running in a sort of jog-trot a crowd of
bareheaded men, their short white tunics hardly reaching to the thigh
and their brown legs naked beneath, all tugging and straining at a huge
unwieldy car, which moved in jerks on its wheels of solid wood. On
each side ran bands of men brandishing flaming torches in their hands,
while priests in gorgeous apparel came behind. And priests and people,
torch-bearers and car-pullers, were chanting as they ran, a fierce, wild
cry, which went on and on. The car-pullers swayed from side to side,
tossing their hands above their heads, the torch-bearers rocked, sending
great flaming fragments among the crowd, and we all stood pressed
together, shrinking back from the burning torches, and the feet of the
car-pullers, singed here, trampled there, in one sweating mass of hot
humanity.

In the middle of the bridge the car stood still. The men in white
tunics moved restlessly on their feet, straining at the cords; the
torch-bearers chanted louder, tossing their torches in the air; the
priests hurried to the front, and stood gesticulating while the wild,
monotonous cry, gathering fierceness and frenzy from its very monotony,
thundered and roared. Then with a sudden swirl the car turned round,
and torch-bearers, car-pullers and priests were rushing back again to
the same fierce wild cry, the same frenzied swaying of the bodies, and
the same mad tossing of the arms. The sacred procession had come, was
gone.

Slowly the crowd rippled back, on over the bridge, back down the
street, the policemen disappeared, the drums of the _geisha_ booths and
the invitations of the stall-owners rang out again. Down on the surface
of the river the floating tables grew fuller and fuller.

Kyoto’s nightly _soirée_ was at its height.




                                 VIII

                                  NŌ


A room whose sloping floor is cut into chess-board squares; each square
flat and matted, so that the back is twelve inches high and level
with the front of the square above; a bare still wooden room long and
crowded. Each matted square thick with kneeling men and women, the
long-headed aquiline faces of the nobles and the _samurai_. At the
end a platform with an opening vaguely leading from it. No scenery,
no footlights, no curtain. It is the theatre for the performance of
the _Nō_. Those sacred old world plays written many hundred years
ago, acted by _samurai_ for _samurai_, the religious mysteries and
moralities of Japan.

In the West the theatre long ago shook off, escaped, forgot the Church.
Here the elder child, the mother rather, still lives by the side of
her offspring, and lives unchanged. The _Nō_ to-day is as the _Nō_ of
five hundred years ago, the _Nō_ which grew out of the sacred dances
of an immemorable antiquity. Like the drama of the Greeks it has its
choruses, its chants, its unities, its one or two actors masked,
richly dressed, impressive, who move with a religious solemnity, and
speak as voices, not as men. Its plays, too, are drawn from sacred
legend, from the mythology of Shintō deities, from the mysteries of
the Buddhist faith, and from the fairy tales of the race. Over it all
there is a glamour as of a stolen glimpse into the buried past. To-day
its language is archaic, but preserved by constant repetition, handed
down from father to son in the families of nobles who, since _Nō_ first
began, have played in _Nō_, it remains the language and the speech of
those dead Japanese, who towards the fourteenth century organised the
_Nō_.

The chant is strange and piercing, its very notes and phrases are
outside of all that we consider music, as unfamiliar as the speech of
insects, or the song of the remotest fathers of mankind. It echoes like
a voice from out the long dead worlds, piercing yet remote, and the
_tink_ of pipes dies out. There falls a stillness in the room.

It is the afternoon of the last day of the Iidamachi _Nō_. As in
the theatres of Greece the plays, each of which lasts about two
hours, are given one after another throughout the whole day, while
between them comes the _Kiogen_ (mad words), or _folies dramatiques_,
farce-like, Greek-like comedies, shorter even than the _Nō_. Many of
the spectators have been here since the morning, and on the matting of
the shallow square boxes are lacquered trays of food, on all teapots
and tobacco-stands; others come to see a special play or so and go away
again; but to one and all it is not an amusement, it is a study, a
homage paid to the past, a rite.

As the first notes of the strange piercing chant wail down the room,
the pipes and cigarettes go out, the tiny tea-bowls are set down, and a
silence falls.

The actors, in their rich brocaded robes of a make and texture of
a long dead past, come slowly through the passage-way on to the
platform. Their masks are made of lacquer, and they speak in a slow
nasal deep voice that seems to come from the very back of their
throats. They speak with every muscle strained and taut. It sounds
almost as outside of speech as the chant is outside of music, and
they move in strange long strides. Such movements are not merely for
artistic effect, nor to mark agitation, or to reproduce nature; they
are often used to mark the passing of a period of time.

For all its stiffness and its rigour, its archaic make-believes, its
unnatural realities, there is an intensity and a thrill in it as of a
living thing that matters. The strange music of the tambourine-like
instruments, the thin wailing of the bamboo flute, the beating of
the one small drum, shaped like an hour-glass with three supporting
pillars, breaks in again and again upon the intoned speech of the
actors with its repeated irregular cadences in notes outside of speech.
And the long-robed figures, masked and rigid, stalk slowly across
the stage; and the chant of the chorus, as in the plays of Greece,
explains, comments, describes the action.

It is the story of the fisherman who found an angel’s robe of feathers
on a tree, and would not give it back though the angel begged and
begged. Without it she cannot reach her home in the blue of the heavens
above, and for a heavenly spirit to stay for long on earth means death.
Already the chorus is chanting her dirge when the fisherman, seeing her
beauty fading and her life ebbing fast, relents. He will give back the
robe if she will dance for him. She promises, but implores first her
robe that the dance may be more perfect. The fisherman fears she will
deceive him and fly back to heaven at once. But the spirit turns upon
him.

“Fie on thee, fisherman,” she cries, “deception was born of man; the
high heavens know not of it.”

And, touched, he gives back the robe. She dances, while the chorus
sings the beauties of the landscape, of Japan. How

      “Heaven has its joys, but there is beauty here,

Here

      Where the moon in bright unclouded glory
      Shines on Kigomi’s lea.
      And where on Fujiyama’s summit hoary
      The snows look on the sea.”

Even the angel would stay awhile in a land so beautiful.

     “Blow, blow ye winds that the white cloud-belt driven
      Around my path may bar my homeward way,
      Not yet would I return to Heaven.”

And still the angel dances, and the vision of Heaven descends upon
earth. She sings,

      “And from the cloudy spheres,
      Chiming in unison the angels’ lutes,
      Tabrets and cymbals, and sweet silv’ry flutes
      Ring through the heav’n that glows with purple hues.”

Then the voices fall away. And to the strange, tuneless music, whose
notes are not our notes, the spirit dances on, round and round in
gliding circles, with the slow, smooth movements of the sacred _Kagura_.

      “Fragrant and fair--too fair for mortal eyes.”

The chorus sings again. And gliding round and round in circles ever
smoother, ever slower, the spirit passes from the platform and up the
vague passage-way that leads to the green-room beyond.

The fisherman starts. The play is ended. In long, stiff strides, so
slow, so slow, that an appreciable space of time seems set around the
movement of each muscle, the actor goes across the stage, up the vague
passage-way, into the room beyond.

It is five minutes before the last slow solemn stride takes him beyond
our sight. Then hour-glass drum, the flute, the two tambourine-like
instruments that wail, shake out their last weird tuneless tune. The
chant of the chorus ends on a note that to us is a middle--and stops.

My ears still wait the end of the phrase when the hush of intense
silence dissolves. There is a rustle in each square shallow box, a
lighting of tiny bronze pipes and cigarettes, a filling of tea-cups, a
tapping of chopsticks.

The _Nō_ is over.

  NOTE.--In quoting from this _Nō_, “The Robe of Feathers,” I have
  followed Mr. B. H. Chamberlain’s translation in “The Classical Poetry
  of the Japanese.”




                                  IX

                        A JAPANESE BANK-HOLIDAY


The bulletins grew longer, and all the world waited and watched.

The Japanese papers were full of minute descriptions and hopeful
prognostications. The cherry-trees were doing well; they were expected
to bloom next week.

Then came a cold wind and rain; “for flowers,” as the proverb says,
“bring showers.” And the bulletins became paragraphs.

But the sky grew blue again, and even the foreign papers broke through
their Western disdain, and announced that “Marquis Itō had gone to
Kyoto to see the cherry-trees.” Imagine the _Times_ gravely recording
amongst its official intelligence that “Mr. Balfour had gone to
Devonshire (not a third of the journey) to see the apple-blossoms”! But
the Japanese are, of course, uncivilised!

On Easter Monday the trees were out, and all the world with them.
The two long miles of river-bank at Mukojima were crowded. The river
itself was thick with _sampan_. And still all Tokyo pours itself out
over the bridges, across the canals, out under the long double line of
cherry-trees.

The chrysanthemum may well be the Imperial crest; the cherry-tree is
the national emblem, and its flowering a national _fête_--a Japanese
Bank Holiday, with Mukojima for its Hampstead Heath.

The two long miles of raised bank is a sea of heads, a second black
river set between pale pink banks; and it washes slowly, undisturbedly
onwards. Nobody pushes, nobody shouts, nobody calls rude remarks. And
the blue-tuniced coolies, like Florentine noblemen out at elbows, with
the work-a-day blue towel round their heads replaced by a pink one, the
very shade of the cherry-blossoms above, say polite “_Go men nasai_”
(“I beg your honourable pardon”) if in looking upwards they stumble
against each other.

The _kurumaya_ has drawn his wife and children to Mukojima, and they
wander slowly under the trees, the little ones in their gay-coloured
_kimono_, covered with the largest of large flowers. Even the little
tonsured babies blink up at the pink wonder overhead from the warm
pouch on their mother’s backs. And the old grandmothers, with their
cropped grey heads and shaven eyebrows, tell how the cherry-trees were
much finer when they were young. The little girls, with their hair
oiled into lengths of black ribbons and tied in loops on the top of
their heads; the young wife, with the wonderful whorls of the married
woman’s coiffure; the bare-legged, blue-knickerbockered _’ricksha_ man;
the schoolboys, with their striped cotton _hakama_; the fathers, in
their grey _kimono_--all the working world, all the people are here.

Below the level of the bank, raised high here, for the Sumidagawa,
like all the rivers of Japan, is fierce in its floods, and set thick
together, are the _chaya_. These range from the humblest little roofed
shed, with its broad, low tables, like a series of large trays on dwarf
legs, covered with coarse red blankets, to the superb tea-houses with
their snow-white matted rooms, their painted _shōji_. And they are all
full. The _kurumaya_ drinks his bowl of pale green tea, sitting on his
heels on the red blanket. The little wife tries the immensely popular
drink of _ramuné_ (lemonade) out of a doll’s tumbler. The coolie, with
his festive pink towel, pours warm _saké_ from slim china vases into
tiny china bowls, and the smile on his broad, bullet-headed face grows
broader. For the _saké_ drinker, unlike Western drunkards, only becomes
politer and politer, until the Japanese smile of courtesy broadens
into a large, fixed, unending, amiable grin, and the _saké_ drunkard
goes politely, though stumblingly, home to sleep. But of even _saké_
drunkenness there is little, for the most part _o cha_ (honourable
tea) and _o kashi_ (honourable cakes) content these uncivilised Bank
Holiday-makers, who have come out to see--just the pink cherry-blossoms
against the blue sky. And will go home again--content.

On the river the red towels are perhaps more numerous, for all the
fishermen, all the dock labourers, the whole riverside population of
Tokyo have come in their _sampan_ to Mukojima. And they float past now,
little and big, crowded with blue tunics or grey _kimono_. Some with
an awning of paper lanterns, and all gay with flags and banners. And
full as the river is with boats, and jammed together as they are under
the bank, nobody shouts, nobody quarrels, nobody swears. A garden party
at Windsor Castle might be better dressed, it could hardly be better
behaved. Nor in the whole length of those two miles of crowded bank,
with the line of _sampan_ on one side and the line of public-houses on
the other--_sampan_, avenue, inns, all full to overflowing--are there
three policemen. More, the trees, with their exquisite cloud of pink
flowers, are within easy reach of a man’s arm, and nobody breaks them.
The municipality of Tokyo has not even considered it necessary to affix
a notice regarding the penalty for damaging trees. I should doubt if it
had even thought to invent one.

And yet the blossoms are beautiful enough to make a man’s heart long to
possess them.

“A little pink cloud of the sunset has caught in the bare branches of
the cherry-tree.” And not all Western imagery can surpass the simile,
for the pink is the pink of a cloud at sunset, and soft as the softest
mist. When the wind stirs the trees, the blue sky seems scattering pink
snowflakes to the ground.

“What is the soul of Japan?” asked the poet. “It is the mountain
cherry-tree in the morning sun.”

But a soul so simple, the civilised nations, of course, disdain!




                                   X

                    THE PALACE OF THE SON OF HEAVEN


Kyoto is a city of immense distances where the brown earth streets, set
in between their rows of low brown houses, run on interminably. Even
under the weltering summer sky the streets are full; for Kyoto, the
once-time capital, is still the second city of the Empire, and the art
centre of Japan. My _kurumaya_ scatters men and children as he runs;
and the sounds of busy bargaining, the inevitable _takai_ (too much),
following the _ikura des ka_ (how much?) pursue me as I ride.

At each corner two more streets stretch out, as straight as
interminable, as full of life. And still my _kurumaya_ runs.

I am going to see the Emperor’s Palace. Through many hundred years,
through most that is history in Japan, the Son of Heaven dwelt in the
heart of this city, and these long interminable streets so full of life
stretched all around him. The _Tenshisama_ lived in the midst of his
people, and neither saw nor heard.

We have left the streets at last; on either hand stand railed-in
squares of growing trees; the road is wide and smooth, the busy
thousands in the streets drop out of sight and sound. My _kurumaya_
runs more swiftly.

Here is neither shop nor house, nor passer-by, the restless hum of
life itself has ceased. It is quieter than a forest, for in these
artificial squares of railed-in trees nothing stirs. Men’s gardens are
always three parts dead.

The broad road widens still; white as fuller’s earth and hard, it
stretches like an avenue between high walls of smooth white brick, laid
flat and thin as Roman tiles, on thick layers of pale white mortar. Two
carefully paved-in streams of fresh grey water run between wall and
road. And streams and road and walls go on and on. It is the Palace of
the Heir Apparent.

The walls are twelve feet high, the stream is three feet wide; and
still my _kurumaya_ runs. The pale white walls stretch down the road
like parallels in Euclid. It is the Palace of the Princes of the Blood.

And still he runs. The pale white walls, thin tiles set in their thick
layers of mortar, run as he runs.

I have lost sense of the city now, lost memory of the gardens, lost
belief in life itself. The world is a dead white road between white
walls. This is the Palace of the Son of Heaven, one speck of brown
breaks the interminable line of white, the carved gateway whence the
great _Tenshisama_ issued once a year to visit the temple. One other
speck, the gate by which he returned. And then the pale white walls,
thin tiles set in thick layers of mortar, stretch out of sight.

Inside these miles of walls, in his artificial solitude, year in, year
out, the Son of Heaven dwelt. The life of the city, surging through its
streets, surged up in vain; he could not see it, hear it, nor conceive
it. Lord of a world he did not know, the Son of Heaven lived, while
all around the sons of earth fought and toiled, were born and died,
and not a murmur of their being passed his Palace walls. Shut up in
his rose-garden world, fictitious, quite unreal, the Son of Heaven
augustly ruled. And while the thousands in the city and the millions
in the land held him divine, so that whoso looked upon his face did
surely die, the men who looked usurped his power, crowned or deposed
him; ruled in his name, but reigned supreme, and fought to reign. The
history of Japan lies there. War and worship, divine unquestioned right
and civil strife, never rebellion, each army fighting in the name of
the ever-sacred Son of Heaven, to use victory for its own ends.

And the living son of these dead Emperors, brought up as they, Son of
Heaven still, though without the walls, a modern monarch holding levees
and cabinet councils, does that fictitious rose-garden world lie about
him yet shutting out the real?

       *       *       *       *       *

“And always in Japan,” says my _kurumaya_, “the Son of Heaven augustly
rules.”

And he sings:

                         “Kimi ga yo wa
                          Chiyo ni yachiyo ni
                          Sazaré ishi no
                          Iwaho to narité
                          Koké no musu madé.”

 “The descendants of the Emperor shall live for a thousand times ten
 thousand years, until the little stones are grown great rocks, until
 the great rocks are all green with moss.”




                                  XI

                          AND SHE WAS A WIDOW


_O Mmé San_ looked into her son’s eyes and saw that they were sad.

It was in the month of the plum-blossom, when throughout the length
and breadth of Japan the soldiers of the Empire were daily leaving for
the front; for the war with Russia had been declared, and the rich
were giving of their wealth, the poor of their poverty, and every one
of his sons. In Tokyo the rival newspapers had agreed to bury their
political differences until the war was over. An Osaka merchant had
offered his priceless art treasures for sale. On the western coast the
poor fishermen, forbidden to fish in the sea of Japan because of the
danger, sent a petition to the Government asking to be allowed to go
out “as scouts.” Noble students on the far-off banks of the Sungari
were risking an ignominious death as they crouched beneath dark bridges
with dynamite in their hands. Everywhere, every one was giving, giving,
giving. Even in this remote country town each day mothers saw their
sons march away, and bid them a last “_Sayonara_.”

O Mmé San had been waiting many days, expecting, hoping, dreading, and
to-night in the sad eyes of her son she read the long delayed summons.
“He has heard at last,” she thought. And for one moment her heart grew
very tender over this, her fatherless son, her only boy.

Then she put away her weakness, for she was the wife and the daughter
of _samurai_, and she knew that it was the proudest privilege of a
warrior to fight for his lord, that it was the most sacred duty of her
race to give her life and her son’s life to the Emperor. So, looking
towards the curved swords of the family, which lay on the _tokonoma_,
she began to talk of her husband, of the grim old _samurai_ his
fathers, and to tell old tales of battle and of death that made her
boy’s eyes glisten, and then look sadder than before. But he said
nothing, and O Mmé San wondered. She knew that he had been down to the
Prefecture that morning. O Kiku San’s two sons had left last week, O
Hana’s eldest was going to-morrow. Surely her boy must know when he was
leaving, or why did his eyes look so sad?

Then she began to tell him of all the plans she had thought of for
managing without him, for they were poor. And at last her son looked
up, and said, very gently as he took her hand:

“Honourably trouble not; as for leaving, it is not for me.”

And this time it was O Mmé San’s turn to be silent.

When dinner was over her son went out to his work, and O Mmé San
wondered and wondered. The wife and daughter of a _samurai_ she was
eager to give, give even her only son for _Dai Nippon_, and the Son of
Heaven. And yet her boy was not going, what could it mean?

It was O Hana San who brought the answer. O Hana came in, very proud
and pleased to tell all the last news about her eldest and his regiment.

“They say these Russians are seven feet high,” she said, as they sat
opposite one another on the kneeling cushions sipping tea, “and that
they never wash. And, just think, over there in _Chō-sen_ (Korea)
everything is still frozen.”

O Mmé San listened. “A warrior is always warm enough when he fights,”
she said, looking at the long curved swords which lay on the _tokonoma_.

O Hana San followed her glance. There were no swords at home on her
_tokonoma_.

“Oh! fighting’s very different nowadays,” she said. “My boy hasn’t got
a sword at all. They only carry guns now.”

For O Hana was not above a certain feeling of pleasure at getting even
with a _samurai_.

O Mmé San bowed, and gently offered more tea.

“That is the Emperor’s will,” she said, in her soft, low voice. “My son
will also carry a gun.”

“But your son isn’t going,” cried O Hana San. “Didn’t you know?
The Prefect said yesterday something about the law of the Emperor
forbidding it. I forget why.” And she gave a little giggle of pride at
the idea of her son going to the war when the son of a _samurai_ must
stay at home.

O Mmé San’s hands trembled as she poured more tea into the tiny bowls,
but her voice was as low and as gentle as ever, and she did not abate
one bow or one word of politeness; but how glad she was when O Hana
was gone! She sat back on her heels after her last bow, her face
flushed with anger. The Emperor would not take her son! O Hana must be
mistaken. It could not be true. But “the Prefect said.” Then she would
go and ask the Prefect. And O Mmé San got up resolute.

The Prefect was very busy, and refused at first to see her, but, with
the softest and gentlest politeness, O Mmé San still persisted, and at
last she was admitted into the ugly “foreign” room where the Prefect,
in a frock-coat and tweed trousers, sat on a “foreign” chair. O Mmé San
sat on the edge of hers and held her _kimono_ tightly with both hands.
She was not used to chairs.

“You wish to know when Suzuki Tetsutarō leaves for the front.
Honourably please to wait a moment.”

O Mmé San waited. The Prefect, deep in his work, almost forgot her.
Something in the tremulous way in which she had spoken made him think
she was afraid for her boy; and he was a stern man, with the sternest
ideas of duty to the Emperor. So when the answer came back to him, he
turned to her somewhat coldly.

“Suzuki Tetsutarō is exempt from service. It is the will of the Emperor
that the only son of a widow shall stay and take care of his mother.”

A great light sprang into O Mmé San’s eyes. “Honourably please to say
is that the reason?” she asked, bowing low.

The Prefect looked at her, at the strange light shining in her eyes;
and in his heart he regretted the old stern times when _samurai_
mothers sent out their sons to fight to victory or to death.

“That is the reason,” he said, and he bowed her out.

       *       *       *       *       *

That night O Mmé San did not sleep. She sat up looking at the curved
swords of her fathers and thinking.

She knew now why her son’s eyes were sad. The Son of Heaven, in his
graciousness, had wished to spare the widow’s son, but--but a subject’s
duty was to give, give all, give himself, give everything that was most
precious to him; above all, a _samurai_ boy must not stay at home when
peasants’ sons went out to fight. And in the quiet night, with the
blossoming plum-tree stretching like a white wing above the house, Mmé
thought.

This gentle, soft-voiced woman, tender as the white blossoms overhead
from which she took her name, was delicate as they; but in her soul
there dwelt that subtle, untouched fragrance, the sense, of sacrifice
and duty, which, like the scent of the blossoming plum-tree, penetrated
all things. Brought up on the “greater” and “the lesser learning,” in
the strict rule of the three obediences--to father, husband, son--O Mmé
San had lived her simple life, a loving, tender woman, exquisite in
grace and courtesy; but in her heart there burned that ecstatic faith
and fealty which we have never truly known, but call by the cold name
of loyalty. So she sat there and thought in the still, dark night,
and all the thoughts and feelings of the dead, all their resolutions
and impulses, stirred back to life in her all the long line of her
_samurai_ fathers, who had fought and died, the yet longer line of
patient mothers, who had endured and given their sons, husbands,
fathers, called to her. They were not dead nor sleeping. They were
alive in her. She sat and listened as their lives thrilled through her
in the silence, and their voices spoke aloud within her soul. It seemed
a simple thing to sacrifice herself. She had no fear of death, rather
a great desire. No haunting fear of Purgatory or Hell beset her. Even
the all-loving Buddha was forgotten; she trusted to the older gods
to-night--Amaterasu, the great Sun-Goddess, from whom the Son of Heaven
himself descended. Beyond the shadow of this life the great gods lived,
and all the long line of her fathers stood waiting to welcome her.
When she slipped into that light her son’s father himself would stoop
to take her hand, content that she had proved herself worthy to be a
warrior’s wife.

The snow-white _mmé_, the blossoming plum-tree, stirred in the cold
night wind. “Chastity, purity and strength, womanly strength,” it
whispered, and its pale soft blossoms sighed. The fragrance of them
floated by in the chill spring air; floated wide from end to end of
Great Japan.

“Strength, womanly strength,” it said, and O Mmé San looked up and
smiled, a little sad, sweet smile. For the strength of a woman lies in
the sacrifice of herself. And getting up she went to look at her boy
tossing in his sleep.

Then she too slept, for she knew what she had to do; and Shinigawa, the
Lord of Death-Desire, drew near and touched her as she slept.

       *       *       *       *       *

It was nearly dusk the next evening before everything was prepared. All
her son’s clothes mended and ready, the house put straight, the letter
written, telling her boy quite simply that, having learned the reason
why the Emperor in his graciousness would not take him for his soldier,
she had taken her own life that he might be free to fight. On her knees
she thanked the gracious _Tenshisama_, but her son and her son’s life
were his not hers.

Then she sharpened her dagger, and when O Mmé San felt its edge was
keen enough, she knelt down on the matting, took off her long silken
under-girdle, and tied it carefully around her knees, for a _samurai_
woman must lie modestly even in death. Then she felt in her throat for
the artery, and with one quick thrust drove the dagger home.

       *       *       *       *       *

The Prefect was sitting with his family that evening when Suzuki
Tetsutarō came to the house. He carried a paper in his hand, and he was
trembling.

“Honourably please to take notice,” he said, “that I am qualified to
serve, for my mother is dead.” And he handed the Prefect the paper.

When he had read it the stern official turned to the lad.

“The detachment has not yet left for headquarters,” he said, writing
rapidly as he spoke. “Go straight to the station. Give this card to the
officer in charge. I will bury your mother and perform the rites.”

Then he laid his hand on the boy’s shoulder. “Suzuki Tetsutarō,” he
said, “your mother was worthy of her race. Go, that her spirit may have
peace.”

So Suzuki Tetsutarō went straight to the front.




                               GLOSSARY


 =Aino.= The aboriginal inhabitants of Japan, only found now in the
 North Island. A remarkably hairy, remarkably dirty race, with the
 flattened shin-bone only occurring in skeletons of the cave-men. They
 are great hunters and fishers.

 =Amado.= Sliding wooden walls which are drawn all round a Japanese
 house at night, completely enclosing it.

 =Amaterasu=, _lit._ “Heaven-Shiner.” The Sun-Goddess, born from the
 right eye of the Creator Izanagi.

 =Amida Butsu.= Buddha as Amida. Originally Amida was an abstraction,
 the ideal of boundless light.

 =Benten.= One of the seven Deities of Luck, frequently represented
 riding on a serpent. Her shrines are mostly on islands, and from her
 connection with the sea she has certain points of resemblance with
 Venus. Benten always has a white face.

 =Biwa.= A musical instrument with four strings, something like a lute.

 =Boy.= Term universal among foreigners in the Far East for a male
 servant, of whatever age.

 =Bot’chan.= A little boy; baby; Japanese baby language. Derived from
 _bōsan_, a Buddhist priest (bonze). Japanese babies, like Buddhist
 priests, having completely shaven heads.

 =Bushi.= Warrior.

 =Bushidō.= Way of the warrior.

 =Cha-no-yu.= Tea ceremony, from _cha_, tea. The people of Tokyo and
 the initiated call it _chanoyī_. This ceremony, religious in its
 inception, has in the course of the 600 or 700 years of its existence
 passed through a medico-religious, a luxurious, and an æsthetic
 stage. A little of the religious element still clings to it, tea
 enthusiasts usually joining the Zen sect of Buddhism, while diplomas
 of proficiency are obtained from the abbot of Daitokuji at Kyoto.

 =Cha-ya.= Tea-house.

 =Cloisonné.= A species of mosaic, its characteristic feature being
 a network of copper, brass, or silver wire soldered on to a solid
 foundation of the same metal. The _cloisons_, or spaces between the
 network, are then filled in with enamel paste.

 =Daimyō=, _lit._ Great name; a feudal lord. Before the Restoration of
 1868 Japan was divided into provinces, each ruled by a _daimyō_. Every
 _daimyō_ was the head of a clan of armed retainers, the _samurai_,
 and all _samurai_ had to belong to some _daimyō_. Shortly after the
 Restoration the _daimyō_ voluntarily gave up their lands, powers, and
 possessions to the Emperor.

 =Fuji.= Usually translated as “The Peerless Mountain,” from the two
 Chinese characters with which, in poetry, it is usually written,
 meaning “not two,” “unrivalled.” In prose it is generally written with
 Chinese characters meaning “rich _samurai_.” It can also be written
 with ideographs meaning “not dying” and so “deathless.” Most probably
 Fuji is derived from the Aino word _push_, to burst forth.

 =Futon.= A sort of eiderdown quilt made of silk wadding. The Japanese
 spread one of these on the matting at night to sleep on, using a
 second as a covering. The native pillow is a shaped and padded piece
 of wood or lacquer which supports the neck.

 =Geisha.= Girls trained to the profession of dancing, singing,
 playing, and socially entertaining. They are the usual accompaniment
 to a Japanese dinner.

 =Gheta.= A sort of wooden clogs kept on by straps passing between
 the big and second toes. _Gheta_ are only worn in the street, and
 are left outside houses, temples, or other buildings. It would be as
 disrespectful to enter a house or a temple with your _gheta_ on as for
 a man to walk into a church, or a drawing-room, in his hat.

 =Godown.= A fire-proof building for storing valuables. Derived from
 Malay word _gādong_, a warehouse.

 =Hakama.= A divided skirt of either cotton or silk, pleated into a
 broad stiff band in big pleats. Worn by the _samurai_ on official or
 ceremonial occasions. Always worn by both teacher and pupil in the
 classrooms. Also worn nowadays by the girl students.

 =Hibachi.= A brazier in the shape of a lidless box of wood or bronze
 containing charcoal, the warming apparatus of Japanese houses.

 =Holland.= Considered as a tributary kingdom of Japan during the
 Tokugawa shōgunate, because the Dutch shut up in the island of
 Deshima, near Nagasaki, sent yearly presents to the _shōgun_.

 =Ijin San.= Barbarian; foreigner; or perhaps simply “strange man,” and
 so foreigner.

 =Iyeyasu.= _B._ 1542, _d._ 1616. The founder of the Tokugawa
 shōgunate, which lasted from 1603 to 1868. Iyeyasu was one of the
 greatest generals and perhaps the very greatest ruler, Japan has ever
 produced. He went to school in the Temple of Rinzaki (p. 17), and the
 room where he learnt to write, his ink-slab and other belongings,
 are still preserved. Iyeyasu founded Yedo, now Tokyo, making it
 his capital. He died at Shizuoka, and was first buried at Kunō-san
 (Between Earth and Heaven, p. 36), and afterwards at Nikkō.

 =Izanagi= and =Izanami=. The Creator and the Creatress of Japan. It
 was during the purification of Izanagi after his descent into Hades in
 search of Izanami, a legend which has many points of resemblance with
 that of Orpheus, that Amaterasu, the Sun-Goddess, was born.

 =Jinricksha= or =Jinriksha=. From the Chinese, _lit._
 man-power-vehicle; shortened by Europeans into _’ricksha_, by the
 Japanese to _jinriki_, but usually called in Japan by the native word
 _kuruma_. A small two-wheeled carriage like a miniature hansom or an
 old-fashioned perambulator, drawn by a man.

 =Kagura.= Sacred _shintō_ dance, whose origin is supposed to be traced
 back to the time when Amaterasu, angry at the insult offered her by
 her brother Susa-no-wo, retired to a cavern, thus plunging the world
 into darkness. She was at last induced to look out by the sound of
 music and dancing, and finally enticed right out by the sight of her
 own face in a mirror. The dance performed in front of her cavern is
 supposed to be the _Kagura_. (Note the “g” here, as all medial “g’s”
 in Japanese have the sound of “ng” as in English “sing.” So Nang-o-ya,
 _not_ Na-go-ya. Some dialects, as that of _Satsuma_, say a hard “g.”)

 =Kakemono=, _lit._ the hanging-up-thing. A picture painted on either
 silk or paper, in either monochrome or colour. It is mounted on
 brocade, and has a roller each end. Roughly and quite untechnically,
 _kakemono_ can be divided into two classes: those which seek to give
 only an impression, and those which are a kind of miniature painting.

 =Kana.= _Katakana_ and _Hirakana_, popularly supposed to have been
 invented, the first 772 A.D., the second 835 A.D. In reality they
 were not inventions, but simplifications of certain common Chinese
 ideographs. The _kana_ represent sounds, as does our alphabet,
 but they stand for syllables, not letters. They both consist of
 forty-seven sounds, which by the addition of dots and other symbols
 can be considerably increased.

 =Kannon=, written K(w)annon, Sanskrit Avalokites-vara, the Goddess of
 Mercy, who contemplates the world and listens to the prayers of the
 unhappy. In the opinion of a small minority Kannon belongs to the male
 sex.

 =Kimono.= The long-sleeved robe of Japan, which has no fastening. It
 is merely folded across on the right-hand side (only grave-clothes
 are crossed to the left) and kept in place by the folds of the _obi_.
 Practically the same shaped kimono is worn by men and women, the
 difference consisting principally in pattern and colour. The number of
 _kimono_ worn depends entirely on the temperature.

 =Kirin.= A fabulous monster answering to our griffin. He degenerates
 sometimes into a sort of three-cornered dog, and is said not to
 trample on live insects nor to eat live grass.

 =Kitsune.= Fox. It is the fox and the badger in Japan who are credited
 with supernatural powers. Foxes are able to change themselves into
 beautiful young women to the undoing of confiding man. The powers of
 the badger may be comic.

 =Kojiki=, or “Record of Ancient Matters.” The oldest literary work
 of Japan, dating from the year 712 A.D. It is a chronicle partly
 mythological, partly historical, of the doings of gods, emperors and
 men.

 =Kuruma.= _See_ =Jinricksha=. The Japanese term for _jinricksha_.

 =Kurumaya.= The man who draws the _kuruma_.

 =Manjū.= A flat round cake of rice paste filled with a brown bean-jam.

 =Meiji.= Age of Enlightenment or Progress. The name of the years from
 1868 onwards. The privilege of appointing year-names is regarded in
 the Far East as one of the rights of independent sovereignty, much as
 coining money with us. In Japan the length of the year-name period has
 been up to now purely arbitrary, not coinciding with the reign of an
 emperor as in China.

 =Miyajima.= One of the _San-kei_ or “Three Chief Sights” of Japan.
 An exceedingly beautiful island in the Inland Sea. It contains a
 temple built on piles, which at high tide seems to float on the water.
 According to tradition, the first temple was erected about 600 A.D.

 =Mma.= The actual pronunciation in the Tokyo district of the word
 usually Romanised as _Uma_, horse.

 =Mmé.= The actual pronunciation in the Tokyo district of the word
 usually Romanised as _Umé_.

 =Musmé= or =Musumé=. Daughter; girl; and so, waiting-girl.

 =Namu-myōho-rengekyō.= Sanskrit, _lit._ “O! the Scripture of the Lotus
 of the Wonderful Law.”

 =Nēsan=. _lit._ elder sister miss. Used as a half-polite,
 half-familiar address to girls; and so, waiting-girl.

 =Nichiren.= _B._ 1222, _d._ 1282, at Ikkégami, where some of his
 bones remain as relics. He entered the priesthood at the early age of
 twelve, when he adopted the name of Nichiren, or “Lotus of the Sun.”
 He miraculously learned the whole of the 100 volumes of the Buddhist
 canon in one night. He fiercely attacked all the already existing
 Buddhist sects, a thing unheard of in Japanese ecclesiastical history;
 was twice banished, and once condemned to death, on which occasion
 the executioner’s sword refused to perform its function. His crest is
 the orange blossom.

 =O= and =Go=. Polite prefixes usually translated as “honourable” or
 “august.”

 =O Bā San=, _lit._ honourable grandmother Mrs.

 =Obi.= A long sash usually of wadded brocade, which is folded several
 times round the waist and tied behind. The _obi_ is the most expensive
 part of a woman’s dress, and exceptional ones of richest brocade
 stiffened with gold thread can cost as much as £50 or more; such _obi_
 are handed down in families as heirlooms.

 =O hachi=, _lit._ honourable pot. Tub in which cooked rice is kept.

 =Persimmon.= A fruit the size of an apple which can be round and
 reddish, or orange and pear-shaped. Called in Japanese _kaki_.

 =Ricksha.= _See_ =Jinricksha=.

 =Rin.= 10 _rin_ make 1 _sen_, or one farthing.

 =Ronin=, _lit._ wave-man. _Samurai_ without a feudal lord. He might
 be described as a _samurai_ out of work either through fault or
 misfortune.

 =Saké.= An intoxicating drink obtained from fermented rice, containing
 11 to 14 per cent. of alcohol. It is generally drunk warm and tastes
 something like sherry.

 =Samisen.= A square three-stringed lute with a long handle, played
 with a plectrum; the commonest and most popular of the musical
 instruments of Japan. Its notes are very tinny. In Tokyo usually
 called _shamisen_.

 =Sampan.= A small flat-bottomed boat, rowed by a man standing in the
 stern.

 =Samurai.= Derived from the verb _samurau_, to be on guard. A term
 used in the early Middle Ages of the soldiers of the Mikado’s palace,
 then applied to the entire warrior class. The _samurai_ were “the
 gentry” of Japan, the _daimyō_ corresponding to the peers. In Old
 Japan all gentlemen were soldiers and all soldiers gentlemen. Since
 the Restoration, when their incomes were commuted for a lump sum, the
 _samurai_ have had to earn their own livelihood. They are now the
 officers, professors, schoolmasters, policemen, officials, practically
 the whole governing class of Japan.

 =San.= Contraction of _sama_. A title such as our Mr., but used for
 both sexes and all ages.

 =Semmi.= Cicada. Japan grows innumerable _semmi_ of many kinds. A
 favourite amusement of boys is to catch them and keep them in small
 cages of green net.

 =Sen.= ¼_d._ 100 _sen_ make 1 _yen_.

 =Shappo.= From the French _chapeau_. The modern name for the modern
 “foreign” hat. Old Japan knew no hats.

 =Shintō=, _lit._ the way of the gods. This, the native religion of
 Japan, is a combination of ancestor-and nature-worship. Its priesthood
 is not a caste, nor even a separate profession. Up to the time of the
 revival of Shintōism, due to the Restoration of power to the Mikado,
 everybody was born with _Shintō_ and buried with Buddhist rites. The
 whole Japanese nation is supposed to be descended from the lesser
 _Shintō_ deities, while the Emperor is the direct descendant of
 Amaterasu.

 =Shōgun=, _lit._ generalissimo. A title first used in 813 A.D., and
 continued down to 1868. In the twelfth century the _shōgun_ Yoritomo
 first contrived to become the effective ruler of the land; thus
 originating the dual control of Japan, the temporal power belonging
 to the _shōgun_, the spiritual to the Emperor. Yoritomo was succeeded
 by various dynasties of _shōgun_ until Iyeyasu founded the Tokugawa
 shōgunate in 1600.

 =Shoji.= The sliding wall of a house, like an immense lattice window
 whose leadings are wood and whose panes are rice-paper, _Shōji_ are
 semi-transparent, and divide the room from the outer world. The walls
 which divide one room from another are called _karakami_ or _fusumi_,
 and are of opaque paper. They slide in grooves and can be entirely
 removed when required.

 =Susa-no-wo=, _lit._ the Impetuous Male Deity, was born from the nose
 of the creator Izanagi. It was owing to the insult which he offered
 his sister Amaterasu by breaking a hole in the roof of the hall of
 heaven where she sat weaving with her celestial maidens, and dropping
 down into it “a heavenly piebald horse flayed with a backward flaying”
 that the Sun-Goddess retired to the cavern and left the world in
 darkness. Susa-no-wo was the ancestor of the rulers of Izumo, who
 finally gave up their throne to the descendants of the Sun-Goddess,
 accepting a spiritual for an earthly homage. Susa-no-wo is sometimes
 considered as the God of the Moon, sometimes as the God of the Sea.

 =Suzuki Tetsutarō.= The family name in Japan always comes first, the
 “Christian” name after, as Smith John. Suzuki is one of the commonest
 of Japanese surnames of _samurai_ rank, Hayashi running it very
 close. Tetsutarō, _lit._ own eldest son.

 =Tabi.= Half-boots fastening up on the inner, not the outer, side, as
 with us. They are made of cotton, and the sole is a soft sock. There
 is a separate compartment for the big toe. _Tabi_ are of either dark
 blue or white cotton; white is for house and street wear; dark blue
 for hard work or walking, and mostly worn by the lower classes.

 =Tenshisama.= Chinese term meaning Son of Heaven, from _ten_, heaven.
 _Sama_ is the longer and more courteous form of _san_. The Emperor is
 also called _Tennō_, Heavenly Emperor, or _Shujō_, the Supreme Master;
 all Chinese terms. The word Mikado is very rarely used by the Japanese
 except in poetry or on great occasions.

 =Tōfu.= A white bean-curd, looking like cream cheese. A favourite food
 of the coolie.

 =Tokonoma.= A raised alcove. Probably it was originally that part of a
 room raised above the level of the earth floor, on which people slept.

 =Tokugawa.= The family name of Iyeyasu and so of the shōgunate founded
 by him. The last _shōgun_, who abdicated in 1868, is still living.

 =Tokyo.= The modern name for Yedo, meaning the Eastern Capital.

 =Torī.= A gateway without a gate formed of two perpendicular and two
 horizontal beams, which at first stood in front of every _shintō_
 temple. When the Buddhists adopted it they turned up the ends in a
 glorious curve, and used it for affixing tablets. Popular etymology
 derives it from _tori_, fowl, and _i_ (_iru_), dwelling, regarding
 it as a perch for the sacred birds. It probably came from Northern
 India, where similar gateways called _turan_ are found outside
 burial-grounds. _Cf._ Luchuan _turi_.

 =Uchi=, _lit._ inside; and so, house.

 =Uguisu.= A small brown bird, the _cettria cantans_, with a simple but
 exquisite song.

 =Urashima.= The Rip Van Winkle of Japanese folk-lore. He married the
 Sea King’s daughter. After a short honeymoon he came back to visit his
 parents. But the oldest inhabitant of the village could only dimly
 remember the family tombstones in the graveyard. Thinking he was the
 victim of an illusion, Urashima rashly opened a box the Sea Princess
 had given him. Instantly a grey smoke went up to heaven, and Urashima
 changed from a stalwart youth to an old man, sank down on the seashore
 and died. He was a thousand years old.

 =Yedo.= The original name of Tokyo, given it by its founder Iyeyasu.

 =Yashiki.= The house or enclosure of a noble or honourable person.

 =Yen.= The Japanese money unit, worth 2_s._ ½_d._

 =Waraji.= A straw sandal fastening securely with strings of straw. The
 straw turns up slightly round the back of the heel. _Waraji_ are for
 travelling.

 =Zashki.= The room; parlour; the sitting-room of a house.

For much of the information contained in these notes I am indebted to
the works of Prof. B. H. Chamberlain.


                 Printed by BALLANTYNE & CO. LIMITED
                       Tavistock Street, London




                      Books on Japanese Subjects

=A Handbook of Modern Japan.= By Ernest W. Clement. With two maps and
over sixty illustrations from photographs. _Fourth Edition._ Cloth,
12mo, $1.40 net.

=Japan As It Was and Is.= A Handbook of Old Japan. By Richard Hildreth.
Edited by Ernest W. Clement, with an Introduction by William Elliot
Griffis. With maps and numerous rare illustrations. In two vols.,
cloth, 12mo, $3.00 net.

=Arts and Crafts of Old Japan.= By Stewart Dick. With thirty
illustrations. Gray boards, 8vo, $1.20 net.

=Far Eastern Impressions.= Japan, Corea, and China. By Ernest F. G.
Hatch, M. P. With three maps and eighty-eight illustrations from
photographs. Cloth, 12mo, $1.40 net.

=Kakemono.= Japanese sketches. By A. Herbage Edwards. With
frontispiece. Cloth, 8vo, $1.75 net.

=The Makers of Japan.= By J. Morris. With twenty-four illustrations.
Large 8vo, $3.00 net.

=McDonald of Oregon.= A Tale of Two Shores. The chronicle of the
earliest Japanese refugees to land in America, and of the first
Americans who visited Japan, later to act as interpreters to Perry. By
Eva Emery Dye. Illustrated by W. J. Enright. 8vo, $1.50

                          A. C. McCLURG & CO.
                                CHICAGO




                          TRANSCRIBERS’ NOTES

The Publisher’s Advertisement Page has been moved from the front to the
end of the text.

Different spellings of the same word have been standardized.

In this text version, the following marking were used to indicate the
original text styles: _italic_ and =bold=.

Text originally printed in small caps has been converted to uppercase
letters.

The following typos and omissions have been changed in the text:

Page 39: missing “b” added to: _blue hose, with brown weather-beaten
faces_

Page 63: missing period added to: _and there was nothing else._

Page 115: “proscribed” changed to “prescribed”: _already bent to the
prescribed curves for me_

Page 122: “ackowledged” changed to “acknowledged”: _dramatic instinct
is acknowledged to be far below_

Page 125: “possibilites” changed to “possibilities”: _more
possibilities than a rice-field_

Page 140: duplicate “in” removed from: _are washed in the softest of
bark brown_

Page 151: “th” changed to “the”: _the position of the person serving_

Page 167: comma changed to period: _as the boys, lantern in hand,
plunged downward._

Page 209: “capitials” changed to “capitals”: _stating in printed Roman
capitals that_

Page 230: “ust” changed to “us”: _but he never told us why._

Page 230: “nor” changed to “not”: _that we could not read the Chinese_

Page 266: missing period added to: _Skoshi mo arimasen._

Page 295: missing period added to: _1542, d. 1616. The founder of the
Tokugawa_

Page 300: missing period added to: _meaning the Eastern Capital._





*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KAKEMONO ***


    

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright
royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™
concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may
do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
license, especially commercial redistribution.


START: FULL LICENSE

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™
electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your
possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this
agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™
electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual
works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting
free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™
works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily
comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when
you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear
prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work
on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
    at www.gutenberg.org. If you
    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
  
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works
posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg™ License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
provided that:

    • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
        the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method
        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has
        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
        Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
        Literary Archive Foundation.”
    
    • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™
        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™
        works.
    
    • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
        receipt of the work.
    
    • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
        distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.
    

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than
are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in
accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or
additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™

Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will
remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future
generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website
and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be
freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of
volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
facility: www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.